Es280 282 283 SH v21 - Full

2.
2.1
ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

Error Code List
One of the following error codes is displayed at the upper right of the screen while pressing the [CLEAR] button and the digital key [8] simultaneously when the CLEAR PAPER or CALL SERVICE symbol is blinking.
2.1.1
Error code E010
Jam
Classification Paper exit jam Contents Jam not reaching the exit sensor: The paper which has passed through the fuser unit does not reach the exit sensor. Stop jam at the exit sensor: The trailing edge of the paper does not pass the exit sensor after its leading edge has reached this sensor. Other paper jam Power-ON jam: The paper is remaining on the paper transport path when power is turned ON. Incorrect paper size setting for upper drawer: The size of paper in the 1st drawer differs from size setting of the equipment. Incorrect paper size setting for lower drawer: The size of paper in the 2nd drawer differs from size setting of the equipment. Incorrect paper size setting for PFP upper drawer: The size of paper in the 3rd drawer differs from size setting of the equipment. Incorrect paper size setting for PFP lower drawer: The size of paper in the 4th drawer differs from size setting of the equipment. Incorrect paper size setting for bypass tray: The size of paper in the bypass tray differs from size setting of the equipment. HDD abnormality causes jam: Image data to be printed cannot be prepared. Paper misfeeding ADU misfeeding (Paper not reaching the 1st transport sensor): The paper which has passed through ADU does not reach the 1st transport sensor during duplex printing. Bypass misfeeding (Paper not reaching the 1st transport sensor): The paper fed from the bypass tray does not reach the 1st transport sensor. Upper drawer misfeeding (Paper not reaching the 1st transport sensor): The paper fed from the upper drawer does not reach the 1st transport sensor. Lower drawer misfeeding (Paper not reaching the 2nd transport sensor): The paper fed from the lower drawer does not reach the 2nd transport sensor. PFP upper drawer misfeeding (Paper not reaching the PFP upper drawer feed sensor): The paper fed from the PFP upper drawer does not reach the PFP upper drawer feed sensor. Troubleshooting P. 5-1
E020
P. 5-1
E030 E061
P. 5-2 P. 5-2
E062
P. 5-2
E063
P. 5-2
E064
P. 5-2
E065
P. 5-2
E090 E110
P. 5-3 P. 5-15
E120
P. 5-16
E130
P. 5-17
E140
P. 5-18
E150
P. 5-19
2004 - 2010 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved
e-STUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283 ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
2-1 06/09
Error code E160
Classification Paper misfeeding
Contents PFP lower drawer misfeeding (Paper not reaching the PFP lower drawer feed sensor): The paper fed from the PFP lower drawer does not reach the PFP lower drawer feed sensor. LCF misfeeding (Paper not reaching the LCF feed sensor): The paper fed from the LCF does not reach the LCF feed sensor.
Troubleshooting P. 5-20
E190
P. 5-21
E200
Paper transport jam
Upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the registration sensor): The paper does not reach the registration sensor after it has passed the 1st transport sensor. Lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the registration sensor): The paper does not reach the registration sensor after it has passed the 1st transport sensor. Lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the 1st transport sensor): The paper does not reach the 1st transport sensor after it has passed the lower drawer feed sensor. Bypass transport jam (paper not reaching the registration sensor): The paper does not reach the registration sensor after it has passed the 1st transport sensor. ADU transport jam (paper not reaching the registration sensor): The paper which has passed through ADU and the 1st transport sensor does not reach the registration sensor during duplex printing. PFP upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the registration sensor): The paper does not reach the registration sensor after it has passed the 1st transport sensor. PFP upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the 1st transport sensor): The paper does not reach the 1st transport sensor after it has passed the 2nd transport sensor. PFP upper drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the 2nd transport sensor): The paper does not reach the 2nd transport sensor after it has passed the PFP upper drawer feed sensor. PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the registration sensor): The paper does not reach the registration sensor after it has passed the 1st transport sensor. PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the 1st transport sensor): The paper does not reach the 1st transport sensor after it has passed the PFP lower drawer feed sensor. PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the 2nd transport sensor): The paper does not reach the 2nd transport sensor after it has passed the PFP upper drawer feed sensor. PFP lower drawer transport jam (Paper not reaching the PFP upper drawer feed sensor): The paper does not reach the PFP upper drawer feed sensor after it has passed the PFP lower drawer feed sensor.
P. 5-3
E210
P. 5-3
E220
P. 5-4
E270
P. 5-5
E280
P. 5-5
E300
P. 5-3
E310
P. 5-4
E320
P. 5-6
E330
P. 5-3
E340
P. 5-4
E350
P. 5-6
E360
P. 5-7
eSTUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283 ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
2-2
Error code E3C0
Classification Paper transport jam
Contents LCF transport jam (Paper not reaching the registration sensor): The paper does not reach the registration sensor after it has passed the 1st transport sensor. LCF transport jam (Paper not reaching the 1st transport sensor): The paper does not reach the 1st transport sensor after it has passed the 2nd transport sensor. LCF transport jam (Paper not reaching the 2nd transport sensor): The paper does not reach the 2nd transport sensor after it has passed the LCF feed sensor. Transfer cover open jam: The transfer cover has opened during printing. Front cover open jam: The front cover has opened during printing. PFP side cover open jam: The PFP side cover has opened during printing. ADU open jam: The ADU has opened during printing. Side cover open jam: The side cover has opened during printing. LCF side cover open jam: The LCF side cover has opened during printing. Bridge unit open jam: The bridge unit has opened during printing. Job separator cover open jam: The job separator cover has opened during printing. Offset tray cover open jam: The offset tray cover has opened during printing. Stop jam in the ADU: The paper does not reach the ADU exit sensor after it has passed the ADU entrance sensor. Jam not reaching the ADU entrance sensor: The paper does not reach the ADU entrance sensor after it is switchbacked in the exit section.
E3D0
P. 5-4
2
P. 5-6
E3E0
E400 E410 E420 E430 E440 E450 E480 E490 E491 E510
Cover open jam
P. 5-22 P. 5-23 P. 5-24 P. 5-25 P. 5-25 P. 5-26 P. 5-26 P. 5-27 P. 5-27 P. 5-8
Paper transport jam (ADU section)
E520
P. 5-9
E550
Other paper jam
Paper remaining jam on the transport path: The paper is remaining on the transport path when printing is finished (caused by a multiple paper feeding).
P. 5-10
2-3
Error code E711
Classification RADF jam
Contents Jam not reaching the original length sensor: The original fed from the original feeding tray does not reach the original length sensor. Jam not reaching the registration sensor: The original fed from the original feeding tray does not reach the registration sensor. Stop jam at the original length sensor: The trailing edge of the original does not pass the original length sensor after its leading edge has reached this sensor. Feed signal reception jam: The feed signal is received even no original exists on the original feeding tray. Jam not reaching the read sensor: The original does not reach the read sensor after it has passed the registration sensor (when scanning obverse side) or the reverse sensor (when scanning reverse side). Jam not reaching the exit sensor (during scanning): The original which passed the read sensor does not reach the exit sensor when it is transported from the scanning section to exit section. Jam not reaching the reverse sensor (during scanning): The original which passed the read sensor does not reach the reverse sensor when it is transported from the scanning section to reverse section. Stop jam at the registration sensor: The trailing edge of the original does not pass the registration sensor after its leading edge has reached this sensor. Stop jam at the read sensor: The trailing edge of the original does not pass the read sensor after its leading edge has reached this sensor. Transport/exit signal reception jam: RADF receives the transport/exit reception signal from the equipment when no original is at the exposure waiting position. Stop jam at the exit sensor: The trailing edge of the original does not pass the exit sensor after its leading edge has reached this sensor. Stop jam at the reverse sensor: The trailing edge of the original does not pass the reversal sensor after its leading edge has reached this sensor. Jam not reaching the reverse sensor (during reverse feeding): The leading edge of the original does not reach the reverse sensor when original is fed from the reverse section. Jam not reaching the exit sensor (during reverse feeding): The original does not reach the exit sensor after it has passed the reverse sensor when the original is exited from the reverse section. RADF jam access cover open: The RADF jam access cover has opened during RADF operation. RADF open jam: RADF has opened during RADF operation.
E712
P. 5-28
E713
P. 5-28
E714
P. 5-29
E721
P. 5-29
E722
P. 5-30
E723
P. 5-30
E724
P. 5-30
E725
P. 5-31
E726
P. 5-31
E731
P. 5-32
E741
P. 5-32
E742
P. 5-33
E743
P. 5-33
E860 E870
P. 5-34 P. 5-34
2-4
Error code E910
Classification Finisher jam (Bridge unit)
Contents Jam at the bridge unit transport sensor-1: The paper does not reach the bridge unit transport sensor-1 after it has passed the exit sensor. Stop jam at the bridge unit transport sensor-1: The trailing edge of the paper does not pass the bridge unit transport sensor-1 after its leading edge has reached the sensor. Jam at the bridge unit transport sensor-2: The trailing edge of the paper does not reach the bridge unit transport sensor-2 after its leading edge has reached the bridge unit transport sensor-1. Stop jam at the bridge unit transport sensor-2: The trailing edge of the paper does not reach the bridge unit transport sensor-2 after its leading edge has reached the bridge unit transport sensor-2.
E920
P. 5-35
E930
P. 5-35
E940
P. 5-35
E950
Job separator jam
Jam not reaching the job separator transport sensor: The paper has passed through the exit sensor does not reach the job separator transport sensor. Stop jam at the job separator transport sensor: The trailing edge of the paper does not pass the job separator transport sensor.
P. 5-11
E951
P. 5-11
E960
Offset tray jam
Jam not reaching the offset tray transport sensor: The paper has passed through the exit sensor does not reach the offset tray transport sensor. Stop jam at the offset tray transport sensor: The trailing edge of the paper does not pass the offset tray transport sensor.
P. 5-11
E961
P. 5-11
E9F0 EA10
Finisher jam (Puncher unit) Finisher jam (Finisher unit)
Punching jam: Punching is not performed properly. [MJ-1025 (When MJ-6005 is installed)] Paper transport delay jam: The paper which has passed the bridge unit does not reach the inlet sensor. [MJ-1022/1025] Paper transport stop jam: The paper does not pass through the inlet sensor. [MJ-1022/1025] Power-ON jam: Paper exists at the inlet sensor when power is turned ON. [MJ-1022/1025] Door open jam: The finisher has been released from the equipment during printing. [MJ-1022/1025] Stapling jam: Stapling is not performed properly. [MJ-1022/1025] Early arrival jam: The inlet sensor detects the paper earlier than a specified timing. [MJ-1022] Stack delivery jam: It cannot deliver the stack of paper on the intermediary process tray to the stack tray. [MJ-1022/1025]
P. 5-36 P. 5-37
EA20 EA30 EA40 EA50 EA60 EA70
P. 5-38 P. 5-39 P. 5-40 P. 5-41 P. 5-42 P. 5-43
EAB0
Finisher jam (Saddle Stitcher section)
Saddle paper transport stop jam: The paper which passed through the inlet sensor does not reach or pass through the folding position sensor. [MJ-1025] Saddle transport delay jam: The paper which has reached the inlet sensor does not pass through this sensor. [MJ-1025]
P. 5-45
EAC0
P. 5-45
EAD0
Other paper jam
Print end command time-out jam: The printing has not finished normally because of the communication error between the SYS board and LGC board at the end of printing.
P. 5-46
2-5
Error code EAE0
Classification Finisher jam
Contents Receiving time time-out jam: The printing has been interrupted because of the communication error between the equipment and finisher when the paper is transported from the equipment to the finisher. Stack return jam: It cannot load the paper which passed through the delivery roller on the intermediary process tray. [MJ-1022] Ready time time-out jam: The equipment judges that the paper transport to the finisher is disabled because of the communication error between the equipment and finisher at the start of printing. Paper remaining on the transport path: The multiple feeding of preceding paper caused the misfeeding of upcoming paper. Paper remaining on the transport path: The multiple feeding of preceding paper caused the misfeeding of upcoming paper (redetection after no jam is detected at [EB50]).
EAF0
Finisher jam (Finisher unit) Finisher jam
P. 5-44
EB30
P. 5-46
EB50
Paper transport jam
P. 5-12
EB60
P. 5-14
2-6
2.1.2
Service call
Contents Troubleshooting Main motor abnormality: The main motor is not rotating P. 5-47 normally. PFP motor abnormality: The PFP motor is not rotating P. 5-48 normally. Upper drawer tray abnormality: The upper drawer tray P. 5-49 motor is not rotating or the upper drawer tray is not moving normally. Lower drawer tray abnormality: The lower drawer tray P. 5-49 motor is not rotating or the lower drawer tray is not moving normally. PFP upper drawer tray abnormality: The PFP upper P. 5-50 drawer tray motor is not rotating or the PFP upper drawer tray is not moving normally. PFP lower drawer tray abnormality: The PFP lower P. 5-50 drawer tray motor is not rotating or the PFP lower drawer tray is not moving normally. LCF tray-up motor abnormality: The LCF tray-up motor is P. 5-51 not rotating or the LCF tray is not moving normally. LCF end fence motor abnormality: The LCF end fence P. 5-52 motor is not rotating or the LCF end fence is not moving normally. LCF transport motor abnormality: The LCF transport P. 5-53 motor is not rotating normally. Peak detection error: Lighting of the exposure lamp P. 5-54 (white reference) is not detected when power is turned ON. Carriage home position sensor not turning OFF within a P. 5-55 specified period of time: The carriage does not shift from its home position in a specified period of time. Carriage home position sensor not turning ON within a P. 5-55 specified period of time: The carriage does not reach to its home position in a specified period of time. Thermistor or heater abnormality at power-ON: AbnorP. 5-56 mality of service call the thermistor is detected when power is turned ON or the temperature of the fuser roller does not rise in a specified period of time after power is turned ON. Thermistor abnormality after abnormality judgment: P. 5-57 Abnormality of the thermistor is detected after a specified period of time has passed from power-ON (including ready state). Heater abnormality after abnormality judgment: The temP. 5-57 perature of the fuser roller has exceeded the range of control (in this case, the main switch turns OFF automatically) or does not even reach the range. Thermistor abnormality during printing: Abnormality of the P. 5-57 thermistor is detected during printing. RADF I/F error: Communication error has occurred P. 5-58 between the RADF and the scanner. Communication error between Engine-CPU and IPC P. 5-58 board Communication error between IPC board and finisher P. 5-58
Error code Classification C010 Drive system related service call C040 Paper feeding system related service call C130 C140 C150 C160 C180 C1A0 C1B0 C260 C270 C280 C410 Fuser unit related service call Scanning system related service call
C430
C440
C450 C550 (C780) C570 C580 Optional communication related service call
2-7 07/04
Error code Classification C730 RADF related service call C740 C810 C820 C830 C940 C970 CA10 CA20 CB10 CB20 CB30 CB50 CB60 CB80 Finisher related service call Circuit related service call Process related service call Laser optical unit related service call
Contents EEPROM initialization error: EEPROM is not initialized normally when performing the code 05-356. Reverse sensor adjustment error Fan motor abnormality: The fan motor is not rotating normally. Read sensor adjustment error: The read sensor cannot be adjusted normally when performing the code 05-356. Original length sensor adjustment error: The original length sensor cannot be adjusted normally when performing the code 05-356. Engine-CPU abnormality High-voltage transformer abnormality: Leakage of the main charger is detected. Polygonal motor abnormality: The polygonal motor is not rotating normally. H-Sync detection error: H-Sync detection PC board cannot detect laser beams. Transport motor abnormality: The transport motor or stack transport roller is not rotating normally. [MJ-1025] Delivery motor abnormality: Delivery motor or delivery roller is not rotating normally. [MJ-1022/1025] Tray lift motor abnormality: The tray lift motor is not rotating normally or the delivery tray is not moving normally. [MJ-1025] Staple motor (staple/fold) abnormality: The staple motor is not rotating normally or the stapler is not moving normally. [MJ-1025] Stapler unit shift motor abnormality: The stapler unit shift motor is not rotating normally or the Stapler Unit is not moving normally. [MJ-1025] Backup RAM data abnormality: 1) Abnormality of checksum value on finisher controller board is detected when the power is turned on. [MJ-1025] 2) Abnormality of checksum value on punch controller board is detected when the power is turned on. [MJ-1025 (when MJ-6005 is installed)] Stack processing motor abnormality: The stack processing motor is not rotating normally or the stack delivery belt is not moving normally. [MJ-1022] Paddle motor abnormality: The paddle motor is not rotating normally or the swing guide is not moving normally. [MJ-1025] Horizontal registration motor abnormality: The horizontal registration motor is not rotating normally or the puncher is not moving normally. [MJ-1025 (when MJ-6005 is installed)] Punch motor abnormality: The punch motor is not rotating normally or the puncher is not moving normally. [MJ-1025 (when MJ-6005 is installed)] Front jogging motor abnormality: Front jogging motor is not rotating normally or the front alignment plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1022] Alignment motor (front) abnormality: The alignment motor (front) is not rotating normally or the front alignment plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1025] Upper stack tray lift motor abnormality: The upper stack tray lift motor is not rotating or the upper stack tray is not moving normally. [MJ-1022]
Troubleshooting P. 5-59 P. 5-59 P. 5-59 P. 5-59 P. 5-59 P. 5-76 P. 5-76 P. 5-60 P. 5-60 P. 5-61 P. 5-62 P. 5-63 P. 5-64 P. 5-66 P. 5-67
CC30
P. 5-67
CC50
P. 5-69
CC60 CC80
P. 5-69 P. 5-70
CC90
P. 5-71
2-8 06/09
Error code Classification CCA0 Finisher related service call CCB0
CDC0 CDD0 CDE0 CDF0 CE00 Offset tray related service call Finisher related service call Other service call Communication related service call Other service call
CF60 F070 F090 F091 F092 F100 F101 F102 F103 F104 F105 F106 F107 F108 F110 F111 F120 F130 F200
Communication related service call Other service call
Contents Troubleshooting Lower stack tray lift motor abnormality: The lower stack P. 5-72 tray lift motor is not rotating or the lower stack tray is not moving normally. [MJ-1022] Rear jogging motor abnormality: Rear jogging motor is P. 5-73 not rotating normally or the rear alignment plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1022] Alignment motor (rear) abnormality: The alignment motor (rear) is not rotating normally or the rear alignment plate is not moving normally. [MJ-1025] Punch power failure abnormality: 24 V is not applied to P. 5-74 the punch controller board. [MJ-1025 (when MJ-6005 is installed)] Folding position sensor abnormality: Automatic adjustP. 5-74 ment of the folding position sensor can not be performed properly. [MJ-1025] Paddle motor abnormality: The paddle motor does not P. 5-75 rotate properly. [MJ-1025] Initialization error of the offset tray: The home position of P. 5-76 the separator cannot be detected when the power is turned ON. Communication error between finisher unit and puncher P. 5-75 unit: Communication error between the finisher controller PC board and punch controller PC board. [MJ-1025 (when MJ-6005 is installed)] Toner for recycle transport area lock P. 5-76 Communication error between System-CPU and EngineP. 5-58 CPU SRAM abnormality on the SYS board P. 5-76 NVRAM abnormality on the SYS board P. 5-77 SRAM and NVRAM abnormality on the SYS board P. 5-78 HDD format error: HDD cannot be initialized normally. P. 5-79 HDD unmounted: Connection of HDD cannot be P. 5-79 detected. HDD start error: HDD cannot become Ready state. P. 5-79 HDD transfer time-out: Reading/writing cannot be perP. 5-79 formed in the specified period of time. HDD data error: Abnormality is detected in the data of P. 5-79 HDD. HDD other error P. 5-79 Point and Print partition damage P. 5-79 /SHR partition damage P. 5-79 /SHA partition damage P. 5-79 Communication error between System-CPU and ScanP. 5-58 ner-CPU Scanner response abnormality P. 5-58 Database abnormality: Database is not operating norP. 5-79 mally. Invaid MAC address P. 5-79 Data overwrite kit (GP-1050/1060) is taken off P. 5-80
2-9
2.1.3
Error in Internet FAX / Scanning Function
1) Internet FAX related error (when GM-1020/3020, GM-1030/3030, GM-2020, GM-2030, GM-1070/4070, GM-1080U/4080U, GM-2070, GM-2080U, GM-1071/4070, GM-1081U/4080U, GM-2071, GM-2081U, GM1130/4130, GM-1140U/4140U, GM-2130, or GM-2140U is installed)
Error code 1C10 1C11 1C12 1C13 1C14 1C15 1C20 1C21 1C22 1C30 1C31 1C32 1C33 1C40 1C60 1C61 1C62 1C63 1C64 1C65 1C66 1C67 1C68 1C69 1C6A 1C6B 1C6C 1C6D 1C70 1C71 1C72 1C80 1C81 1C82 1CC0 1CC1 Contents System access abnormality Insufficient memory Message reception error Message transmission error Invalid parameter Exceeding file capacity System management module access abnormality Job control module access abnormality Job control module access abnormality Directory creation failure File creation failure File deletion failure File access failure Image conversion abnormality HDD full failure during processing Address Book reading failure Memory acquiring failure Terminal IP address unset Terminal mail address unset SMTP address unset Server time time-out error NIC time time-out error NIC access error SMTP server connection error HOST NAME error Terminal mail address error Destination mail address error System error SMTP client OFF SMTP authentication error POP before SMTP error Internet FAX transmission failure when processing E-mail job received Onramp Gateway transmission failure Internet FAX transmission failure when processing FAX job received Job canceling Power failure Troubleshooting P. 5-81 P. 5-81 P. 5-81 P. 5-81 P. 5-81 P. 5-81 P. 5-81 P. 5-81 P. 5-81 P. 5-82 P. 5-82 P. 5-81 P. 5-82 P. 5-82 P. 5-82 P. 5-82 P. 5-82 P. 5-82 P. 5-82 P. 5-82 P. 5-82 P. 5-82 P. 5-82 P. 5-83 P. 5-83 P. 5-83 P. 5-83 P. 5-82 P. 5-83 P. 5-83 P. 5-83 P. 5-83 P. 5-83 P. 5-83 P. 5-83
2 - 10 07/11
2) RFC related error (when GM-1020/3020, GM-1030/3030, GM-2020, GM-2030, GM-1070/4070, GM-1080U/4080U, GM-2070, GM-2080U, GM-1071/4070, GM-1081U/4080U, GM-2071, GM-2081U, GM1130/4130, GM-1140U/4140U, GM-2130, or GM-2140U is installed)
Error code 2500 Message displayed in the TopAccess screen Syntax error, command unrecognized Contents HOST NAME error (RFC: 500) Destination mail address error (RFC: 500) Terminal mail address error (RFC: 500) HOST NAME error (RFC: 501) Destination mail address error (RFC: 501) Terminal mail address error (RFC: 501) Destination mail address error (RFC: 503) HOST NAME error (RFC: 504) Destination mail address error (RFC: 550) Destination mail address error (RFC: 551) Terminal/Destination mail address error (RFC: 552) Destination mail address error (RFC: 553) Troubleshooting P. 5-84
2
P. 5-84
2501
Syntax error in parameters or arguments
2503 2504 2550 2551 2552 2553
Bad sequence of commands Command parameter not implemented Mailbox unavailable User not local Insufficient system storage Mailbox name not allowed
P. 5-84 P. 5-84 P. 5-84 P. 5-84 P. 5-84 P. 5-84
2 - 11 07/11
3) Electronic Filing related error

Error code 2B10 2B11 2B20 2B21 2B30 2B31 Message displayed in the TopAccess screen There was no applicable job. Contents No applicable job error in job control module JOB status abnormality File library function error Exceeding file capacity Troubleshooting P. 5-85 P. 5-85 P. 5-85 P. 5-85 P. 5-85 P. 5-85
Job status failed. Failed to access file. Message size exceeded limit or maximum size Insufficient disk space. Insufficient disk space in /SHR partition Failed to access Electronic Filing. Status of specified Electronic Filing or folder is undefined or being created/ deleted Failed to print Electronic Filing document. Electronic Filing printing failure: Specified document can not be printed because of client's access (being edited, etc.).
2B32
P. 5-85
2B50 2B51 2B60
Failed to process image. Failed to process print image.
Image library error List library error The folder was renamed. A folder A folder with the same name exists in of the same name already the box. existed. The document was renamed. A document of the same name already existed. Document(s) expire(s) in a few days Hard Disk space for Electronic Filing nearly full. Insufficient Memory. Invalid Box password specified. Incorrect paper size Job canceled Power failure occurred System fatal error. Failed to acquire resource. Power failure occurred during eFiling restoring. Failed to get machine parameter. Maximum number of pages has been exceeded (list Maximum) Maximum number of documents has been exceeded (list Maximum) Maximum number of folders has been exceeded (list Maximum) A document with the same name exists in the box or folder. Documents expiring in a few days exist Hard disk space in /SHR partition is nearly full (90%). Insufficient memory capacity Invalid Box password A Paper size not supported in the Electronic Filing function is being selected. Job canceling Power failure Fatal failure occurred. System management module resource acquiring failure Power failure occurred during restoring of Electronic Filing Machine parameter reading failure Exceeding maximum number of pages Exceeding maximum number of documents Exceeding maximum number of folders
P. 5-85 P. 5-85 -
2B70
2B71 2B80 2B90 2BA0 2BA1 2BB0 2BB1 2BC0 2BC1 2BD0 2BE0 2BF0 2BF1
P. 5-85 P. 5-86 P. 5-86 P. 5-86 P. 5-85 P. 5-85 P. 5-86 P. 5-86 P. 5-86 P. 5-86
2BF2
P. 5-86
2 - 12 07/11
4) E-mail related error (when GM-1020/3020, GM-1030/3030, GM-2020, GM-2030, GM-1070/4070, GM-1080U/4080U, GM-2070, GM-2080U, GM-1071/4070, GM-1081U/4080U, GM-2071, GM-2081U, GM1130/4130, GM-1140U/4140U, GM-2130, or GM-2140U is installed)
Error code 2C10 2C11 2C12 2C13 2C14 2C15 2C20 2C21 2C22 2C30 2C31 2C32 2C33 2C40 2C43 2C44 2C60 2C61 2C62 2C63 2C64 2C65 2C66 2C67 2C68 2C69 2C6A 2C6B 2C6C 2C6D 2C70 2C71 2C72 2C80 2C81 2CC0 2CC1 Message displayed in the TopAccess screen Illegal Job status Not enough memory Illegal Job status Illegal Job status Invalid parameter specified Message size exceeded limit or maximum size Illegal Job status Contents System access abnormality Insufficient memory Message reception error Message transmission error Invalid parameter Exceeding file capacity Troubleshooting P. 5-87 P. 5-87 P. 5-87 P. 5-87 P. 5-87 P. 5-87 P. 5-87 P. 5-87 P. 5-87 P. 5-87 P. 5-87 P. 5-87 P. 5-87 P. 5-87 P. 5-88 P. 5-88 P. 5-88 P. 5-88 P. 5-87 P. 5-88 P. 5-88 P. 5-88 P. 5-88 P. 5-88 P. 5-88 P. 5-88 P. 5-88 P. 5-89 P. 5-89 P. 5-88 P. 5-89 P. 5-89 P. 5-89 P. 5-89 P. 5-89 P. 5-89
System management module access abnormality Illegal Job status Job control module access abnormality Illegal Job status Job control module access abnormality Failed to create directory Directory creation failure Failed to create file File creation failure Failed to delete file File deletion failure Failed to create file File access failure Failed to convert image file format Image conversion abnormality Encryption error. Failed to create Encryption error file. Creating the image file was not Encryption PDF enforced mode error permitted. Failed to process your Job. Insuffi- HDD full failure during processing cient disk space. Failed to read AddressBook Address Book reading failure Not enough memory Memory acquiring failure Invalid Domain Address Terminal IP address unset Invalid Domain Address Terminal mail address unset Failed to connect to SMTP server SMTP address unset Failed to connect to SMTP server Server time time-out error Failed to send E-Mail message NIC time time-out error Failed to send E-Mail message NIC access error Failed to connect to SMTP server SMTP server connection error Failed to send E-Mail message HOST NAME error (No RFC error) Invalid address specified in From: Terminal mail address error field Invalid address specified in To: field NIC system error SMTP service is not available Failed SMTP Authentication POP Before SMTP Authentication Failed Failed to process received E-mail job Failed to process received Fax job Job canceled Power failure occurred Destination mail address error (No RFC error) System error SMTP client OFF SMTP authentication error POP before SMTP error E-mail transmission failure when processing E-mail job received Process failure of FAX job received Job canceling Power failure
2 - 13 07/11
5) File sharing related error (when GM-1020/3020, GM-1030/3030, GM-2020, GM-2030, GM-1070/4070, GM-1080U/4080U, GM-2070, GM-2080U, GM-1071/4070, GM-1081U/4080U, GM-2071, GM-2081U, GM1130/4130, GM-1140U/4140U, GM-2130, or GM-2140U is installed)
Error code 2D10 2D11 2D12 2D13 2D14 2D15 Message displayed in the TopAccess screen Illegal Job status Not enough memory Illegal Job status Illegal Job status Invalid parameter specified There are too many documents in the folder. Failed in creating new document. Illegal Job status Illegal Job status Illegal Job status Failed to create directory Failed to create file Failed to delete file Failed to create file Failed to convert image file format Encryption error. Failed to create file. Creating the image file was not permitted. Failed to copy file Invalid parameter specified Failed to connect to network destination. Check destination path Specified network path is invalid. Check destination path Logon to file server failed. Check username and password There are too many documents in the folder. Failed in creating new document. Contents System access abnormality Insufficient memory Message reception error Message transmission error Invalid parameter Exceeding document number Troubleshooting P. 5-90 P. 5-90 P. 5-90 P. 5-90 P. 5-90 P. 5-90
2D20 2D21 2D22 2D30 2D31 2D32 2D33 2D40 2D43 2D44 2D60 2D61 2D62 2D63 2D64 2D65
System management module access abnormality Job control module access abnormality Job control module access abnormality Directory creation failure File creation failure File deletion failure File access failure Image conversion abnormality Encryption error Encryption PDF enforced mode error File library access abnormality Invalid parameter File server connection error Invalid network path Login failure Exceeding documents in folder: Creating new document is failed.
P. 5-90 P. 5-90 P. 5-90 P. 5-90 P. 5-90 P. 5-90 P. 5-90 P. 5-91 P. 5-91 P. 5-91 P. 5-90 P. 5-90 P. 5-91 P. 5-91 P. 5-91 P. 5-91
2D66 2D67 2D68 2DA0 2DA1 2DA2 2DA3
Failed to process your Job. Insuf- HDD full failure during processing ficient disk space. FTP service is not available FTP service not available File Sharing service is not available Expired scan documents deleted from share folder. Expired Sent Fax documents deleted from shared folder. Expired Received Fax documents deleted from shared folder. Scanned documents in shared folder deleted upon user's request. File sharing service not available Periodical deletion of scanned documents completed properly. Periodical deletion of transmitted FAX documents completed properly. Periodical deletion of received FAX documents completed properly. Manual deletion of scanned documents completed properly.
P. 5-91 P. 5-91 P. 5-91 -
2 - 14 07/11
Error code 2DA4
Message displayed in the TopAccess screen Sent Fax Documents in shared folder deleted upon user's request. Received Fax Documents in shared folder deleted upon user's request. Failed to delete file. Failed to acquire resource. The HDD is running out of capacity for the shared folder. Job canceled Power failure occurred
Contents Manual deletion of transmitted FAX documents completed properly. Manual deletion of received FAX documents completed properly. File deletion failure Resource acquiring failure Hard disk space in /SHA partition is nearly full (90%). Job canceling Power failure
Troubleshooting -
2DA5
2DA6 2DA7 2DA8 2DC0 2DC1
P. 5-90 P. 5-90 P. 5-91
2 - 15 07/11
6) E-mail reception related error (when GM-1020/3020, GM-1030/3030, GM-2020, GM-2030, GM-1070/4070, GM-1080U/4080U, GM-2070, GM-2080U, GM-1071/4070, GM-1081U/4080U, GM-2071, GM-2081U, GM1130/4130, GM-1140U/4140U, GM-2130, or GM-2140U is installed)
Error code 3A10 3A11 Message displayed in the TopAccess screen MIME Error has been detected in the received mail. MIME Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail has been transferred to the administrator. MIME Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail could not be transferred to the administrator. Analyze Error has been detected in the received mail. Analyze Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail has been transferred to the administrator. Analyze Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail could not be transferred to the administrator. Whole partial mails were not reached by timeout. Partial Mail Error has been detected in the received mail. HDD Full Error has been occurred in this mail. HDD Full Error has been occurred in this mail. This mail has been transferred to the administrator. HDD Full Error has been occurred in this mail. This mail could not be transferred to the administrator. HDD Full Warning has been occurred in this mail. HDD Full Warning has been occurred in this mail. This mail could not be transferred to the administrator. HDD Full Warning has been occurred in this mail. This mail could not be transferred to the administrator. Receiving partial mail was aborted since the partial mail setting has been changed to Disable. Warning of partial mail interruption Warning of insufficient HDD capacity Partial mail time-out error Partial mail related error Insufficient HDD capacity error E-mail analysis error Contents E-mail MIME error Troubleshooting P. 5-92 P. 5-92
3A12
P. 5-92
3A20 3A21
P. 5-92 P. 5-92
3A22
P. 5-92
3A30 3A40 3A50 3A51
P. 5-92 P. 5-92 P. 5-92 P. 5-92
3A52
P. 5-92
3A60 3A61
P. 5-92 P. 5-92
3A62
P. 5-92
3A70
P. 5-92
2 - 16 07/11
Error code 3A80 3A81
Message displayed in the TopAccess screen
Contents
Troubleshooting P. 5-92 P. 5-92
Partial mail was received during Partial mail reception setting OFF the partial mail setting is disabled. Partial mail was received during the partial mail setting is disabled. This mail has been transferred to the administrator. Partial mail was received during the partial mail setting is disabled. This mail could not be transferred to the administrator. Format Error has been detected in the received mail. Format Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail has been transferred to the administrator. Format Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail could not be transferred to the administrator. Content-Type Error has been detected in the received mail. Content-Type Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail has been transferred to the administrator. Content-Type Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail could not be transferred to the administrator. Charset Error has been detected in the received mail. Charset Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail has been transferred to the administrator. Charset Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail could not be transferred to the administrator. Decode Error has been detected in the received mail. Decode Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail has been transferred to the administrator. Decode Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail could not be transferred to the administrator. E-mail decode error Charset error Content-Type error E-mail format error
3A82
P. 5-92
3B10 3B11
P. 5-92 P. 5-92
3B12
P. 5-92
3B20 3B21
P. 5-92 P. 5-92
3B22
P. 5-92
3B30 3B31
P. 5-93 P. 5-93
3B32
P. 5-93
3B40 3B41
P. 5-92 P. 5-92
3B42
P. 5-92
2 - 17
Error code 3C10 3C11
Message displayed in the TopAccess screen Tiff Analyze Error has been detected in the received mail. Tiff Analyze Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail has been transferred to the administrator. Tiff Analyze Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail could not be transferred to the administrator. Tiff Analyze Error has been detected in the received mail. Tiff Compression Error has been detected in the received mail. Tiff Compression Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail has been transferred to the administrator. Tiff Compression Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail could not be transferred to the administrator. Tiff Resolution Error has been detected in the received mail. Tiff Resolution Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail has been transferred to the administrator. Tiff Resolution Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail could not be transferred to the administrator. Tiff Paper Size Error has been detected in the received mail. Tiff Paper Size Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail has been transferred to the administrator. Tiff Paper Size Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail could not be transferred to the administrator. Offramp Destination Error has been detected in the received mail. Offramp Destination Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail has been transferred to the administrator. Offramp Destination Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail could not be transferred to the administrator.
Contents TIFF analysis error
3C12
P. 5-93
3C13 3C20 3C21
P. 5-93 TIFF compression error P. 5-93 P. 5-93
3C22
P. 5-93
3C30 3C31
TIFF resolution error
P. 5-93 P. 5-93
3C32
P. 5-93
3C40 3C41
TIFF paper size error
P. 5-93 P. 5-93
3C42
P. 5-93
3C50
Offramp destination error
P. 5-93
3C51
P. 5-93
3C52
P. 5-93
2 - 18
Error code 3C60 3C61
Message displayed in the TopAccess screen Offramp Security Error has been detected in the received mail. Offramp Security Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail has been transferred to the administrator. Offramp Security Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail could not be transferred to the administrator. Power Failure has been occurred in E-mail receiving. SMTP Destination Error has been detected in the received mail. This mail was deleted. Offramp Destination limitation Error has been detected in the received mail. Fax Board Error has been occurred in the received mail. POP3 Connection Error has been occurred in the received mail. POP3 Connection Timeout Error has been occurred in the received mail. POP3 Login Error has been occurred in the received mail. POP3 Login Error occurred in received mail. File I/O Error has been occurred in this mail. The mail could not be received until File I/O is recovered.
Contents Offramp security error
3C62
P. 5-93
3C70 3D10
Power failure error Destination address error
P. 5-93 P. 5-93
3D20
Offramp destination limitation error
P. 5-93
3D30 3E10 3E20
FAX board error POP3 server connection error POP3 server connection time-out error
P. 5-94 P. 5-94 P. 5-94
3E30 3E40 3F00 3F10 3F20 3F30 3F40
POP3 login error POP3 login method error File I/O error
P. 5-94 P. 5-94 P. 5-94 P. 5-94 P. 5-94 P. 5-94 P. 5-94
2 - 19 05/11
2.1.4
Printer function error
Following codes are displayed at the end of the user name on the print job log screen (when GM-1020/3020, GM-1030/3030, GM-2020, GM-2030, GM-1070/4070, GM-1080U/4080U, GM2070, GM-2080U, GM-1071/4070, GM-1081U/4080U, GM-2071, GM-2081U, GM-1130/4130, GM1140U/4140U, GM-2130, or GM-2140U is installed)
Error code 4030 Contents No Printer Kit / Printer Kit function disabled: The Printer Kit (GM-1010) or the Printer/Scanner Kit (GM-2010) is not installed. Or network printing of an XPS file is performed without the Expansion Memory (GC-1230), or network printing is performed after the termination of a trial period.. HDD full during print: Large quantity image data by private print or invalid network print are saved in HDD. Private-print-only error: Jobs other than Private print jobs cannot be performed. Printing data storing limitation error: Printing with its data being stored to the HDD temporarily (Proof print, Private print, Scheduled print, etc.) cannot be performed. e-Filing storing limitation error: Printing with its data being stored to the HDD (print and e-Filing, print to e-Filing, etc.) cannot be performed. Local file storing limitation error: Network FAX or Internet FAX cannot be sent when "Local" is selected for the destination of the file to save. User authentication error: The user who intended to print a document is not registered as a user. Hardcopy security printing error: hardcopy security printing job is performed when the function is restricted. Print job cancellation: Print job (copy, list print, network print) is deleted from the print job screen. Print job power failure: The power of the equipment is turned OFF during print job (copy, list print, network print). Limit over error: The numbers of output pages have exceeded those specified with both of the department code and the user code at the same time. Limit over error: The number of output pages has exceeded the one specified with the user code. Limit over error: The number of output pages has exceeded the one specified with the department code. Troubleshooting P. 5-94
4031 4032 4033
P. 5-94 P. 5-94 P. 5-94
4034 4035 4036 4037 A221 A222 A290 A291 A292
P. 5-94 P. 5-94 P. 5-94 P. 5-95 P. 5-95 P. 5-95 P. 5-95 P. 5-95 P. 5-95
2 - 20 09/02
<<Error history: e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280>> In the setting mode (08-253), the latest twenty groups of error data will be displayed. Display example EA10 04 07 11 17 57 32 064 064 23621000000 Error code YY MM DD HH MM SS MMM NNN ABCDEFHIJLO 4 digits 12 digits (Year is 3 digits 3 digits 11 digits indicated with its last two digits.)
A Paper source 0: Not selected 1: Bypass feed 2: LCF 3: PFP upper drawer 4: Unused 5: PFP lower drawer 6: Unused 7: Upper drawer Paper size code 8: Lower drawer 0: A5/ST 1: A5-R 2: ST-R 3: LT 4: A4 5: B5-R 6: LT-R 7: A4-R 8: OTHER/UNIV 9: B5 A: FOLIO/COMP B: LG C: B4 D: LD E: A3 F: 13 LG G: Unused H: A6-R I: Postcard J: 8.5SQ K: Unused L: Unused M: 8K N: 16K-R O: 16K P: COM10 (Envelope) Q: DL (Envelope) R: Monarch (Envelope) S: CHO-3 (Envelope) T: YOU-4 (Envelope) Z: Not selected Sort mode/staple mode 0: Non-sort/Non-staple 1: Group 2: Sort 7: Front staple 8: Double staple 9: Rear staple A: Saddle stitch ADF mode 0: Unused 1: AUTO FEED (SADF) 2: STACK FEED APS/AMS mode 0: Not selected 1: APS 2: AMS Duplex mode 0: Not selected 1: Book 2: Double-sided/Single-sided 4: Double-sided/Duplex copying 8: Single-sided/Duplex copying Unused Image shift 0: Unused 1: Book 2: Left 4: Right Editing 0: Unused 1: Masking 2: Trimming 3: Mirror image 4: Negative/Positive Reversal Edge erase/Dual-page 0: Unused 1: Edge erase 2: Dual-page 3: Edge erase & Dual-page Unused Function 0: Unused 1: Copying 2: FAX/Internet FAX transmission 3: FAX/Internet FAX/E-mail reception printing 4: Unused 5: Printing/List print 6: Scan/E-mail transmission Primary scanning reproduction ratio (Display in hexadecimal) (Mx256)+(Mx16)+M Secondary scanning reproduction ratio (Display in hexadecimal) (Nx256)+(Nx16)+N Mode 0: Unused 1: Unused 2: Black
D E F
G H I J K L
MMM NNN O
2 - 21 10/06
<<Error history: e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283>> In the setting mode (08-253), the latest twenty groups of error data will be displayed. Display example EA10 99999999 04 07 11 17 57 32 064 064 Error code Total counter YY MM DD HH MM SS MMM NNN 4 digits 8 digits 12 digits (Year is 3 digits 3 digits indicated with its last two digits.)
A Paper source
23621000000 ABCDEFHIJLO 11 digits
0: Not selected 1: Bypass feed 2: LCF 3: Upper drawer 4: Lower drawer 5: PFP upper drawer 6: PFP lower drawer 7: Unused 8: Unused Paper size code 0: A5/ST 1: A5-R 2: ST-R 3: LT 4: A4 5: B5-R 6: LT-R 7: A4-R 8: OTHER/UNIV 9: B5 A: FOLIO/COMP B: LG C: B4 D: LD E: A3 F: 13 LG G: Unused H: A6-R I: Postcard J: 8.5SQ K: Unused L: Unused M: 8K N: 16K-R O: 16K P: COM10 (Envelope) Q: DL (Envelope) R: Monarch (Envelope) S: CHO-3 (Envelope) T: YOU-4 (Envelope) Z: Not selected Sort mode/staple mode 0: Non-sort/Non-staple 1: Group 2: Sort 7: Front staple 8: Double staple 9: Rear staple A: Saddle stitch ADF mode 0: Unused 1: AUTO FEED (SADF) 2: STACK FEED APS/AMS mode 0: Not selected 1: APS 2: AMS Duplex mode 0: Not selected 1: Book 2: Double-sided/Single-sided 4: Double-sided/Duplex copying 8: Single-sided/Duplex copying Unused Image shift 0: Unused 1: Book 2: Left 4: Right Editing 0: Unused 1: Masking 2: Trimming 3: Mirror image 4: Negative/Positive Reversal Edge erase/Dual-page 0: Unused 1: Edge erase 2: Dual-page 3: Edge erase & Dual-page Unused Function 0: Unused 1: Copying 2: FAX/Internet FAX transmission 3: FAX/Internet FAX/E-mail reception printing 4: Unused 5: Printing/List print 6: Scan/E-mail transmission Primary scanning reproduction ratio (Display in hexadecimal) (Mx256)+(Mx16)+M Secondary scanning reproduction ratio (Display in hexadecimal) (Nx256)+(Nx16)+N Mode 0: Unused 1: Unused 2: Black
D E F
G H I J K L
MMM NNN O
2 - 22 07/11
2.2
Self-diagnosis Modes
Contents All LEDs on the control panel are lit, and all the LCD pixels blink. Checks the status of input/output signals. Outputs the test patterns. Adjusts various items. Sets various items. Prints out the data lists of the codes 05 and 08, PM support mode and pixel counter. Clears each counter. Performs updating of the system firmware. For exit [POWER] OFF/ON [POWER] OFF/ON [POWER] OFF/ON [POWER] OFF/ON [POWER] OFF/ON [POWER] OFF/ON [POWER] OFF/ON [POWER] OFF/ON Display 100% C A4 TEST MODE 100% P A4 TEST PRINT 100% A A4 TEST MODE 100% D TEST MOD 100% UA A4 LIST PRINT 100% K TEST MODE -
Mode Control panel check mode Test mode
For start [0]+[1]+ [POWER] [0]+[3]+ [POWER] Test print [0]+[4]+ mode [POWER] Adjustment [0]+[5]+ mode [POWER] Setting mode [0]+[8]+ [POWER] List print mode [9]+[START] +[POWER] PM support mode Firmware update mode [6]+[START] +[POWER] [8]+[9]+ [POWER]
Notes: 1. To enter the desired mode, turn ON the power while two digital keys designated to each mode (e.g. [0] and [5]) are pressed simultaneously. 2. When the optional FAX unit is installed, Faxes received automatically during the self-diagnosis mode may not be printed out. Be sure to disconnect the modular code from the line connectors (LINE1, LINE2) of the equipment before starting the self-diagnosis mode. Also, be sure to finish the self-diagnosis mode by turning the power OFF and back ON before connecting the modular code. <Operation procedure> Control panel check mode (01):
[0][1] [POWER] LED lit/ LCD blinking [START] [START] (Button check) [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
Notes: 1. A mode can be canceled by [POWER] OFF/ON when the LED is lit and the LCD is blinking. 2. Button Check Buttons with LED (Press to turn OFF the LED.) Buttons without LED (Press to display the message on the control panel.) Button on touch panel (Press to display the screen on the control panel at power-ON.) Test mode (03): Refer to P. 2-25 "2.2.1 Input check (Test mode 03) (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/ 280)"/ P. 2-32 "2.2.2 Input check (Test mode 03) (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283)" and P. 2-40 "2.2.3 Output check (test mode 03)". Test print mode (04): Refer to P. 2-43 "2.2.4 Test print mode (test mode 04)". Adjustment mode (05): Refer to P. 2-44 "2.2.5 Adjustment mode (05) (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/ 280)"/ P. 2-64 "2.2.6 Adjustment mode (05) (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283)". Setting mode (08): Refer to P. 2-84 "2.2.7 Setting mode (08) (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)"/ P. 2-153 "2.2.8 Setting mode (08) (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283)".
2 - 23 07/11
List print mode (9S): The procedure varies depending on the code.
(Code) [START] [Digital keys] 101: Adjustment mode (05) Key in the first 102: Setting mode (08) code to be printed [START] [Digital keys] Key in the last code to be printed [START] List starts to be printed [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
[9][START] [POWER]
(Code) 103: PM support mode 104: Stored information of pixel counter (toner cartridge reference) 105: Stored information of pixel counter (service technician reference) 106: Error history
PM support mode (6S):

[6][START] [POWER] (Code) 1: Auto-toner adjustment 2: PM Support Screen [START] (Operation started) [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
Firmware update mode (89): Refer to 6. FIRMWARE UPDATING.

[POWER] ON
Normal [0][1] Control panel check mode [0][3]
[0][4] Test print mode
[0][5] Adjustment mode
[0][8] Setting mode
[9][START] List print mode
[6][START] PM support mode
[8][9]
Warming up
Test mode
Firmware update mode
Ready
[POWER] OFF *1 To user
State transition diagram of self-diagnosis modes

Fig. 2-1
*1 Turn OFF the power after using the self-diagnosis modes, and leave the equipment to the user.
2 - 24
2.2.1
Input check (Test mode 03) (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)
The status of each input signal can be checked by pressing the [FAX] button, and the digital keys in the test mode (03). <Operation procedure>
[0][3] [POWER] [START] [FAX] [Digital keys] [CLEAR] (LCD ON) [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
Note: Initialization is performed before the equipment enters the test mode.
Fig. 2-2 Example of display during input check
Items to be checked and the condition of the equipment when the buttons [A] to [H] are highlighted are listed in the following pages.
2 - 25 10/06
[FAX] button: OFF ([FAX] LED: OFF)

Digital key Button Items to check Contents Highlighted Normal disdisplay play e.g. A B C D E F G H A B C [2] D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H LCF connection Bypass unit connection Bypass paper sensor ADU connection ADU opening/closing switch ADU exit sensor ADU entrance sensor PFP upper drawer detection switch PFP upper drawer paper stock sensor PFP upper drawer feed sensor PFP connection PFP side cover opening/closing switch PFP upper drawer empty sensor PFP upper drawer tray-up sensor LCF tray bottom sensor LCF standby side paper mis-stacking sensor Not connected Not connected No paper Not connected ADU opened Paper present Paper present Drawer not installed Paper almost empty Paper present Not connected Cover opened No paper Tray at upper limit position Tray at bottom position e.g. Connected Connected Paper present Connected ADU closed No paper No paper Drawer present Paper present No paper Connected Cover closed Paper present Other than upper limit position Other than bottom position Incorrect stacking Drawer present Paper present Drawer present Paper present No paper Normal rotation Paper present Other than upper limit position
[1]
[3]
[4]
Correct stacking LCF drawer detection switch Drawer not installed LCF feed side paper stock sensor Paper almost empty PFP lower drawer detection sensor Drawer not installed PFP lower drawer paper stock sensor Paper almost empty PFP lower drawer feed sensor Paper present PFP motor rotation status (Motor is rotating at output mode Abnormal rota(03)) tion PFP lower drawer empty sensor No paper PFP lower drawer tray-up sensor Tray at upper limit position
2 - 26 05/12
Digital key
Button
Items to check
Contents Highlighted Normal disdisplay play e.g. e.g. Other than home position Other than stop position Paper present Cover opened Normal rotation Other than upper limit position Paper present No paper No paper Paper present Other than upper limit position No paper Paper present Other than upper limit position -
A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H
LCF end fence home position sensor
[5]
Fence home position LCF end fence stop position sensor Fence stop position LCF standby side empty sensor No paper LCF side cover opening/closing switch Cover closed LCF motor rotation status (Motor is rotating at output mode Abnormal rota(03)) tion LCF tray-up sensor Tray at upper limit position LCF feed sensor LCF feed side empty sensor 1st transport sensor Upper drawer empty sensor Upper drawer tray-up sensor 2nd transport sensor Lower drawer empty sensor Lower drawer tray-up sensor Bypass feed paper width sensor-2 Bypass feed paper width sensor-1 Bypass feed paper width sensor-0 Upper drawer detection switch Upper drawer paper stock sensor No paper Paper present Paper present No paper Tray at upper limit position Paper present No paper Tray at upper limit position
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
Refer to table 1 Refer to table 1 Refer to table 1 Drawer not Drawer installed present Paper almost Paper present empty -
2 - 27 05/11
Digital key
Button
Items to check
Contents Highlighted Normal disdisplay play e.g. e.g. Drawer present Paper present Drawer not installed Paper almost empty -
A B C D [0] E F G H
Lower drawer detection switch Lower drawer paper stock sensor -
Table 1. Relation between the status of the bypass paper width sensor and paper size (width).
Bypass paper-width sensor 2 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 Paper-width size A3/A4 B5-R A5-R A3/A4 Card size A4-R/A5 B6-R B4-R/B5
2 - 28 05/11
[FAX] button: ON ([FAX] LED: ON)

Digital key Button Items to check Contents Highlighted Normal disdisplay play e.g. A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C 24 V power supply IPC board connection Power ON Not connected Abnormal rotation Lock OFF Paper present Paper present Not connected Cover opened Cover opened Cover opened Abnormal rotation Not connected Paper full e.g. Power OFF Connected Normal rotation Unlock ON No paper No paper Connected Cover closed Cover closed Cover closed Normal rotation Connected Paper not full Other than home position Fuser unit not installed Paper present Cover closed Cover closed Cover closed Paper full Paper not full Paper not full Paper present No paper No paper Paper present Abnormal
[1]
[2]
D E F [3]
[4]
A B C D E F G H
Polygonal motor rotation status (Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03)) Auger lock switch Toner cartridge installation switch Registration sensor Exit sensor Auto-toner sensor connection Front cover opening/closing switch Side cover opening/closing sensor Transfer cover opening/closing switch Main motor rotation status (Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03)) Key copy counter connection Job Separator upper stack sensor (When Job Separator is installed) Offset Tray separate sensor (When Offset Tray is installed) Separator at home position Fuser unit connection Fuser unit installed Bridge unit transport sensor-2 (When bridge unit is No paper installed) Bridge unit cover opening/closing detection switch Cover opened (When Bridge unit is installed) Job Separator cover switch (When Job Separator is Cover opened installed) Offset Tray cover switch (When Offset Tray is installed) Cover opened Bridge unit paper full detection sensor Paper not full (When bridge unit is installed) Job Separator lower stack sensor Paper full (When Job Separator is installed) Offset Tray stack sensor (When Offset Tray is installed) Paper full Bridge unit transport sensor-1 (When bridge unit is No paper installed) Job Separator feed sensor (When Job Separator is Paper present installed) Offset Tray feed sensor (When Offset Tray is installed) Paper present Bypass feed sensor No paper High-voltage power supply abnormality (shutdown) detec- Normal tion
2 - 29 05/11
Digital key
Button
Items to check
Contents Highlighted Normal disdisplay play e.g. e.g. Not connected Platen cover closed Other than home position Original present Original present Original present Original present Original present No original No original Cover closed RADF closed No original No original No original No original No original No original No original No original RADF connected Platen cover opened Carriage at home position No original No original No original No original No original Original present Original present Cover opened RADF opened Original present Original present Original present Original present Original present Original present Original present Original present
[5]
A B C D E F G H A B C D
RADF connection Platen sensor Carriage home position sensor APS sensor (APS-R) APS sensor (APS-C) APS sensor (APS-3) APS sensor (APS-2) APS sensor (APS-1) RADF tray sensor RADF empty sensor RADF jam access cover switch RADF opening/closing sensor RADF exit sensor RADF reverse sensor RADF read sensor RADF registration sensor RADF original length sensor RADF original width sensor-1 RADF original width sensor-2 RADF original width sensor-3
[6]
E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E
[7]
[8]
F G H
2 - 30 05/11
Digital key
Button
Items to check
Contents Highlighted Normal disdisplay play e.g. e.g. Refer to table 2 Refer to table 2 Refer to table 2 Connectable Connectable Connectable Connectable Not connectable Not connectable Not connectable Not connectable -
A B C [9] D E F G H A B C [0] D E F G H
Bridge unit/Job Separator/Offset Tray connection detection3 Bridge unit/Job Separator/Offset Tray connection detection2 Bridge unit/Job Separator/Offset Tray connection detection1 Dongle (for Printer/Scanner kit (GM-2020 or 2030)) Dongle (for Printer kit (GM-1020 or 1030)) Dongle (for Scanner upgrade kit (GM-3020 or 3030)) Dongles for other equipments/Other USB devices -
Table 2. Connecting status of additional options at inner area of the equipment

Bridge unit/Job Separator/Offset Tray connection detection-3 Bridge unit/Job Separator/Offset Tray connection detection-2 Bridge unit/Job Separator/Offset Tray connection detection-1 Bridge unit Normal display Highlighting display Normal display Job Separator Highlighting display Highlighting display Normal display Offset Tray Highlighting display Normal display Normal display None Highlighting display Highlighting display Highlighting display
2 - 31 05/11
2.2.2
Input check (Test mode 03) (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283)
The status of each input signal can be checked by pressing the [FAX] button, and the digital keys in the test mode (03). <Operation procedure>
[0][3] [POWER] [START] [FAX] [Digital keys] [CLEAR] (LCD ON) [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
Note: Initialization is performed before the equipment enters the test mode.
Fig. 2-3 Example of display during input check
Items to be checked and the condition of the equipment when the buttons [A] to [H] are highlighted are listed in the following pages.
2 - 32 07/11
[FAX] button: OFF ([FAX] LED: OFF)

Digital key Button Items to check Contents Highlighted Normal disdisplay play e.g. A B C D E F G H A B C [2] D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H LCF connection Bypass unit connection Bypass paper sensor ADU connection ADU opening/closing switch ADU exit sensor ADU entrance sensor PFP upper drawer detection switch PFP upper drawer paper stock sensor PFP upper drawer feed sensor PFP connection PFP side cover opening/closing switch PFP upper drawer empty sensor PFP upper drawer tray-up sensor LCF tray bottom sensor LCF standby side paper mis-stacking sensor Not connected Not connected No paper Not connected ADU opened Paper present Paper present Drawer not installed Paper almost empty Paper present Not connected Cover opened No paper Tray at upper limit position Tray at bottom position e.g. Connected Connected Paper present Connected ADU closed No paper No paper Drawer present Paper present No paper Connected Cover closed Paper present Other than upper limit position Other than bottom position Incorrect stacking Drawer present Paper present Drawer present Paper present No paper Normal rotation Paper present Other than upper limit position
[1]
[3]
[4]
Correct stacking LCF drawer detection switch Drawer not installed LCF feed side paper stock sensor Paper almost empty PFP lower drawer detection sensor Drawer not installed PFP lower drawer paper stock sensor Paper almost empty PFP lower drawer feed sensor Paper present PFP motor rotation status (Motor is rotating at output mode Abnormal rota(03)) tion PFP lower drawer empty sensor No paper PFP lower drawer tray-up sensor Tray at upper limit position
2 - 33 05/11
Digital key
Button
Items to check
Contents Highlighted Normal disdisplay play e.g. e.g. Other than home position Other than stop position Paper present Cover opened Normal rotation Other than upper limit position Paper present No paper No paper Paper present Other than upper limit position No paper Paper present Other than upper limit position -
A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H
LCF end fence home position sensor
[5]
Fence home position LCF end fence stop position sensor Fence stop position LCF standby side empty sensor No paper LCF side cover opening/closing switch Cover closed LCF motor rotation status (Motor is rotating at output mode Abnormal rota(03)) tion LCF tray-up sensor Tray at upper limit position LCF feed sensor LCF feed side empty sensor 1st transport sensor Upper drawer empty sensor Upper drawer tray-up sensor 2nd transport sensor Lower drawer empty sensor Lower drawer tray-up sensor Bypass feed paper width sensor-2 Bypass feed paper width sensor-1 Bypass feed paper width sensor-0 Upper drawer detection switch Upper drawer paper stock sensor No paper Paper present Paper present No paper Tray at upper limit position Paper present No paper Tray at upper limit position
[6]
[7]
[8]
[9]
Refer to table 1 Refer to table 1 Refer to table 1 Drawer not Drawer installed present Paper almost Paper present empty -
2 - 34 05/11
Digital key
Button
Items to check
Contents Highlighted Normal disdisplay play e.g. e.g. Drawer present Paper present Drawer not installed Paper almost empty -
A B C D [0] E F G H
Lower drawer detection switch Lower drawer paper stock sensor -
Table 1. Relation between the status of the bypass paper width sensor and paper size (width).
Bypass paper-width sensor 2 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 Paper-width size A3/A4 B5-R A5-R A3/A4 Card size A4-R/A5 B6-R B4-R/B5
2 - 35 05/11
[FAX] button: ON ([FAX] LED: ON)

Digital key Button Items to check Contents Highlighted Normal disdisplay play e.g. A B C D E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C 24 V power supply IPC board connection Power ON Not connected Abnormal rotation Lock OFF Paper present Paper present Not connected Cover opened Cover opened Cover opened Abnormal rotation Not connected Paper full e.g. Power OFF Connected Normal rotation Unlock ON No paper No paper Connected Cover closed Cover closed Cover closed Normal rotation Connected Paper not full Other than home position Fuser unit not installed Paper present Cover closed Cover closed Cover closed Paper full Paper not full Paper not full Paper present No paper No paper Paper present Abnormal
[1]
[2]
D E F [3]
[4]
A B C D E F G H
Polygonal motor rotation status (Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03)) Auger lock switch Toner cartridge installation switch Registration sensor Exit sensor Auto-toner sensor connection Front cover opening/closing switch Side cover opening/closing sensor Transfer cover opening/closing switch Main motor rotation status (Motor is rotating at Output Mode (03)) Key copy counter connection Job Separator upper stack sensor (When Job Separator is installed) Offset Tray separate sensor (When Offset Tray is installed) Separator at home position Fuser unit connection Fuser unit installed Bridge unit transport sensor-2 (When bridge unit is No paper installed) Bridge unit cover opening/closing detection switch Cover opened (When Bridge unit is installed) Job Separator cover switch (When Job Separator is Cover opened installed) Offset Tray cover switch (When Offset Tray is installed) Cover opened Bridge unit paper full detection sensor Paper not full (When bridge unit is installed) Job Separator lower stack sensor Paper full (When Job Separator is installed) Offset Tray stack sensor (When Offset Tray is installed) Paper full Bridge unit transport sensor-1 (When bridge unit is No paper installed) Job Separator feed sensor (When Job Separator is Paper present installed) Offset Tray feed sensor (When Offset Tray is installed) Paper present Bypass feed sensor No paper High-voltage power supply abnormality (shutdown) detec- Normal tion
2 - 36 05/11
Digital key
Button
Items to check
Contents Highlighted Normal disdisplay play e.g. e.g. Not connected Platen cover closed Other than home position Original present Original present Original present Original present Original present No original No original Cover closed RADF closed No original No original No original No original ON (L) ON (L) ON (L) No original No original No original RADF connected Platen cover opened Carriage at home position No original No original No original No original No original Original present Original present Cover opened RADF opened Original present Original present Original present Original present OFF (H) OFF (H) OFF (H) Original present Original present Original present -
[5]
A B C D E F G H A B C D
RADF connection Platen sensor Carriage home position sensor APS sensor (APS-R) APS sensor (APS-C) APS sensor (APS-3) APS sensor (APS-2) APS sensor (APS-1) [RADF] Original tray sensor [RADF] Original empty sensor [RADF] Jam access cover sensor [RADF] RADF opening/closing sensor [RADF] Original exit/reverse sensor [RADF] Original intermediate transport sensor [RADF] Read sensor [RADF] Original registration sensor [RADF] Original tray width sensor (TWID0S) (Refer to table3) [RADF] Original tray width sensor (TWID1S) (Refer to table3) [RADF] Original tray width sensor (TWID2S) (Refer to table3) [RADF] Original length detection sensor [RADF] Original width detection sensor-1 [RADF] Original width detection sensor-2 -
[6]
E F G H A B C D E F G H A B C
[7]
[8]
D E F G H
2 - 37 08/04
Digital key
Button
Items to check
Contents Highlighted Normal disdisplay play e.g. e.g. Refer to table 2 Refer to table 2 Refer to table 2 Connectable Connectable Connectable Connectable Not connectable Not connectable Not connectable Not connectable -
A B C [9] D E F G H A B C [0] D E F G H
Bridge unit/Job Separator/Offset Tray connection detection3 Bridge unit/Job Separator/Offset Tray connection detection2 Bridge unit/Job Separator/Offset Tray connection detection1 Dongle (for Printer/Scanner kit (GM-2020 or 2030)) Dongle (for Printer kit (GM-1020 or 1030)) Dongle (for Scanner upgrade kit (GM-3020 or 3030)) Dongles for other equipments/Other USB devices -
Table 2. Connecting status of additional options at inner area of the equipment

Bridge unit/Job Separator/Offset Tray connection detection-3 Bridge unit/Job Separator/Offset Tray connection detection-2 Bridge unit/Job Separator/Offset Tray connection detection-1 Bridge unit Normal display Highlighting display Normal display Job Separator Highlighting display Highlighting display Normal display Offset Tray Highlighting display Normal display Normal display None Highlighting display Highlighting display Highlighting display
Table 3. Relation between the status of the original tray width sensor and paper size (width).
Original tray width sensor TWID2S H H H L L L L TWID1S H H L H H L L TWID0S H L H H L H L Paper width size (LT series) LD/LT ST-R LD/LT 8.5" x 8.5" / LT-R / LG / 13" LG COMPUTER Paper width size (A4 series) A3/A4 B5-R A5-R A3/A4 A4-R/FOLIO B4/B5
H (= high level): Open L (= low level): Short
2 - 38 08/04
[FAX] button: OFF/ [COPY] button: ON ([FAX] LED: OFF/ [COPY] LED: ON)
Digital key Button Items to check Contents Highlighted Normal disdisplay play e.g. A B C [0] D E F G H Dongle (for Printer/Scanner kit (GM-2070 or 2080U)) Connected Dongle (for Printer kit (GM-1070, 1071, 1080U or 1081U)) Connected Dongle (for Scanner kit (GM-4070 or 4080U)) Connected Dongles for other equipments/Other USB devices Connected Judgement for acceptable USB storage device (*1) Connectable Connectable Connectable Connectable Acceptable e.g. Not connectable Not connectable Not connectable Not connectable Not acceptable -
*1 Be sure to install the USB storage device to the equipment and check if the device can be used with this code. Be sure to turn OFF the write protection (the function to prevent data from erasure by the accidental recording or deleting) of the USB storage device before performing the check, otherwise this code cannot be used. It may take some time (2 sec. to 10 sec.) before this check is completed depending on the USB storage device.
2 - 39 07/11
2.2.3
Output check (test mode 03)
Status of the output signals can be checked by keying in the following codes in the test mode 03. <Operation procedure> Procedure 1
[0][3] [POWER] (Code) [START] Operation ON Stop code [START] Operation OFF [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
Procedure 2
[0][3] [POWER] (Code) [START] Operation One direction [CLEAR] Test mode standby [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
Procedure 3
[0][3] [POWER] Operation ON Operation OFF Test mode standby [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
(Code)
[START]
[START]
[CLEAR]
Procedure 4
[0][3] [POWER] (Code) [START] [POWER] OFF
2 - 40
Code 101 102 103 108 109 110 118 120 121 122 177 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 217 218 222 225 226 228 232 234 235 236 237 242 243 248 249 252 253 255 256 261 264 265 267
Function Code Function Main motor ON (operational without 151 Code No. 101 function OFF developer unit) Toner motor ON (normal rotation) 152 Code No. 102 function OFF Polygonal motor ON (600 dpi) 153 Code No. 103 function OFF Registration clutch ON 158 Code No. 108 function OFF PFP motor ON 159 Code No. 109 function OFF ADU motor ON (low speed) 160 Code No. 110 function OFF Laser ON 168 Code No. 118 function OFF Exit motor ON (normal rotation) 170 Code No. 120 function OFF Exit motor ON (reverse rotation) 171 Code No. 121 function OFF LCF motor ON 172 Code No. 122 function OFF Offset Tray motor ON (reciprocating movement) Upper drawer feed clutch ON/OFF Lower drawer feed clutch ON/OFF Upper transport clutch ON/OFF Bypass feed clutch ON/OFF Middle transport clutch ON/OFF LCF pickup solenoid ON/OFF LCF end fence reciprocating movement LCF end fence motor ON/OFF LCF feed clutch ON/OFF LCF transport clutch ON/OFF Lower transport clutch ON/OFF Key copy counter count up ADU clutch ON/OFF PFP transport clutch ON/OFF PFP upper drawer feed clutch ON/OFF PFP lower drawer feed clutch ON/OFF Bridge unit gate solenoid ON/OFF Bypass pickup solenoid ON/OFF Discharge LED ON/OFF Exhaust fan ON/OFF (low speed) Exhaust fan ON/OFF (high speed) Upper drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up) Lower drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up) Developer bias [+DC] ON/OFF Developer bias [-DC] ON/OFF Main charger ON/OFF Separation bias ON/OFF Transfer guide bias ON/OFF Transfer transformer ON/OFF Scan motor ON (Automatically stops at limit position; speed can be changed with the [ZOOM] button SLG board cooling fan 1 ON/OFF SLG board cooling fan 2 ON/OFF Scanner exposure lamp ON/OFF
Procedure 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
2 - 41 05/11
Code 271 278 280 281 282 283 284 285 289 290 294 295 297 410 411
Function LCF tray-up motor (up/down) PFP upper drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up) PFP lower drawer tray-up motor ON (tray up) RADF feed motor ON/OFF (normal rotation) : MR-3016 RADF original feed motor ON/OFF (normal rotation) : MR-3020 RADF feed motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation) : MR-3016 RADF original feed motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation) : MR-3020 RADF read motor ON/OFF (normal rotation) RADF reverse motor ON/OFF (normal rotation) : MR-3016 RADF original exit/reverse motor ON/OFF (normal rotation) : MR-3020 RADF reverse motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation) : MR-3016 RADF original exit/reverse motor ON/OFF (reverse rotation) : MR-3020 Internal cooling fan 1 ON/OFF (high speed) Internal cooling fan 1 ON/OFF (low speed) RADF reverse solenoid ON/OFF : MR-3016 RADF gate solenoid ON/OFF : MR-3020 Power OFF mode (for 200 V series) RADF fan motor ON/OFF Internal cooling fan 2 ON/OFF (low speed) Internal cooling fan 2 ON/OFF (high speed)
Procedure 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 3 3
2 - 42 08/04
2.2.4
Test print mode (test mode 04)
The embedded test pattern can be printed out by keying in the following codes in the test print mode (04). <Operation procedure>
[0][4] [POWER]
2
(Code) [START] Operation Continuous Test Printing [CLEAR] [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
Notes: 1. When an error occurs, it is indicated on the panel, but the recovery operation is not performed. Turn OFF the power and then back ON to clear the error. 2. During test printing, the [CLEAR] button is disabled when Wait adding toner is displayed.
Code 111 113 142 Types of test pattern Primary scanning direction 33 gradation steps Secondary scanning direction 33 gradation steps Grid pattern Remarks Error diffusion Error diffusion Pattern width: 2 dots, Pitch: 10 mm
2 - 43
2.2.5
Adjustment mode (05) (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)
Items in the adjustment mode list in the following pages can be corrected or changed in the adjustment mode (05). Turn ON the power with pressing the digital keys [0] and [5] simultaneously in order to enter this mode. Procedure 1
[0][5] [POWER] [Digital key] *[FUNCTION CLEAR] (Key in a value) [CLEAR] [ENTER] or [INTERRUPT] ([FAX]) (Test copy) [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
[Digital key] (Code)
[START] [CANCEL]
(Stores value in RAM) *Press [FUNCTION CLEAR] to enter minus (-). (Corrects value)
Procedure 2
[0][5] [POWER]
(Code)
[START]
Value displayed
[ENTER] or [INTERRUPT]
([FAX]) (Test copy)
(Value unchangeable)
[POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
Procedure 3
[0][5] [POWER] [UP] or [DOWN] (Adjust a value) [ENTER] ([FAX]) or (Test copy) [INTERRUPT] (Stores value in RAM) [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
[START] [CANCEL]
[CLEAR] (Corrects value)
Procedure 4
[CANCEL]
[0][5] [POWER ]
[START ]
[Digital key] (Code) [START ] [Digital key] (Sub code) [Digital key] [START] *[FUNCTION CLEAR] (Key in a value)
([FAX]) (Test copy)
Stores value in RAM
[CLEAR] (Corrects value) *Press [FUNCTION CLEAR] to enter minus (-).
2 - 44
10/06
Procedure 6
[0][5] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) Automatic ( adjustment ) ([FAX]) (Test copy) [POWER]OFF/ON (Exit)
[START]
*[CANCEL] or [CLEAR]
When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, error message is displayed.
Procedure 7
[CANCEL] [0][5] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] Automatic ( adjustment )
[ENTER] Stores value in RAM
([FAX]) (Test copy)
Procedure 10
[0][5] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [Digital key] (Sub code) Value ( displayed ) [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
[START]
[START]
[START]
[SET] or [INTERRUPT] (Value unchangeable)
Procedure 17
[CANCEL] or [CLEAR] [0][5] [POWER ] [Digital key] (Code) [START]
Automatic adjustment
Manual adjustment
[UP] or [DOWN]
[ENTER] or [INTERRUPT] value (Stores in RAM )
(Adjust a value)
([FAX]) (Test copy)
[ENTER] [UP] or or [DOWN] (Adjust [INTERRUPT] a value) Stores value in RAM [CANCEL] or [CLEAR]
When the storing is not performed within 2 minutes after pressing the [START] button at the manual adjustment, the automatic adjustment starts automatically.
Note: The fuser roller temperature control at the adjustment mode is different from that at the normal state. Therefore, the problem of fusing efficiency may be occurred in the test copy at the adjustment mode. In that case, turn ON the power normally, leave the equipment for approx. 3 minutes after it has become ready state and then start up the adjustment mode again.
2 - 45
Test print pattern in Adjustment Mode (05) Operation: One test print is printed out when the [FAX] button is pressed after the code is keyed in at Standby Screen.
Code 1 3 Types of test pattern Grid pattern Grid pattern (Duplex printing) Remarks Refer to 3.2.3 Printer related adjustment Refer to 3.2.3 Printer related adjustment
Notes: The digit after the hyphen in Code of the following table is a sub code. In RAM, the NVRAM of the board in which the data of each code is stored is indicated. M stands for the LGC board and SYS stands for the SYS board.
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion able dure value> Automatic adjustment of ALL As the value increases, 17 auto-toner sensor the sensor output (Fuser heater ON) increases correspondingly. The value starts changing approx. 2 minutes after this adjustment was started and is automatically set in the range of 2.35 to 2.45 V. * Selection is disable when developer unit is not installed. (Chap. 3.1) Correction of auto-toner ALL 164 M Corrects the control 3 sensor <0-255> value of the auto-toner (Fuser heater ON) sensor setup in 05-200. * Selection is disable when developer unit is not installed. Developer bias DC output ALL 135 M As the value increases, 3 adjustment <0-255> the transformer output increases correspondMain charger grid bias out- ALL 90 M 3 ingly. Remove the develput adjustment <0-255> oper unit and install the Transfer transformer DC ALL 165 M 3 adjustment jig to make output adjustment (H) <0-255> adjustment. Transfer transformer DC ALL 179 M 3 (Chap. 3.6) output adjustment (C) <0-255> Transfer transformer DC ALL 126 M 3 output adjustment (L) <0-255> Separation transformer DC ALL 64 M 3 output adjustment (H) <0-255> Separation transformer DC ALL 65 M 3 output adjustment (C) <0-255> Separation transformer DC ALL 46 M 3 output adjustment (L) <0-255> Forced performing of idling ALL M Perform this adjustment 6 for toner recycle before the replacement of the developer material. (The toner is forcibly removed from the cleaner.) Laser power adjustment ALL 63 M When the value 3 <0-255> increases, the laser output increases correspondingly. Image location adjustment ALL 125 SYS When the value 1 <92-164> of secondary scanning increases by 1, the direction image shifts by approx. (scanner section) 0.137 mm toward the trailing edge of the paper.
Code 200
Classification Developer
201
Developer
205 210 220 221 222 233 234 235 280
Developer Charger Transfer Transfer Transfer Separation Separation Separation Process
286
Laser
305
Scanner
2 - 47 05/12
Code 306
Classification Scanner
308 340
Scanner Scanner
354 355 356
RADF
RADF
357
RADF
358
RADF
359
Scanner
365 366
RADF
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Image location adjustment ALL 156 SYS When the value 1 <0-255> of primary scanning direcincreases by 1, the tion image shifts by approx. (scanner section) 0.0846 mm toward the front side of the paper. Distortion mode ALL Moves carriages to the 6 adjusting position. (Chap. 3.2.4) Reproduction ratio adjustALL 129 SYS When the value 1 <0-255> ment of secondary scanincreases by 1, the ning direction reproduction ratio in the (scanner section) secondary scanning direction (vertical to paper feeding direction) increases by approx. 0.223%. Adjustment of for single - ALL 10 SYS When the value 1 <0-20> RADF paper sided origincreases by 1, the alignment inal aligning amount for double ALL 10 SYS increases by approx. 1 0.5 mm. <0-20> sided original Automatic adjustment of ALL SYS Performs the adjustment 6 RADF sensor and and initialization when EEPROM initialization the RADF board or RADF sensor is replaced. Fine adjustment of RADF ALL 50 SYS When the value 1 transport speed <0-100> increases by 1, the reproduction ratio of the secondary scanning direction when using the RADF increases by approx. 0.1%. RADF sideways deviation ALL 128 SYS When the value 1 adjustment <0-255> increases by 1, the image of original fed from the RADF shifts toward the rear side of paper by approx. 0.0846 mm. Carriage position adjustALL 128 SYS When the value 1 ment during scanning from <0-255> increases by 1, the carRADF riage position when using the RADF shifts by approx. 0.1 mm toward the original feeding side. RADF leadfor single - ALL 50 SYS When the value 1 <0-100> ing edge posi- sided origincreases by 1, the tion inal copied image of original adjustment for double ALL 50 SYS fed from the RADF shifts 1 toward the trailing edge <0-100> sided origof paper by approx. inal 0.1 mm.
2 - 48
Code 367
Classification RADF
368
RADF
401 405
Laser
410 411 421 422 424 425
Laser
Drive
Drive
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> RADF original guide width ALL Stores the current width 6 adjustment of RADF original guide (Minimum) by keying in this code with the guide set at the minimum width. Perform this adjustment when the RADF board or volume is replaced, or when the code (05-356) is performed. RADF original guide width ALL Stores the current width 6 adjustment of RADF original guide (Maximum) by keying in this code with the guide set at the maximum width. Perform this adjustment when the RADF board or volume is replaced, or when the code (05-356) is performed. Fine adjustment of polygo- PRT 136 M When the value 1 <0-255> nal motor rotation speed increases by 1, the (adjustment of primary reproduction ratio of priscanning direction repromary scanning direction PPC 134 M 1 duction ratio) increases by approx. <0-255> 0.07%. (approx. 0.1 mm/ step) Adjustment of primary PPC 128 M When the value 1 <0-255> scanning laser writing start increases by 1, the writposition. ing start position shifts to PRT 153 M 1 the front side by approx. <0-255> 0.0423 mm. Adjustment of secondary PPC/ 129 M When the value 1 PRT <0-255> scanning direction reproincreases by 1, the duction ratio reproduction ratio of sec(fine adjustment of main ondary scanning direcFAX 139 M 1 motor speed) tion increases by approx. <0-255> 0.04%. Fine adjustment of exit PPC/ 160 M When the value 1 motor speed PRT <0-255> increases by 1, the rotation becomes faster FAX 121 M 1 by approx. 0.05%. <0-255>
2 - 49 04/09
Code 430 431
Classification Image Image
432
Image
433 434-0
Image Image
434-1
Image
435 436
Image Image
437
Image
438 440 441 442 443 444 445
Image Laser
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Top margin adjustment PPC 0 M When the value <0-255> (blank area at the leading increases by 1, the edge of the paper) blank area becomes wider by approx. Left margin adjustment PPC 0 M 0.0423 mm. <0-255> (blank area at the left of the paper along the paper feeding direction) Right margin adjustment PPC 0 M <0-255> (blank area at the right of the paper along the paper feeding direction) Bottom margin adjustment PPC 0 M <0-255> (blank area at the trailing edge of the paper) Bottom margin adjustment PPC/ 29 M PRT <0-255> (blank area at the trailing edge of the paper)/ Reverse side at duplexing Right margin adjustment PPC/ 29 M PRT <0-255> (blank area at the right of the paper along the paper feeding direction)/Reverse side at duplexing Top margin adjustment PRT 24 M <0-255> (blank area at the leading edge of the paper) Left margin adjustment PRT 0 M <0-255> (blank area at the left of the paper along the paper feeding direction) Right margin adjustment PRT 0 M <0-255> (blank area at the right of the paper along the paper feeding direction) Bottom margin adjustment PRT 0 M <0-255> (blank area at the trailing edge of the paper) Adjustment of Upper ALL 8 M When the value drawer secondary <Refer to increases by 1, the scanning content> image shifts toward the laser writing leading edge of the Lower ALL 21 M start position paper by approx. drawer <0-40> 0.2 mm. Bypass ALL 8 M <Acceptable value> feeding <0-15> e-STUDIO230, LCF ALL 8 M e-STUDIO280: 0-15 <0-15> e-STUDIO200L, PFP ALL 8 M e-STUDIO230L/S, <0-15> e-STUDIO280S: 0-40 Duplex ALL 8 M feeding <0-15>
Procedure 1 1
1 4
1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 - 50 04/09
Code 448-0 448-1 448-2
Classification Paper feeding
449-0 449-1 449-2
Paper feeding
450-0 450-1 450-2
Paper feeding
452-0 452-1 452-2
Paper feeding
455-0 455-1 455-2
Paper feeding
457
Paper feeding
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Paper aligning Long size ALL 10 M When the value <0-63> amount increases by 1, the adjustment at Middle aligning amount ALL 10 M the registraincreases by approx. size <0-63> tion section 0.8 mm. Short size ALL 8 M (PFP upper <Paper length> <0-63> drawer/Plain Long size: paper) 330 mm or longer Middle size: Paper aligning Long size ALL 10 M 220 mm to 329 mm <0-63> amount Short size: adjustment at Middle ALL 10 M 219 mm or shorter the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 8 M (PFP lower <0-63> drawer/Plain paper) Paper aligning Long size ALL 17 M <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 17 M the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 17 M (Upper <0-63> drawer/Plain paper) Paper aligning Long size ALL 12 M <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 10 M the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 10 M (Lower <0-63> drawer/Plain paper) Paper aligning Long size ALL 20 M <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 20 M the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 30 M (Duplex feed<0-63> ing/Plain paper) Paper aligning amount ALL 8 M <0-63> adjustment at the registration section (LCF/Plain paper)
Procedure 4 4 4
4 4 4
4 4 4
4 4 4
4 4 4
2 - 51
Code 458-0 458-1 458-2
460-0 460-1 460-2
Paper feeding
461-0 461-1 461-2
Paper feeding
462-0 462-1 462-2 462-3 463-0 463-1 463-2 464-0 464-1 464-2
Paper feeding
Paper feeding
Paper feeding
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Paper aligning Long size ALL 26 M When the value <0-63> amount increases by 1, the adjustment at Middle aligning amount ALL 26 M the registraincreases by approx. size <0-63> tion section 0.8 mm. Short size ALL 25 M (Bypass feed<Paper length> <0-63> ing/Plain Long size: paper) 330 mm or longer Middle size: Paper aligning Long size ALL 26 M 220 mm to 329 mm <0-63> amount Short size: adjustment at Middle ALL 26 M 219 mm or shorter the registrasize <0-63> * Postcard is suption section Short size ALL 26 M ported only for JPN (Bypass feed<0-63> model. ing/Thick paper 1) Paper aligning Long size ALL 17 M <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 17 M the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 17 M (Bypass feed<0-63> ing/Thick paper 2) Paper aligning Long size ALL 17 M <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 17 M the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 17 M (Bypass feed<0-63> ing/Thick Postcard ALL 14 M paper 3) <0-63> Paper aligning Long size ALL 26 M <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 26 M the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 26 M (Bypass feed<0-63> ing/OHP film) Paper aligning Long size ALL 26 M <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 26 M the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 26 M (Bypass feed<0-63> ing /Envelope)
Procedure 4 4 4
4 4 4
4 4 4
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
2 - 52
Code 466-0 466-1 466-3 466-4 466-5 466-6 466-7 468-0 468-1 468-2 469-0 469-1
Finisher
Paper feeding
469-2 469-3 469-4
469-5 470-0 470-1 470-2 Paper feeding
471-0 471-1 471-2
Paper feeding
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Adjustment of Plain ALL 0 M When the value 4 paper <0-255> paper pushincreases by 1, the ing amount/ driving speed of bypass Postcard ALL 0 M 4 Bypass feedfeed roller increases by <0-255> ing approx. 0.2 ms when the Envelope ALL 0 M 4 paper transport is started <0-255> from the registration secThick ALL 0 M 4 tion. paper 1 <0-255> * Postcard is supThick ALL 0 M 4 ported only for JPN paper 2 <0-255> model. Thick ALL 0 M 4 paper 3 <0-255> OHP film ALL 0 M 4 <0-255> Fine adjustA4-R/LT-R ALL 0 M When the value 4 <-14-14> ment of bindincreases by 1, the ing position/ binding/folding position B4 ALL 0 M 4 folding posishifts toward the right <-14-14> tion page by 0.25 mm. A3/LD ALL 0 M 4 <-14-14> Paper aligning Thick ALL 20 M When the value 4 paper 1 <0-63> amount increases by 1, the adjustment at Long size aligning amount the registraincreases by approx. Thick ALL 20 M 4 tion section 0.8 mm. paper 1 <0-63> (Upper <Paper length> Middle drawer) Long size: size 330 mm or longer Thick ALL 20 M 4 Middle size: paper 1 <0-63> 220 mm to 329 mm Short size Short size: Thick ALL 20 M 4 219 mm or shorter paper 2 <0-63> Long size Thick ALL 22 M 4 paper 2 <0-63> Middle size Thick ALL 19 M 4 paper 2 <0-63> Short size Paper aligning Long size ALL 20 M 4 <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 22 M 4 the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 19 M 4 (Lower <0-63> drawer/Thick paper 1) Paper aligning Long size ALL 20 M 4 <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 22 M 4 the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 19 M 4 (PFP upper <0-63> drawer/Thick paper 1)
2 - 53
Code 472-0 472-1 472-2
473
Paper feeding Paper feeding
474-0 474-1 474-2
497-0 497-1 497-2 497-3 497-4 497-5 498-0 498-1
Laser
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Paper aligning Long size ALL 20 M When the value 4 <0-63> amount increases by 1, the adjustment at Middle aligning amount ALL 22 M 4 the registraincreases by approx. size <0-63> tion section 0.8 mm. Short size ALL 19 M 4 (PFP lower <Paper length> <0-63> drawer/Thick Long size: paper 1) 330 mm or longer Middle size: Paper aligning amount ALL 8 M 1 220 mm to 329 mm <0-63> adjustment at the registraShort size: tion section 219 mm or shorter (LCF/Thick paper 1) Paper aligning Long size ALL 24 M 4 <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 24 M 4 the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 33 M 4 (Duplex feed<0-63> ing/Thick paper 1) Adjustment of Upper ALL 128 M When the value 4 drawer <0-255> drawer sideincreases by 1, the ways deviaimage shifts toward the Lower ALL 128 M 4 tion front side by 0.0423 mm. drawer <0-255> PFP upper drawer PFP lower drawer LCF Bypass feeding Long size Short size (A4/LT or smaller) Photo Text/Photo Text Text/Photo Photo Text ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 148 <0-255> 148 <0-255> M M M M M M When the value increases by 1, the image shifts toward the front side by 0.0423 mm. 4 4 4 4 4 4
Laser
501 503 504 505 506 507
Image
Adjustment of primary scanning laser writing start position at duplex feeding Density adjustment Fine adjustment of manual density/ Center value Density adjustment Fine adjustment of manual density/ Light step value
PPC PPC PPC PPC PPC PPC
Image
128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 20 <0-255> 20 <0-255> 20 <0-255>
SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS
When the value increases, the image at the center step becomes darker.
1 1 1
When the value increases, the image of the light steps becomes lighter.
1 1 1
2 - 54
Code 508
Classification Image
509
510
512 514 515 532 533 534 570
Image
Image
Image
571
572
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Density Text/Photo PPC EUR:20 SYS When the value 1 UC:20 adjustment increases, the image of JPN:30 Fine adjustthe dark steps <0-255> ment of manbecomes darker. ual density/ Photo PPC EUR:24 SYS 1 Dark step UC:24 value JPN:24 <0-255> Text PPC EUR:20 SYS 1 UC:20 JPN:27 <0-255> Density Photo PPC 128 SYS When the value 1 <0-255> adjustment increases, the image Fine adjustText/Photo PPC 128 SYS becomes darker. 1 ment of auto<0-255> matic density Text PPC 128 SYS 1 <0-255> Range correc- Text/Photo PPC 40 SYS When the value 1 <0-255> tion/Backincreases, the background peak Photo PPC 16 SYS ground becomes more 1 adjustment brightened. <0-255> Text PPC 64 SYS 1 <0-255> Range correc- Text/Photo PPC EUR:12 SYS Sets whether the values 1 UC:12 tion on origiof the background peak JPN:22 nal manually and text peak are fixed <11-14, set on the or not. Ones place is an original glass 21-24, adjustment for auto31-34, matic density and tens 41-44> place is for manual denPhoto PPC 12 SYS sity. Once they are 1 fixed, the range correc<11-14, tion is performed with 21-24, standard values. The 31-34, values of the 41-44> Text PPC 22 SYS background peak and 1 text peak affect <11-14, the reproduction of the 21-24, background density and 31-34, text density respectively. 41-44> 1: fixed/fixed 2: varied/fixed 3: fixed/varied 4: varied/varied * Background peak/ Text peak
2 - 55
Code 593 594 595
Classification Image Image Image
620
Image
621
622
653
Image
654
Image
655
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Gamma data Text/Photo PPC 0 SYS Ones place: 1 <0-99> slope adjust0: Equivalent to the set ment Photo PPC 0 SYS value 5 1 1 to 9: Select the slope of <0-99> Text PPC 0 SYS Gamma curve (The 1 larger the value is, the <0-99> larger the slope becomes.) Tens place: 0: Equivalent to the set value 5 1 to 9: Select the slope of low density (The smaller the value is, the darker the background becomes.) Use default Sharpness Text/Photo PPC EUR: 1 SYS 00: When the value value 1 adjustment UC: 1 increases, the image JPN: 0 becomes sharper. When <0-99> the value decreases, the image becomes softer. The smaller the value is, the less the moire Photo PPC 2 SYS becomes. 1 Ones place: Fixed value <0-99> (05-620 is 1, 05-621 is 2, 05-622 is 5) Tens place: Adjustable from 0 to 9 regarding the Text PPC EUR: 45 SYS default value as the stan1 dard (The larger the UC: 45 value is, the sharper the JPN: 45 image becomes.) <0-99> * When entering 0 on the ten's place, this value is not displayed on the entry screen. Adjustment of Text/Photo PPC EUR: 208 SYS Adjusts the level of the 1 UC: 208 smudged/faint smudged/faint text. JPN: 216 text With increasing the <0-255> value, the faint text is suppressed, and with decreasing it, the smudged text is suppressed. Adjustment of PS PRT 5 M Adjustment of the 1 <0-9> smudged/faint smudged/faint text. text With decreasing the value, the faint text is suppressed, and with PCL PRT 5 M 1 increasing it, the <0-9> smudged text is suppressed.
2 - 56
Code 667-0 667-1 667-2 667-3 667-4 672-0 672-1 672-2 672-3 672-4 676-0 676-1 676-2 676-3 676-4 693
Image
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Density adjustment of cop- PPC 0 M Adjusts the density level ied image <0-10> of copied image. When the value PPC 4 M decreases, the text <0-10> becomes lighter. PPC 5 M <0-10> PPC 6 M <0-10> PPC 10 M <0-10> Adjustment of Normal PRT 0 M Adjustment of the image <0-10> density. printer image With decreasing the density PRT 4 M value, the text becomes <0-10> lighter. PRT 5 M PRT PRT Toner saving PRT PRT PRT PRT PRT <0-10> 6 <0-10> 10 <0-10> 0 <0-10> 2 <0-10> 3 <0-10> 4 <0-10> 5 <0-10> EUR:12 UC:12 JPN:22 <11-14, 21-24, 31-34, 41-44> 12 <11-14, 21-24, 31-34, 41-44> 22 <11-14, 21-24, 31-34, 41-44> M M M M M M M SYS Sets whether the values of the background peak and text peak are fixed or not. Ones place is an adjustment for automatic density and tens place is for manual density. Once they are fixed, the range correction is performed with standard values. The values of the background peak and text peak affect the reproduction of the background density and text density respectively. 1: fixed/fixed 2: varied/fixed 3: fixed/varied 4: varied/varied * Background peak/ Text peak
Procedure 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1
Image
Range correc- Text/Photo tion on original set on the RADF
PPC
694
Photo
PPC
SYS
695
Text
PPC
SYS
2 - 57
Code 700
701
702
710 714 715 719
Image
Image
720 724
Image
725 729 820 821 822
Image
Image
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Adjustment of Center FAX 120 SYS When the value value <0-255> binarized increases, the image at threshold the center step becomes (Text) lighter. Light step FAX 20 SYS When the value value <0-255> increases, the image of light side becomes lighter. Dark step FAX 20 SYS When the value value <0-255> increases, the image of dark side becomes darker. Density Photo FAX 128 SYS When the value <0-255> adjustment increases, the image at Fine adjustthe center step becomes ment of man- Text/Photo FAX 128 SYS darker. ual density/ <0-255> Center value Density Photo FAX 20 SYS When the value adjustment <0-255> increases, the image of Fine adjustthe light steps ment of man- Text/Photo FAX 20 SYS becomes ual density/ lighter. <0-255> Light step value Density Photo FAX 20 SYS When the value adjustment <0-255> increases, the image of Fine adjustthe dark steps ment of man- Text/Photo FAX 20 SYS becomes darker. ual density/ <0-255> Dark step value Density Photo FAX 128 SYS When the value adjustment <0-255> increases, the image Fine adjustText/Photo FAX 128 SYS becomes darker. ment of auto<0-255> matic density Range correc- Text/Photo SCN 224 SYS When the value <0-255> tion/Text peak decreases, the text adjustment Text SCN 224 SYS becomes darker. <0-255> Photo SCN 239 SYS <0-255>
Procedure 1
1 1 1 1
1 1
1 1 1 1 1
2 - 58
Code 825
826
827
830
Image
831
832
835 836 837 845 846 847
Image
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Range correc- Text/Photo SCN 12 SYS Sets whether the values 1 <11-14, tion on origiof the background peak 21-24, nal manually and text peak are fixed 31-34, set on the or not. Ones place is an original glass 41-44> adjustment for autoText SCN 12 SYS matic density and tens 1 place is for manual den<11-14, sity. Once they are 21-24, fixed, the range correc31-34, tion is performed with 41-44> Photo SCN 12 SYS standard values. The 1 values of the <11-14, background peak and 21-24, text peak affect 31-34, the reproduction of the 41-44> background density and text density respectively. 1: fixed/fixed 2: varied/fixed 3: fixed/varied 4: varied/varied * Background peak/ Text peak the value Range correc- Text/Photo SCN 12 SYS Sets whether 1 <11-14, tion on origiof the background peak 21-24, nal set on the and text peak are fixed 31-34, RADF or not. Ones place is an 41-44> adjustment for autoText SCN 12 SYS matic density and tens 1 place is for manual den<11-14, sity. Once they are 21-24, fixed, the range correc31-34, tion is performed with 41-44> Photo SCN 12 SYS standard values. 1 The values of the back<11-14, ground peak and text 21-24, peak affect the reproduc31-34, tion of the background 41-44> density and text density respectively. 1: fixed/fixed 2: varied/fixed 3: fixed/varied 4: varied/varied * Background peak/ Text peak Range correc- Text/Photo SCN 48 SYS When the value 1 <0-255> tion/Backincreases, the background peak Text SCN 48 SYS ground becomes more 1 adjustment brightened. <0-255> Photo SCN SCN SCN SCN 40 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> SYS SYS SYS SYS When the value increases, the image at the center step becomes darker. 1 1 1 1
Image
Density adjustment Fine adjustment of manual density/ Center value
Text/Photo Text Photo
2 - 59 04/09
Code 850 851 852 855 856 857 860 861 862 865-0
Image
Image
Image
865-1 865-2
866-0
Image
866-1 866-2
867-0
Image
867-1 867-2
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Density Text/Photo SCN 20 SYS When the value 1 <0-255> adjustment increases, the image of Fine adjustText SCN 20 SYS the light steps 1 ment of manbecomes lighter. <0-255> ual density/ Photo SCN 20 SYS 1 Light step <0-255> value Density Text/Photo SCN 20 SYS When the value 1 <0-255> adjustment increases, the image of Fine adjustText SCN 20 SYS the dark steps 1 ment of manbecomes darker. <0-255> ual density/ Photo SCN 20 SYS 1 Dark step <0-255> value Density Text/Photo SCN 128 SYS When the value 1 <0-255> adjustment increases, the image Fine adjustText SCN 128 SYS becomes darker. 1 ment of auto<0-255> matic density Photo SCN 128 SYS 1 <0-255> Sharpness Reproduc- SCN 1 SYS When the value 4 adjustment tion ratio <0-99> increases, the image (Text/Photo) 40% or becomes sharper. When smaller the value decreases, the Reproduc- SCN 1 SYS image becomes softer. 4 The smaller the value is, tion ratio <0-99> the less the moire 41-80% Reproduc- SCN 1 SYS becomes. 4 tion ratio <0-99> One's place: Fixed value 81% or (05-865 is 1, 05-866 is larger 2, 05-867 is 5) Sharpness Reproduc- SCN 2 SYS Ten's place: Sharpness 4 adjustment tion ratio <0-99> intensity (0: Use default (Text) 40% or value, 1-9: Filter intensmaller sity) Reproduc- SCN 2 SYS 4 tion ratio <0-99> 41-80% Reproduc- SCN 2 SYS 4 tion ratio <0-99> 81% or larger Sharpness Reproduc- SCN 5 SYS 4 adjustment tion ratio <0-99> (Photo) 40% or smaller Reproduc- SCN 5 SYS 4 tion ratio <0-99> 41-80% Reproduc- SCN 5 SYS 4 tion ratio <0-99> 81% or larger
2 - 60
Code 913
914
915
916
Image
917
918
919 920 921
Image
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Range correc- Custom PPC EUR:12 SYS Set whether the values 1 UC:12 tion on origi- Mode 1 of the background peak JPN:22 nal manually and text peak are fixed <11-14, set on the or not. One's place is an original glass 21-24, adjustment for auto31-34, matic density and ten's 41-44> place is for manual denCustom PPC 22 SYS sity. Once they are 1 fixed, the range correcMode 2 <11-14, tion is performed with 21-24, standard values. The 31-34, values of the 41-44> background peak and Custom PPC 12 SYS text peak affect 1 the reproduction of the Mode 3 <11-14, background density and 21-24, text density respectively. 31-34, 1: fixed/fixed 41-44> 2: varied/fixed 3: fixed/varied 4: varied/varied * Background peak/ peak Range correc- Custom PPC EUR:12 SYS Set Text whether the values 1 Mode 1 UC:12 tion on origiof the background peak JPN:22 nal set on the and text peak are fixed <11-14, RADF or not. One's place is an 21-24, adjustment for auto31-34, matic density and ten's 41-44> place is for manual denCustom PPC 22 SYS sity. Once they are 1 fixed, the range correcMode 2 <11-14, tion is performed with 21-24, standard values. The 31-34, values of the 41-44> background peak and text peak affect Custom PPC 12 SYS the reproduction of the 1 background density and Mode 3 <11-14, text density respectively. 21-24, 1: fixed/fixed 31-34, 2: varied/fixed 41-44> 3: fixed/varied 4: varied/varied * Background peak/ Text peak Range correc- Custom PPC 40 SYS When the value 1 tion Mode 1 <0-255> increases, the backBackground Custom PPC 64 SYS ground becomes more 1 peak adjustbrightened. Mode 2 <0-255> ment Custom PPC 16 SYS 1 Mode 3 <0-255>
2 - 61
Code 922
923
924
928
Image
931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942
Image
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Sharpness Custom PPC 1 SYS When the value 1 adjustment Mode 1 <0-99> increases, the image becomes sharper. When the value decreases, the image becomes softer. The smaller the value is, the less the moire Custom PPC EUR:45 SYS becomes. 1 One's place: Fixed value Mode 2 UC:45 (05-922 is 1, 05-923 is JPN:45 5, 05-924 is 2) <0-99> Tens place: Adjustable from 0 to 9 regarding the Custom PPC 2 SYS default value as the stan1 dard (The larger the Mode 3 <0-99> value is, the sharper the image becomes.) * When entering 0 on the ten's place, this value is not displayed on the entry screen. Adjustment of Custom PPC 208 SYS Adjustment of the 1 <0-255> smudged/faint Mode 1 smudged/faint text. text With increasing the value, the faint text is suppressed, and with decreasing it, the smudged text is suppressed. Density Custom PPC 128 SYS When the value 1 Mode 1 <0-255> adjustment increases, the image of Fine adjustCustom PPC 128 SYS the center step becomes 1 ment of man- Mode 2 darker. <0-255> ual density/ Custom PPC 128 SYS 1 Center value Mode 3 <0-255> Density adjustment Fine adjustment of manual density/ Light step value Density adjustment Fine adjustment of manual density/ Dark step value Density adjustment Fine adjustment of automatic density Custom Mode 1 Custom Mode 2 Custom Mode 3 Custom Mode 1 Custom Mode 2 Custom Mode 3 Custom Mode 1 Custom Mode 2 Custom Mode 3 PPC PPC PPC PPC PPC PPC PPC PPC PPC 20 <0-255> 20 <0-255> 20 <0-255> 20 <0-255> 20 <0-255> 20 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS When the value increases, the image becomes darker. When the value increases, the image of the dark step density becomes darker. When the value increases, the image of the light step density becomes lighter. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Image
Image
Image
2 - 62 05/05
Code 943
944
945
976
Maintenance
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Gamma data Custom PPC 0 SYS Ones place: 1 Mode 1 <0-99> slope adjust0: Equivalent to the set ment value 5 1 to 9: Select the slope of Gamma curve (The Custom PPC 0 SYS larger the value is, the 1 larger the slope Mode 2 <0-99> becomes.) Tens place: 0: Equivalent to the set Custom PPC 0 SYS value 5 1 1 to 9: Select the slope Mode 3 <0-99> of low density (The smaller the value is, the darker the background becomes.) Use default value is Equipment number (serial ALL SYS 00: When this adjustment 1 number) entry performed with this code, the setting code (08-995) is also performed automatically (10 digits).
2 - 63 05/05
2.2.6
Adjustment mode (05) (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283)
Items in the adjustment mode list in the following pages can be corrected or changed in the adjustment mode (05). Turn ON the power with pressing the digital keys [0] and [5] simultaneously in order to enter this mode. Procedure 1
[0][5] [POWER] [Digital key] *[FUNCTION CLEAR] (Key in a value) [CLEAR] [ENTER] or [INTERRUPT] ([FAX]) (Test copy) [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
[START] [CANCEL]
(Stores value in RAM) *Press [FUNCTION CLEAR] to enter minus (-). (Corrects value)
Procedure 2
[0][5] [POWER]
(Code)
[START]
Value displayed
([FAX]) (Test copy)
(Value unchangeable)
Procedure 3
[0][5] [POWER] [UP] or [DOWN] (Adjust a value) [ENTER] ([FAX]) or (Test copy) [INTERRUPT] (Stores value in RAM) [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
[START] [CANCEL]
Procedure 4
[CANCEL]
[0][5] [POWER ]
[START ]
[Digital key] (Code) [START ] [Digital key] (Sub code) [Digital key] [START] *[FUNCTION CLEAR] (Key in a value)
([FAX]) (Test copy)
Stores value in RAM
[CLEAR] (Corrects value) *Press [FUNCTION CLEAR] to enter minus (-).
e-STUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283
2 - 64 07/11
2 - 65 07/11
Procedure 6
[0][5] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) Automatic ( adjustment ) ([FAX]) (Test copy) [POWER]OFF/ON (Exit)
[START]
Procedure 7
[CANCEL] [0][5] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] Automatic ( adjustment )
[ENTER] Stores value in RAM
([FAX]) (Test copy)
Procedure 10
[0][5] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [Digital key] (Sub code) Value ( displayed ) [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
[START]
[START]
[START]
[SET] or [INTERRUPT] (Value unchangeable)
Procedure 17
[CANCEL] or [CLEAR] [0][5] [POWER ] [Digital key] (Code) [START]
Automatic adjustment
Manual adjustment
[UP] or [DOWN]
[ENTER] or [INTERRUPT] value (Stores in RAM )
(Adjust a value)
([FAX]) (Test copy)
[ENTER] [UP] or or [DOWN] (Adjust [INTERRUPT] a value) Stores value in RAM [CANCEL] or [CLEAR]
When the storing is not performed within 2 minutes after pressing the [START] button at the manual adjustment, the automatic adjustment starts automatically.
Note: The fuser roller temperature control at the adjustment mode is different from that at the normal state. Therefore, the problem of fusing efficiency may be occurred in the test copy at the adjustment mode. In that case, turn ON the power normally, leave the equipment for approx. 3 minutes after it has become ready state and then start up the adjustment mode again.
2 - 65 05/12
Test print pattern in Adjustment Mode (05) Operation: One test print is printed out when the [FAX] button is pressed after the code is keyed in at Standby Screen.
Code 1 3 Types of test pattern Grid pattern Grid pattern (Duplex printing) Remarks Refer to 3.2.3 Printer related adjustment Refer to 3.2.3 Printer related adjustment
Notes: The digit after the hyphen in Code of the following table is a sub code. In RAM, the NVRAM of the board in which the data of each code is stored is indicated. M stands for the LGC board and SYS stands for the SYS board.
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion able dure value> Automatic adjustment of ALL As the value increases, 17 auto-toner sensor the sensor output (Fuser heater ON) increases correspondingly. The value starts changing approx. 2 minutes after this adjustment was started and is automatically set in the range of 2.35 to 2.45 V. * Selection is disable when developer unit is not installed. (Chap. 3.1) Correction of auto-toner ALL 164 M Corrects the control 3 sensor <0-255> value of the auto-toner (Fuser heater ON) sensor setup in 05-200. * Selection is disable when developer unit is not installed. Developer bias DC output ALL 135 M As the value increases, 3 adjustment <0-255> the transformer output increases correspondMain charger grid bias out- ALL 90 M 3 ingly. Remove the develput adjustment <0-255> oper unit and install the Transfer transformer DC ALL 165 M 3 adjustment jig to make output adjustment (H) <0-255> adjustment. Transfer transformer DC ALL 179 M 3 (Chap. 3.6) output adjustment (C) <0-255> Transfer transformer DC ALL 126 M 3 output adjustment (L) <0-255> Separation transformer DC ALL 64 M 3 output adjustment (H) <0-255> Separation transformer DC ALL 65 M 3 output adjustment (C) <0-255> Separation transformer DC ALL 46 M 3 output adjustment (L) <0-255> Forced performing of idling ALL M Perform this adjustment 6 for toner recycle before the replacement of the developer material. (The toner is forcibly removed from the cleaner.) Laser power adjustment ALL 63 M When the value 3 <0-255> increases, the laser output increases correspondingly. Image location adjustment ALL 125 SYS When the value 1 <92-164> of secondary scanning increases by 1, the direction image shifts by approx. (scanner section) 0.137 mm toward the trailing edge of the paper.
Code 200
201
Developer
205 210 220 221 222 233 234 235 280
Developer Charger Transfer Transfer Transfer Separation Separation Separation Process
286
Laser
305
Scanner
2 - 67 07/11
Code 306
308 340
Scanner Scanner
350 351 354 355 357
Scanner
RADF
RADF
358
RADF
359
Scanner
365 366
RADF
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Image location adjustment ALL 156 SYS When the value 1 <0-255> of primary scanning direcincreases by 1, the tion image shifts by approx. (scanner section) 0.0846 mm toward the front side of the paper. Distortion mode ALL Moves carriages to the 6 adjusting position. (Chap. 3.2.4) Reproduction ratio adjustALL 129 SYS When the value 1 <0-255> ment of secondary scanincreases by 1, the ning direction reproduction ratio in the (scanner section) secondary scanning direction (vertical to paper feeding direction) increases by approx. 0.223%. Shading posi- Original ALL 128 SYS 0.1369 mm/step 1 glass <118tion adjust138> ment RADF ALL 128 SYS 1 <118138> Adjustment of for single - ALL 10 SYS When the value 1 <0-20> RADF paper sided origincreases by 1, the alignment inal aligning amount for double ALL 10 SYS increases by approx. 1 0.5 mm. <0-20> sided original Fine adjustment of RADF ALL 50 SYS When the value 1 transport speed <0-100> increases by 1, the reproduction ratio of the secondary scanning direction when using the RADF increases by approx. 0.1%. RADF sideways deviation ALL 128 SYS When the value 1 adjustment <0-255> increases by 1, the image of original fed from the RADF shifts toward the rear side of paper by approx. 0.0846 mm. Carriage position adjustALL 128 SYS When the value 1 ment during scanning from <0-255> increases by 1, the carRADF riage position when using the RADF shifts by approx. 0.1 mm toward the original feeding side. RADF leadfor single - ALL 50 SYS When the value 1 <0-100> ing edge posi- sided origincreases by 1, the tion inal copied image of original adjustment for double ALL 50 SYS fed from the RADF shifts 1 toward the trailing edge <0-100> sided origof paper by approx. inal 0.1 mm.
2 - 68 07/11
Code 401 405
Classification Laser
410 411 421 422 424 425
Laser
Drive
Drive
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Fine adjustment of polygo- PRT 136 M When the value 1 <0-255> nal motor rotation speed increases by 1, the (adjustment of primary reproduction ratio of priscanning direction repromary scanning direction PPC 134 M 1 duction ratio) increases by approx. <0-255> 0.07%. (approx. 0.1 mm/ step) Adjustment of primary PPC 128 M When the value 1 <0-255> scanning laser writing start increases by 1, the writposition. ing start position shifts to PRT 153 M 1 the front side by approx. <0-255> 0.0423 mm. Adjustment of secondary PPC/ 129 M When the value 1 PRT <0-255> scanning direction reproincreases by 1, the duction ratio reproduction ratio of sec(fine adjustment of main ondary scanning direcFAX 139 M 1 motor speed) tion increases by approx. <0-255> 0.04%. Fine adjustment of exit PPC/ 160 M When the value 1 motor speed PRT <0-255> increases by 1, the rotation becomes faster FAX 121 M 1 by approx. 0.05%. <0-255>
2 - 69 07/11
Code 430 431
Classification Image Image
432
Image
433 434-0
Image Image
434-1
Image
435 436
Image Image
437
Image
438 440 441 442 443 444 445
Image Laser
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Top margin adjustment PPC 0 M When the value <0-255> (blank area at the leading increases by 1, the edge of the paper) blank area becomes wider by approx. Left margin adjustment PPC 0 M 0.0423 mm. <0-255> (blank area at the left of the paper along the paper feeding direction) Right margin adjustment PPC 0 M <0-255> (blank area at the right of the paper along the paper feeding direction) Bottom margin adjustment PPC 0 M <0-255> (blank area at the trailing edge of the paper) Bottom margin adjustment PPC/ 29 M PRT <0-255> (blank area at the trailing edge of the paper)/ Reverse side at duplexing Right margin adjustment PPC/ 29 M PRT <0-255> (blank area at the right of the paper along the paper feeding direction)/Reverse side at duplexing Top margin adjustment PRT 24 M <0-255> (blank area at the leading edge of the paper) Left margin adjustment PRT 0 M <0-255> (blank area at the left of the paper along the paper feeding direction) Right margin adjustment PRT 0 M <0-255> (blank area at the right of the paper along the paper feeding direction) Bottom margin adjustment PRT 0 M <0-255> (blank area at the trailing edge of the paper) Adjustment of Upper ALL 8 M When the value drawer secondary <Refer to increases by 1, the scanning content> image shifts toward the laser writing leading edge of the Lower ALL 21 M start position paper by approx. drawer <0-40> 0.2 mm. Bypass ALL 8 M <Acceptable value> feeding <0-15> e-STUDIO232/233/282/ LCF ALL 8 M 283: 0-15 <0-15> e-STUDIO202L/203L: PFP ALL 8 M 0-40 <0-15> Duplex ALL 8 M feeding <0-15>
Procedure 1 1
1 4
1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 - 70 07/11
Code 448-0 448-1 448-2
449-0 449-1 449-2
Paper feeding
450-0 450-1 450-2
Paper feeding
452-0 452-1 452-2
Paper feeding
455-0 455-1 455-2
Paper feeding
457
Paper feeding
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Paper aligning Long size ALL 10 M When the value <0-63> amount increases by 1, the adjustment at Middle aligning amount ALL 10 M the registraincreases by approx. size <0-63> tion section 0.8 mm. Short size ALL 8 M (PFP upper <Paper length> <0-63> drawer/Plain Long size: paper) 330 mm or longer Middle size: Paper aligning Long size ALL 10 M 220 mm to 329 mm <0-63> amount Short size: adjustment at Middle ALL 10 M 219 mm or shorter the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 8 M (PFP lower <0-63> drawer/Plain paper) Paper aligning Long size ALL 17 M <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 17 M the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 17 M (Upper <0-63> drawer/Plain paper) Paper aligning Long size ALL 12 M <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 10 M the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 10 M (Lower <0-63> drawer/Plain paper) Paper aligning Long size ALL 20 M <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 20 M the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 30 M (Duplex feed<0-63> ing/Plain paper) Paper aligning amount ALL 8 M <0-63> adjustment at the registration section (LCF/Plain paper)
Procedure 4 4 4
4 4 4
4 4 4
4 4 4
4 4 4
2 - 71 07/11
Code 458-0 458-1 458-2
460-0 460-1 460-2
Paper feeding
461-0 461-1 461-2
Paper feeding
462-0 462-1 462-2 462-3 463-0 463-1 463-2 464-0 464-1 464-2
Paper feeding
Paper feeding
Paper feeding
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Paper aligning Long size ALL 26 M When the value <0-63> amount increases by 1, the adjustment at Middle aligning amount ALL 26 M the registraincreases by approx. size <0-63> tion section 0.8 mm. Short size ALL 25 M (Bypass feed<Paper length> <0-63> ing/Plain Long size: paper) 330 mm or longer Middle size: Paper aligning Long size ALL 26 M 220 mm to 329 mm <0-63> amount Short size: adjustment at Middle ALL 26 M 219 mm or shorter the registrasize <0-63> * Postcard is suption section Short size ALL 26 M ported only for JPN (Bypass feed<0-63> model. ing/Thick paper 1) Paper aligning Long size ALL 17 M <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 17 M the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 17 M (Bypass feed<0-63> ing/Thick paper 2) Paper aligning Long size ALL 17 M <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 17 M the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 17 M (Bypass feed<0-63> ing/Thick Postcard ALL 14 M paper 3) <0-63> Paper aligning Long size ALL 26 M <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 26 M the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 26 M (Bypass feed<0-63> ing/OHP film) Paper aligning Long size ALL 26 M <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 26 M the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 26 M (Bypass feed<0-63> ing /Envelope)
Procedure 4 4 4
4 4 4
4 4 4
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
2 - 72 07/11
Code 466-0 466-1 466-3 466-4 466-5 466-6 466-7 468-0 468-1 468-2 469-0 469-1
Finisher
Paper feeding
469-2 469-3 469-4
469-5 470-0 470-1 470-2 Paper feeding
471-0 471-1 471-2
Paper feeding
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Adjustment of Plain ALL 0 M When the value 4 paper <0-255> paper pushincreases by 1, the ing amount/ driving speed of bypass Postcard ALL 0 M 4 Bypass feedfeed roller increases by <0-255> ing approx. 0.2 ms when the Envelope ALL 0 M 4 paper transport is started <0-255> from the registration secThick ALL 0 M 4 tion. paper 1 <0-255> * Postcard is supThick ALL 0 M 4 ported only for JPN paper 2 <0-255> model. Thick ALL 0 M 4 paper 3 <0-255> OHP film ALL 0 M 4 <0-255> Fine adjustA4-R/LT-R ALL 0 M When the value 4 <-14-14> ment of bindincreases by 1, the ing position/ binding/folding position B4 ALL 0 M 4 folding posishifts toward the right <-14-14> tion page by 0.25 mm. A3/LD ALL 0 M 4 <-14-14> Paper aligning Thick ALL 20 M When the value 4 paper 1 <0-63> amount increases by 1, the adjustment at Long size aligning amount the registraincreases by approx. Thick ALL 20 M 4 tion section 0.8 mm. paper 1 <0-63> (Upper <Paper length> Middle drawer) Long size: size 330 mm or longer Thick ALL 20 M 4 Middle size: paper 1 <0-63> 220 mm to 329 mm Short size Short size: Thick ALL 20 M 4 219 mm or shorter paper 2 <0-63> Long size Thick ALL 22 M 4 paper 2 <0-63> Middle size Thick ALL 19 M 4 paper 2 <0-63> Short size Paper aligning Long size ALL 20 M 4 <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 22 M 4 the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 19 M 4 (Lower <0-63> drawer/Thick paper 1) Paper aligning Long size ALL 20 M 4 <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 22 M 4 the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 19 M 4 (PFP upper <0-63> drawer/Thick paper 1)
2 - 73 07/11
Code 472-0 472-1 472-2
473
Paper feeding Paper feeding
474-0 474-1 474-2
497-0 497-1 497-2 497-3 497-4 497-5 498-0 498-1
Laser
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Paper aligning Long size ALL 20 M When the value 4 <0-63> amount increases by 1, the adjustment at Middle aligning amount ALL 22 M 4 the registraincreases by approx. size <0-63> tion section 0.8 mm. Short size ALL 19 M 4 (PFP lower <Paper length> <0-63> drawer/Thick Long size: paper 1) 330 mm or longer Middle size: Paper aligning amount ALL 8 M 1 220 mm to 329 mm <0-63> adjustment at the registraShort size: tion section 219 mm or shorter (LCF/Thick paper 1) Paper aligning Long size ALL 24 M 4 <0-63> amount adjustment at Middle ALL 24 M 4 the registrasize <0-63> tion section Short size ALL 33 M 4 (Duplex feed<0-63> ing/Thick paper 1) Adjustment of Upper ALL 128 M When the value 4 drawer <0-255> drawer sideincreases by 1, the ways deviaimage shifts toward the Lower ALL 128 M 4 tion front side by 0.0423 mm. drawer <0-255> PFP upper drawer PFP lower drawer LCF Bypass feeding Long size Short size (A4/LT or smaller) Photo Text/Photo Text Text/Photo Photo Text ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 148 <0-255> 148 <0-255> M M M M M M When the value increases by 1, the image shifts toward the front side by 0.0423 mm. 4 4 4 4 4 4
Laser
501 503 504 505 506 507
Image
Adjustment of primary scanning laser writing start position at duplex feeding Density adjustment Fine adjustment of manual density/ Center value Density adjustment Fine adjustment of manual density/ Light step value
PPC PPC PPC PPC PPC PPC
Image
128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 20 <0-255> 20 <0-255> 20 <0-255>
SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS
When the value increases, the image at the center step becomes darker.
1 1 1
When the value increases, the image of the light steps becomes lighter.
1 1 1
2 - 74 007/11
Code 508
509
510
512 514 515 532 533 534 570
Image
Image
Image
571
572
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Density Text/Photo PPC EUR:20 SYS When the value 1 UC:20 adjustment increases, the image of JPN:30 Fine adjustthe dark steps <0-255> ment of manbecomes darker. ual density/ Photo PPC EUR:24 SYS 1 Dark step UC:24 value JPN:24 <0-255> Text PPC EUR:20 SYS 1 UC:20 JPN:27 <0-255> Density Photo PPC 128 SYS When the value 1 <0-255> adjustment increases, the image Fine adjustText/Photo PPC 128 SYS becomes darker. 1 ment of auto<0-255> matic density Text PPC 128 SYS 1 <0-255> Range correc- Text/Photo PPC 40 SYS When the value 1 <0-255> tion/Backincreases, the background peak Photo PPC 16 SYS ground becomes more 1 adjustment brightened. <0-255> Text PPC 64 SYS 1 <0-255> Range correc- Text/Photo PPC EUR:12 SYS Sets whether the values 1 UC:12 tion on origiof the background peak JPN:22 nal manually and text peak are fixed <11-14, set on the or not. Ones place is an original glass 21-24, adjustment for auto31-34, matic density and tens 41-44> place is for manual denPhoto PPC 12 SYS sity. Once they are 1 fixed, the range correc<11-14, tion is performed with 21-24, standard values. The 31-34, values of the 41-44> Text PPC 22 SYS background peak and 1 text peak affect <11-14, the reproduction of the 21-24, background density and 31-34, text density respectively. 41-44> 1: fixed/fixed 2: varied/fixed 3: fixed/varied 4: varied/varied * Background peak/ Text peak
2 - 75 07/11
Code 593 594 595
Classification Image Image Image
596-0 596-1 596-2 597-0 597-1 597-2 598-0 598-1 598-2 599-0 599-1 599-2
Image Image Image Image Image Image Image Image Image Image Image Image
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Gamma data Text/Photo PPC 0 SYS Ones place: 1 <0-99> slope adjust0: Equivalent to the set ment Photo PPC 0 SYS value 5 1 1 to 9: Select the slope of <0-99> Text PPC 0 SYS Gamma curve (The 1 larger the value is, the <0-99> larger the slope becomes.) Tens place: 0: Equivalent to the set value 5 1 to 9: Select the slope of low density (The smaller the value is, the darker the background becomes.) Use default Gamma balLow PRT 128 SYS 00: When the value value 4 density <0-255> ance adjustincreases, the density in ment Medium PRT 128 SYS the target area becomes 4 (PS/Photo) higher. density <0-255> High PRT 128 SYS 4 density <0-255> Gamma balLow PRT 128 SYS When the value 4 density <0-255> ance adjustincreases, the density in ment Medium PRT 128 SYS the target area becomes 4 (PS/Text) higher. density <0-255> High density Low density Medium density High density Low density Medium density High density PRT PRT PRT PRT PRT PRT PRT 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS When the value increases, the density in the target area becomes higher. When the value increases, the density in the target area becomes higher. 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Gamma balance adjustment (PCL/Photo)
Adjustment of gamma balance (PCL/Detail)
2 - 76 07/11
Code 620
621
622
648
Image
654
Image
655
667-0 667-1 667-2 667-3 667-4
Image
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Sharpness Text/Photo PPC EUR: 1 SYS When the value 1 adjustment UC: 1 increases, the image JPN: 0 becomes sharper. When <0-99> the value decreases, the image becomes softer. The smaller the value is, the less the moire Photo PPC 2 SYS becomes. 1 Ones place: Fixed value <0-99> (05-620 is 1, 05-621 is 2, 05-622 is 5) Tens place: Adjustable from 0 to 9 regarding the Text PPC EUR: 45 SYS default value as the stan1 dard (The larger the UC: 45 value is, the sharper the JPN: 45 image becomes.) <0-99> * When entering 0 on the ten's place, this value is not displayed on the entry screen. Adjustment of Text/Photo PPC 2 SYS Adjusts the level of the 1 <0-4> smudged/faint smudged/faint text. text With increasing the value, the faint text is suppressed, and with decreasing it, the smudged text is suppressed. Adjustment of PS PRT 5 M Adjustment of the 1 <0-9> smudged/faint smudged/faint text. text With decreasing the value, the faint text is suppressed, and with PCL PRT 5 M 1 increasing it, the <0-9> smudged text is suppressed. Density adjustment of cop- PPC 0 M Adjusts the density level 4 ied image <0-10> of copied image. When the value PPC 4 M 4 decreases, the text <0-10> becomes lighter. PPC 5 M 4 <0-10> PPC 6 M 4 <0-10> PPC 10 M 4 <0-10>
2 - 77 07/11
Code 672-0 672-1 672-2 672-3 672-4 676-0 676-1 676-2 676-3 676-4 693
Image
694
695
700
Image
701
702
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Adjustment of Normal PRT 0 M Adjustment of the image 4 <0-10> density. printer image density With decreasing the PRT 4 M 4 value, the text becomes <0-10> lighter. PRT 5 M 4 <0-10> PRT 6 M 4 <0-10> PRT 10 M 4 <0-10> Toner sav- PRT 0 M 4 ing <0-10> PRT 2 M 4 <0-10> PRT 3 M 4 <0-10> PRT 4 M 4 <0-10> PRT 5 M 4 <0-10> Range correc- Text/Photo PPC EUR:12 SYS Sets whether the values 1 UC:12 tion on origiof the background peak JPN:22 nal set on the and text peak are fixed RADF <11-14, or not. Ones place is an 21-24, adjustment for auto31-34, matic density and tens 41-44> place is for manual denPhoto PPC 12 SYS sity. Once they are 1 fixed, the range correc<11-14, tion is performed with 21-24, standard values. 31-34, The values of the back41-44> ground peak and text Text PPC 22 SYS peak affect the reproduc1 tion of the background <11-14, density and text density 21-24, respectively. 31-34, 1: fixed/fixed 41-44> 2: varied/fixed 3: fixed/varied 4: varied/varied * Background peak/ Text peak Adjustment of Center FAX 120 SYS When the value 1 value <0-255> binarized increases, the image at threshold the center step becomes (Text) lighter. Light step FAX 20 SYS When the value 1 value <0-255> increases, the image of light side becomes lighter. Dark step FAX 20 SYS When the value 1 value <0-255> increases, the image of dark side becomes darker.
2 - 78 07/11
Code 710 714 715 719
Image
720 724
Image
725 729 820 821 822 825
Image
Image
Image
826
827
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Density Photo FAX 128 SYS When the value 1 <0-255> adjustment increases, the image at Fine adjustthe center step becomes ment of man- Text/Photo FAX 128 SYS darker. 1 ual density/ <0-255> Center value Density Photo FAX 20 SYS When the value 1 adjustment <0-255> increases, the image of Fine adjustthe light steps ment of man- Text/Photo FAX 20 SYS becomes 1 ual density/ lighter. <0-255> Light step value Density Photo FAX 20 SYS When the value 1 adjustment <0-255> increases, the image of Fine adjustthe dark steps ment of man- Text/Photo FAX 20 SYS becomes darker. 1 ual density/ <0-255> Dark step value Density Photo FAX 128 SYS When the value 1 adjustment <0-255> increases, the image Fine adjustText/Photo FAX 128 SYS becomes darker. 1 ment of auto<0-255> matic density Range correc- Text/Photo SCN 224 SYS When the value 1 <0-255> tion/Text peak decreases, the text adjustment Text SCN 224 SYS becomes darker. 1 <0-255> Photo SCN 239 SYS 1 <0-255> Range correc- Text/Photo SCN 12 SYS Sets whether the values 1 <11-14, tion on origiof the background peak 21-24, nal manually and text peak are fixed 31-34, set on the or not. Ones place is an original glass 41-44> adjustment for autoText SCN 12 SYS matic density and tens 1 place is for manual den<11-14, sity. Once they are 21-24, fixed, the range correc31-34, tion is performed with 41-44> Photo SCN 12 SYS standard values. The 1 values of the <11-14, background peak and 21-24, text peak affect the 31-34, reproduction of the 41-44> background density and text density respectively. 1: fixed/fixed 2: varied/fixed 3: fixed/varied 4: varied/varied * Background peak/ Text peak
2 - 79 07/11
Code 830
831
832
835 836 837 845 846 847 850 851 852 855 856 857 860 861 862
Image
Image
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Range correc- Text/Photo SCN 12 SYS Sets whether the value 1 <11-14, tion on origiof the background peak 21-24, nal set on the and text peak are fixed 31-34, RADF or not. Ones place is an 41-44> adjustment for autoText SCN 12 SYS matic density and tens 1 place is for manual den<11-14, sity. Once they are 21-24, fixed, the range correc31-34, tion is performed with 41-44> Photo SCN 12 SYS standard values. 1 The values of the back<11-14, ground peak and text 21-24, peak affect the reproduc31-34, tion of the background 41-44> density and text density respectively. 1: fixed/fixed 2: varied/fixed 3: fixed/varied 4: varied/varied * Background peak/ Text peak Range correc- Text/Photo SCN 48 SYS When the value 1 <0-255> tion/Backincreases, the background peak Text SCN 48 SYS ground becomes more 1 adjustment brightened. <0-255> Photo SCN 40 SYS 1 <0-255> Density Text/Photo SCN 128 SYS When the value 1 adjustment <0-255> increases, the image at Fine adjustText SCN 128 SYS the center step becomes 1 darker. ment of man<0-255> ual density/ Photo SCN 128 SYS 1 Center value <0-255> Density adjustment Fine adjustment of manual density/ Light step value Density adjustment Fine adjustment of manual density/ Dark step value Density adjustment Fine adjustment of automatic density Text/Photo Text Photo Text/Photo Text Photo Text/Photo Text Photo SCN SCN SCN SCN SCN SCN SCN SCN SCN 20 <0-255> 20 <0-255> 20 <0-255> 20 <0-255> 20 <0-255> 20 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS When the value increases, the image becomes darker. When the value increases, the image of the light steps becomes lighter. When the value increases, the image of the dark steps becomes darker. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Image
Image
Image
2 - 80 07/11
Code 865-0
865-1 865-2
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Sharpness Reproduc- SCN 1 SYS When the value adjustment tion ratio <0-99> increases, the image (Text/Photo) 40% or becomes sharper. When smaller the value decreases, the Reproduc- SCN 1 SYS image becomes softer. The smaller the value is, tion ratio <0-99> the less the moire 41-80% Reproduc- SCN 1 SYS becomes. tion ratio 81% or larger Sharpness Reproducadjustment tion ratio (Text) 40% or smaller Reproduction ratio 41-80% Reproduction ratio 81% or larger Sharpness Reproducadjustment tion ratio (Photo) 40% or smaller Reproduction ratio 41-80% Reproduction ratio 81% or larger Range correc- Custom tion on origi- Mode 1 nal manually set on the original glass Custom Mode 2 <0-99> 2 <0-99> 2 <0-99> 2 <0-99> 5 <0-99> 5 <0-99> 5 <0-99> EUR:12 UC:12 JPN:22 <11-14, 21-24, 31-34, 41-44> 22 <11-14, 21-24, 31-34, 41-44> 12 <11-14, 21-24, 31-34, 41-44> One's place: Fixed value (05-865 is 1, 05-866 is 2, 05-867 is 5) Ten's place: Sharpness intensity (0: Use default value, 1-9: Filter intensity)
Procedure 4
4 4
866-0
Image
SCN
SYS
866-1 866-2
SCN SCN
SYS SYS
4 4
867-0
Image
SCN
SYS
867-1 867-2
SCN SCN
SYS SYS
4 4
913
Image
PPC
SYS
914
PPC
SYS
915
Custom Mode 3
PPC
SYS
Set whether the values of the background peak and text peak are fixed or not. One's place is an adjustment for automatic density and ten's place is for manual density. Once they are fixed, the range correction is performed with standard values. The values of the background peak and text peak affect the reproduction of the background density and text density respectively. 1: fixed/fixed 2: varied/fixed 3: fixed/varied 4: varied/varied * Background peak/ Text peak
2 - 81 07/11
Code 916
917
918
919 920 921 922
Image
Image
923
924
928
Image
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Range correc- Custom PPC EUR:12 SYS Set whether the values 1 Mode 1 UC:12 tion on origiof the background peak JPN:22 nal set on the and text peak are fixed <11-14, RADF or not. One's place is an 21-24, adjustment for auto31-34, matic density and ten's 41-44> place is for manual denCustom PPC 22 SYS sity. Once they are 1 fixed, the range correcMode 2 <11-14, tion is performed with 21-24, standard values. The 31-34, values of the 41-44> background peak and text peak affect Custom PPC 12 SYS the reproduction of the 1 background density and Mode 3 <11-14, text density respectively. 21-24, 1: fixed/fixed 31-34, 2: varied/fixed 41-44> 3: fixed/varied 4: varied/varied * Background peak/ Text peak Range correc- Custom PPC 40 SYS When the value 1 Mode 1 <0-255> tion increases, the backBackground Custom PPC 64 SYS ground becomes more 1 peak adjustbrightened. Mode 2 <0-255> ment Custom PPC 16 SYS 1 Mode 3 <0-255> Sharpness Custom PPC 1 SYS When the value 1 adjustment Mode 1 <0-99> increases, the image becomes sharper. When the value decreases, the image becomes softer. The smaller the value is, the less the moire Custom PPC EUR:45 SYS becomes. 1 One's place: Fixed value Mode 2 UC:45 (05-922 is 1, 05-923 is JPN:45 5, 05-924 is 2) <0-99> Tens place: Adjustable from 0 to 9 regarding the Custom PPC 2 SYS default value as the stan1 dard (The larger the Mode 3 <0-99> value is, the sharper the image becomes.) * When entering 0 on the ten's place, this value is not displayed on the entry screen. Adjustment of Custom PPC 2 SYS Adjustment of the 1 <0-4> smudged/faint Mode 1 smudged/faint text. text With increasing the value, the faint text is suppressed, and with decreasing it, the smudged text is suppressed.
2 - 82 07/11
Code 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943
Image
Image
Image
Image
944
945
976
Maintenance
Adjustment mode (05) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Density Custom PPC 128 SYS When the value 1 Mode 1 <0-255> adjustment increases, the image of Fine adjustCustom PPC 128 SYS the center step becomes 1 ment of man- Mode 2 darker. <0-255> ual density/ Custom PPC 128 SYS 1 Center value Mode 3 <0-255> Density Custom PPC 20 SYS When the value 1 Mode 1 <0-255> adjustment increases, the image of Fine adjustCustom PPC 20 SYS the light step density 1 ment of man- Mode 2 becomes lighter. <0-255> ual density/ Custom PPC 20 SYS 1 Light step Mode 3 <0-255> value Density Custom PPC 20 SYS When the value 1 Mode 1 <0-255> adjustment increases, the image of Fine adjustCustom PPC 20 SYS the dark step density 1 ment of man- Mode 2 becomes darker. <0-255> ual density/ Custom PPC 20 SYS 1 Dark step Mode 3 <0-255> value Density Custom PPC 128 SYS When the value 1 Mode 1 <0-255> adjustment increases, the image Fine adjustCustom PPC 128 SYS becomes darker. 1 ment of auto- Mode 2 <0-255> matic density Custom PPC 128 SYS 1 Mode 3 <0-255> Gamma data Custom PPC 0 SYS Ones place: 1 Mode 1 <0-99> slope adjust0: Equivalent to the set ment value 5 1 to 9: Select the slope of Gamma curve (The Custom PPC 0 SYS larger the value is, the 1 larger the slope Mode 2 <0-99> becomes.) Tens place: 0: Equivalent to the set Custom PPC 0 SYS value 5 1 1 to 9: Select the slope Mode 3 <0-99> of low density (The smaller the value is, the darker the background becomes.) Use default value is Equipment number (serial ALL SYS 00: When this adjustment 1 number) entry performed with this code, the setting code (08-995) is also performed automatically (10 digits).
2 - 83 07/11
2.2.7
Setting mode (08) (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)
The items in the setting code list can be set or changed in this setting mode (08).
Procedure 1
[CANCEL] [0][8] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] [Digital key] *[FUNCTION CLEAR] Sets or changes value [ENTER] or [INTERRUPT] [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
(Stores value in RAM)
Press [FUNCTION CLEAR] to enter minus (-).
Procedure 2
[0][8] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] [ENTER] or [INTERRUPT] Adjustment value cannot be changed [POWER]OFF/ON (Exit)
Procedure 3
[ENTER] [0][8] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] or (Automatic setting) [INTERRUPT] (Stores value in RAM) [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
[CANCEL] or [CLEAR]
Procedure 4
[CANCEL] [START] [0][8] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] [Digital key] (Sub-code) [START] [ENTER] or * [FUNCTION CLEAR] [INTERRUPT] (Stores value Sets or in RAM) changes value [Digital key] [CLEAR] (Corrects value) [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
Procedure 5
[0][8] [POWER] [CANCEL] [START] [ENTER] [POWER] OFF/ON or (Exit) [INTERRUPT] (Stores value in RAM)
[Digital key] *[HELP] Sets or changes value
Press [HELP] to enter -.
2 - 84 10/06
2 - 85 10/06
Procedure 7
[0][8] [POWER] [CANCEL] [Digital key] (Code) [START] [Digital key] (Setting) [ENTER] or [INTERRUPT] (HDD formatting) (Stores value in RAM) [CLEAR] (Corrects value)
2
Procedure 9
[CANCEL] [0][8] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] [Select icon] [POWER] OFF/ON or (Exit) [INTERRUPT] (Stores value in RAM) [CLEAR] (Corrects value) [ENTER]
Procedure 10
[CANCEL] [0][8] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] [Digital key] (1st setting) [START] [POWER] [ENTER] or OFF/ON [INTERRUPT] (Exit) (Stores value in RAM) [CLEAR] (Corrects value)
[Digital key] (2nd setting)
Procedure 11 and 12
[CANCEL] [0][8] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] [Digital key] or [Software keyboard]
*1
*2(Stores
[ENTER] value in RAM)
[MONITOR/PA USE] Sets or [CLEAR] changes value (Corrects value)
*1. Press [MONITOR/PAUSE] to enter -, when entering telephone number. *2. The data are stored in SYS-RAM in procedure 11 and stored in NIC-RAM in procedure 12. Procedure 14
[CANCEL] [0][8] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] [Digital key] (Sub-code) [START] [ENTER] or [INTERRUPT] Adjustment value cannot be changed [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
2 - 85
Notes: The digit after the hyphen in Code of the following table is a sub code. e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280:In RAM, the NVRAM of the board in which the data of each code is stored is indicated. M stands for the LGC board, SYS and UTY stands for the SYS board and NIC stands for the NIC board.
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion able dure value> Date and time setting ALL Year/month/date/day/ 5 hour/minute/second <13 digExample: its> 03 07 0 13 13 27 48 Day - 0 is for Sunday. Proceeds Monday through Saturday from 1 to 6. Destination selection ALL EUR: 0 M 0: EUR 1 UC: 1 1: UC JPN: 2 2: JPN <0-2> Counter installed externally ALL 0 M 0: No external counter 1 <0-3> 1: Coin controller 2: Copy key card (This value is valid only when 2 is set to 08-201.) 3: Key copy counter Line adjustment mode ALL 0 M 0: For factory ship1 <0-1> ment 1: For line * Field: 0 must be selected Auto-clear timer setting ALL 3 SYS Timer to return the 1 <0-10> equipment to the default settings when the [START] button is not pressed after the function and the mode are set 0: Not cleared 1 to 10:Set number x 15 sec. Auto power save mode ALL EUR: 11 SYS Timer to automatically 1 timer setting UC: 11 switch to the Auto JPN: 6 power save mode Others: when the equipment 11 has not <0, 6-15> been used 0: Invalid 6: 3min. 7: 4min. 8: 5min. 9: 7min. 10: 10min. 11: 15min. 12: 20min. 13: 30min. 14: 45min. 15: 60min.
Code 200
Classification General
201
General
202
User interface
203
General
204
User interface
205
User interface
2 - 86 10/06
Code 206
Classification User interface
207
User interface User interface Paper feeding User interface User interface
209 210
219 220
221
User interface
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Auto Shut Off Mode timer ALL Refer to SYS Timer to turn OFF the 1 setting (Auto Shut Off content power or to enter the Mode/Sleep Mode) <0-20> Sleep Mode automatically when the equipment has not been used (Refer to 08-601) 0: 3min. 1: 5min. 2: 10min. 3: 15min. 4: 20min. 5: 25min. 6: 30min. 7: 40min. 8: 50min. 9: 60min. 10: 70min. 11: 80min. 12: 90min. 13: 100min. 14: 110min. 15: 120min. 16: 150min. 17: 180min. 18: 210min. 19: 240min. 20: Not used <Default value> The models except e-STUDIO200L: EUR: 7 UC: 9 JPN: 0 Others: 9 e-STUDIO200L: EUR: 7 UC: 6 JPN: 0 Others: 6 Highlighting display on ALL 0 SYS 0: Black letter on white 1 LCD <0-1> background 1: White letter on black background Default setting of filing forALL 0 SYS 0: TIFF (Multi) 1 mat when E-mailing <0-1> 1: PDF Paper size (A6-R) feeding/ PRT 148/105 M 10 widthwise direction <148432/105297> Default setting of filing forSCN 0 SYS 0: TIFF (Multi) 1 mat when storing files <0-3> 1: PDF 2: Not used 3: TIFF (Single) Language displayed at ALL EUR: 0 SYS 0: Language 1 1 power-ON UC: 0 1: Language 2 JPN: 5 2: Language 3 <0-6> 3: Language 4 4: Language 5 5: Language 6 6: Language 7 Language selection in UI ALL EUR: 0 SYS 0: Language 1 1 data at Web power ON UC: 0 1: Language 2 JPN: 5 2: Language 3 <0-6> 3: Language 4 4: Language 5 5: Language 6 6: Language 7
2 - 87 05/11
Code 224 225 226 227
Classification Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding
228 229
Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Paper size for bypass feed PPC UNDEF SYS Press the button on the LCD to select the size. Paper size for upper ALL EUR: A4 M Press the button on the drawer LCD to select the size. UC: LT JPN: A4 Paper size for lower ALL EUR: A3 M Press the button on the drawer LCD to select the size. UC: LD JPN: A3 Paper size for PFP upper ALL EUR: M Press the button on the drawer LCD to select the size. A4-R UC: LT-R JPN: A4-R Paper size for PFP lower ALL EUR: A4 M Press the button on the drawer LCD to select the size. UC: LG JPN: B4 Paper size (A3) feeding/ ALL 420/297 M widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (A4-R) feeding/ ALL 297/210 M widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (A5-R) feeding/ ALL 210/148 M widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (B4) feeding/ ALL 364/257 M widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (B5-R) feeding/ ALL 257/182 M widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (LT-R) feeding/ ALL 279/216 M widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (LD) feeding/ ALL 432/279 M widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (LG) feeding/ ALL 356/216 M widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (ST-R) feeding/ ALL 216/140 M widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (COMPUTER) ALL 356/257 M feeding/widthwise direction <182432/140297>
Procedure 9 9 9 9
9 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
2 - 88
Code 239
Classification Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Maintenance
240
241
242
243
244
245
247
248
249
250
251
Maintenance
252
Maintenance
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Paper size (FOLIO) feedALL 330/210 M 10 ing/widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (13 LG) feedALL 330/216 M 10 ing/widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (8.5X8.5) ALL 216/216 M 10 feeding/widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (Non-standard) ALL 432/279 SYS 10 feeding/widthwise direction <148432/105297> Memory 1 ALL 148/100 SYS Registers the paper 10 <148size of bypass feed Paper size (bypass feed432/100(non-standard type) into ing/non-standard type) 297> [MEMORY 1]. feeding/widthwise direction Paper size (8K) feeding/ ALL 390/270 M 10 widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (16K-R) feedALL 270/195 M 10 ing/widthwise direction <182432/140297> Memory 2 ALL 148/100 SYS Registers the paper 10 <148size of bypass feed Paper size (bypass feed432/100(non-standard type) into ing/non-standard type) 297> [MEMORY 2]. feeding/widthwise direction Memory 3 ALL 148/100 SYS Registers the paper 10 <148size of bypass feed Paper size (bypass feed432/100(non-standard type) into ing/non-standard type) 297> [MEMORY 3]. feeding/widthwise direction Memory 4 ALL 148/100 SYS Registers the paper 10 <148size of bypass feed Paper size (bypass feed432/100(non-standard type) into ing/non-standard type) 297> [MEMORY 4]. feeding/widthwise direction Service technician teleALL 0 SYS A telephone number 11 phone number <32 digcan be entered up to 32 its> digits. Use the [Monitor/ Pause] button to enter a hyphen (-). Setting value of PM sheet ALL Refer to M <Default> 1 counter content e-STUDIO200L: <8 digits> UC, EUR: 64,000 JPN: 0 e-STUDIO 230/230L: UC, EUR: 74,000 JPN: 0 e-STUDIO 280: UC, EUR: 90,000 JPN: 0 Current value of PM driving ALL 0 M Counts up when the 1 counter Display/0 clearing <8 digits> registration sensor is ON.
2 - 89 10/06
Code 253 254
Classification Maintenance Paper feeding
255
Paper feeding
256 257
Paper feeding Counter
258
Maintenance
259 260
Network Network
263
User interface Network
264
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Error history display ALL SYS Displaying of the latest 2 20 errors data LT <-> A4/LD <-> A3 PRT 0 SYS Sets whether the data is 1 <0-1> printed on the different but similar size paper or not when the paper of corresponding size is not available. 0: Valid (The data is printed on A4/A3 when LT/LD is selected or vice versa.) 1: Invalid (The message to use the selected paper size displayed.) PFP/LCF installation ALL 0 M 0: is Automatic 1 <0-4> 1: PFP single-drawer type installed 2: PFP dual-drawer type installed 3: LCF installed 4: Not installed Paper size setting /LCF ALL EUR: A4 M Press the button on the 9 LCD to select the size. UC: LT JPN: A4 Counter copy ALL 1) Electrical counter <1-2> Backup counter 2) Backup counter Electrical counter (P. 2-151 "Fig. 2-4") FSMS acceptance ALL 1 SYS Sets whether the FSMS 1 <0-2> connection is accepted or not. 0: Prohibited 1: Accepted (USB normal connection) 2: Accepted (USB forcible connection) Storage period trial and pri- PRT 14 SYS 0: No limits 1 vate <0-30> 1 to 30: 1 to 30 days Web data retention period SCN 10 SYS When a certain period 1 <3 digits> of time has passed without operation after accessing TopAccess, the data being registered is automatically reset. This period is set at this code. (Unit: Minute) Administrator's password ALL 123456 The password can be 11 (Maximum 10 digits) entered in alphabets <10 and figures (A-Z, a-z, 0digits> 9) within 10 digits. File retention period SCN 30 SYS 0: No limits 1 <0-999> 1 to 999: 1 to 999 days
2 - 90
Code 265 266 267
Classification Network Network Electronic Filing
270
Electronic Filing
271
General
272
Scanning
273
Scanning
274
FAX
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Maximum data capacity at SCN 30 SYS 2 to 30 M bytes E-mailing <2-30> Maximum data capacity at ALL 30 SYS 2 to 30 M bytes Internet FAX <2-30> Full guarantee of docuALL 0 SYS Sets the file retention <0-1> ments in Electronic Filing level when editing the when HDD is full files in the Electronic Filing (at CutDoc/SaveDoc command execution). 0: Not full retained 1: Fully retained Retains the source file until CutDoc/ SaveDoc command is completed. * The file is not deleted even if the HDD has become full during the execution of command when 1 is set. Default value for user box ALL 0 SYS Sets the data retention retention period <0-999> period when creating a user box. 0: Not deleted 1 to 999: Retention period (Unit: Day) Warning display of the ALL 90 SYS Sets the percentage of HDD capacity to be filled <0-100> the HDD capacity filled which warning is displayed 0 to 100: 0 to 100% Notification setting of EALL 3 SYS Sets the days left the mail saving time limit <0-99> notification of E-mail saving time limit appears 0 to 99: 0 to 99 days Default setting of partial ALL 0 SYS Sets the default value <0-6> size when transmitting Efor the partial size of Email mail to be transmitted when creating a template. 0: Not divided 1: 64 2: 128 3: 256 4: 512 5: 1024 6: 2048 (Unit: KB) Default setting of page by FAX 0 SYS Sets the default value page when transmitting <0-4> for the page by page of Internet FAX Internet FAX to be transmitted when creating a template. 0: Not divide 1: 128 2: 512 3: 1024 4: 2048 (Unit: KB)
Procedure 1 1 1
2 - 91
Code 276
281 283 284 285
User interface User interface User interface User interface User interface
286
288
General
290 291
Network Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Default setting for density SCN 0 SYS 0: Automatic density adjustment <0-11> 1: Step -5 2: Step -4 3: Step -3 4: Step -2 5: Step -1 6: Step 0 (center) 7: Step +1 8: Step +2 9: Step +3 10: Step +4 11: Step +5 (1 to 11: Manual density) Default setting of resolution SCN 1 SYS 0: 150 dpi 1: 200 dpi <0-4> 2: 300 dpi 3: 400dpi 4: 600 dpi Default setting of original SCN 0 SYS 0: Text mode <0-2> 1: Text/Photo 2: Photo Default setting of scanning SCN 0 SYS 0: Single 1: Book mode <0-2> 2: Tablet Default setting of rotation SCN 0 SYS 0: 0 degree angle of original <0-3> 1: 90 degrees 2: 180 degrees 3: 270 degrees Default setting of original SCN 0 SYS 0: Automatic paper size <0-22> 1: A3 2: A4 3: LD 4: LT 5: A4-R 6: A5-R 7: LT-R 8: LG 9: B4 10: B5 11: ST-R 12: COMP 13: B5-R 14: FOLIO 15: 13LG 16: 8.5 x 8.5 18: A6-R 19: Size mixed 20: 8K 21: 16K 22: 16K-R Searching interval of delet- ALL 12 SYS Sets the search intering expired flies <1-24> val of expired files. Deletes if expired file is found. (Unit: Hour) Raw printing job (Duplex) PRT 1 SYS 0: Valid <0-1> 1: Invalid Raw printing job PRT EUR: 6 SYS 0: LD 1: LG (Paper size) UC: 2 2: LT 3: COMP JPN: 6 4: ST 5: A3 <0 -13> 6: A4 7: A5 8: A6 9: B4 10: B5 11: FOLIO 12: 13LG 13: 8.5 x 8.5
Procedure 1
1 1 1 1
1 1
2 - 92
Code 292
Classification Network
293 294 295
Network Network Network
296
Network
297
Network
298
Network
299 300 302
Network User interface User interface
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS 0: Plain paper 1 (Paper type) <0-4> 1: Thick paper 1 2: Thick paper 2 3: Thick paper 3 4: OHP film Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS 0: Portrait 1 (Paper direction) <0-1> 1: Landscape Raw printing job (Staple) PRT 1 SYS 0: Valid 1 <0-1> 1: Invalid Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS 0: Inner tray 1 (receiving tray) <0-5> 1: Finisher tray 1 2: Finisher tray 2 3: Not used 4: Job Separator upper tray 5: Job Separator lower tray * The settings 4 and 5 are effective only when the Job Separator (MJ-5004) is installed. Raw printing job PRT 1200 SYS Sets the number of 1 (Number of form lines) <500form lines from 5 to 12800> 128. (A hundredfold of the number of form lines is defined as the setting value.) Raw printing job PRT 1000 SYS Sets the font pitch from 1 (PCL font pitch) <440.44 to 99.99. (A hun9999> dredfold of the font pitch is defined as the setting value.) Raw printing job PRT 1200 SYS Sets the font size from 1 (PCL font size) <4004 to 999.75. (A hun99975> dredfold of the font size is defined as the setting value.) Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS Sets the PCL font num1 (PCL font number) <0-79> ber. Maximum number of copy PPC 0 SYS 0: 999 1: 99 1 volume (MAX9) <0-2> 2: 9 Original counter display ALL EUR: 2 SYS Sets whether the origi1 UC: 0 nal counter is disJPN: 0 played or not. <0,2> 0: Not displayed 2: Displayed
2 - 93
Code 305-0 305-1 305-2 305-3 305-4 305-5 305-6 305-7 305-8 305-9 305-10 305-11 305-12 305-13 305-14 305-15 305-16 306-0 306-1 306-2 306-3 306-4 306-5 306-6 306-7 306-8 306-9 306-10 306-11 306-12 306-13 306-14 306-15 306-16
Classification Counter
Counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Number of A3 PPC 0 SYS Counts the output <8 digits> output pages A4 pages in the copier in copier func- A5 function for each paper tion size according to the A6 setting for the count B4 setting of large-sized paper (08-352) and the B5 definition setting of FOLIO large-sized paper (08LD 353). LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others Number of A3 PRT 0 SYS Counts the output <8 digits> output pages A4 pages in the printer in printer func- A5 function for each paper tion size according to the A6 setting for the count B4 setting of large-sized paper (08-352) and the B5 definition setting of FOLIO large-sized paper (08LD 353). LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others
Procedure 4
2 - 94
Code 307-0 307-1 307-2 307-3 307-4 307-5 307-6 307-7 307-8 307-9 307-10 307-11 307-12 307-13 307-14 307-15 307-16 308-0 308-1 308-2 308-3 308-4 308-5 308-6 308-7 308-8 308-9 308-10 308-11 308-12 308-13 308-14 308-15 308-16
Counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Number of A3 PRT 0 SYS Counts the output 4 <8 digits> output pages A4 pages at the list print at list print mode for each paper A5 mode size according to the A6 setting for the count B4 setting of large-sized paper (08-352) and the B5 definition setting of FOLIO large-sized paper (08LD 353). LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others Number of A3 FAX 0 SYS Counts the output 4 <8 digits> output pages A4 pages in the FAX funcin FAX function for each paper size A5 tion according to the setting A6 for the count setting of B4 large-sized paper (08352) and the definition B5 setting of large-sized FOLIO paper (08-353). LD LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others
2 - 95
Code 312-0 312-1 312-2 312-3 312-4 312-5 312-6 312-7 312-8 312-9 312-10 312-11 312-12 312-13 312-14 312-15 312-16 313-0 313-1 313-2 313-3 313-4 313-5 313-6 313-7 313-8 313-9 313-10 313-11 313-12 313-13 313-14 313-15 313-16
Counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Number of A3 PPC 0 SYS Counts the scanning <8 digits> scanning pages in the copier A4 pages in function for each paper A5 copier funcsize according to the A6 tion setting for the count B4 setting of large-sized paper (08-352) and the B5 definition setting of FOLIO large-sized paper (08LD 353). LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others Number of A3 SCN 0 SYS Counts the scanning <8 digits> scanning pages in the scanning A4 pages in function for each paper A5 scanning size according to the A6 function setting for the count B4 setting of large-sized paper (08-352) and the B5 definition setting of FOLIO large-sized paper (08LD 353). LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others
Procedure 4
2 - 96
Code 314-0 314-1 314-2 314-3 314-4 314-5 314-6 314-7 314-8 314-9 314-10 314-11 314-12 314-13 314-14 314-15 314-16 315-0 315-1 315-2 315-3 315-4 315-5 315-6 315-7 315-8 315-9 315-10 315-11 315-12 315-13 315-14 315-15 315-16
Counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Number of A3 FAX 0 SYS Counts the scanning 4 <8 digits> scanning pages in the FAX funcA4 pages in FAX A5 tion for each paper size function according to the setting A6 for the count setting of B4 large-sized paper (08352) and the definition B5 setting of large-sized FOLIO paper (08-353). LD LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others Number of A3 FAX 0 SYS Counts the transmitted 4 <8 digits> transmitted pages in the FAX funcA4 pages in FAX A5 tion for each paper size function according to the setting A6 for the count setting of B4 large-sized paper (08352) and the definition B5 setting of large-sized FOLIO paper (08-353). LD LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others
2 - 97
Code 316-0 316-1 316-2 316-3 316-4 316-5 316-6 316-7 316-8 316-9 316-10 316-11 316-12 316-13 316-14 316-15 316-16 320-0
Counter
320-1
Counter
320-2
Counter
321-0
Counter
321-1
Counter
321-2
Counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Number of A3 FAX 0 SYS Counts the received 4 <8 digits> received pages in the FAX funcA4 pages in FAX A5 tion for each paper size function according to the setting A6 for the count setting of B4 large-sized paper (08352) and the definition B5 setting of large-sized FOLIO paper (08-353). LD LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others Display of Large PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 14 <8 digits> number of output pages in the output pages Copier Function in copier funcaccording to its size tion (large/small). Large: Number of output Small PPC 0 SYS 14 pages of large<8 digits> sized paper defined at 08353 Small: Number of output Total PPC 0 SYS 14 pages other than <8 digits> set as large-sized paper Total: Total number output pages of all paper sizes. Display of Large PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 14 <8 digits> number of output pages in the output pages Printer Function in printer funcaccording to its size tion (large/small). Large: Number of output Small PRT 0 SYS 14 pages of large<8 digits> sized paper defined at 08353 Small: Number of output Total PRT 0 SYS 14 pages other than <8 digits> set as large-sized paper Total: Total number output pages of all paper sizes.
2 - 98
Code 322-0
322-1
Counter
322-2
Counter
323-0
Counter
323-1
Counter
323-2
Counter
327-0
Counter
327-1
Counter
327-2
Counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Display of Large PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 14 <8 digits> number of output pages at the List output pages Print Mode Function at list print according to its size mode (large/small). Large: Number of output Small PRT 0 SYS 14 pages of large<8 digits> sized paper defined at 08353 Small: Number of output Total PRT 0 SYS 14 pages other than <8 digits> set as large-sized paper Total: Total number output pages of all paper sizes. Display of Large PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 14 <8 digits> number of output pages in the output pages FAX Function in FAX funcaccording to tion its size (large/small). Large: Number of output Small PRT 0 SYS 14 pages of large<8 digits> sized paper defined at 08353 Small: Number of output Total PRT 0 SYS 14 pages other than <8 digits> set as large-sized paper Total: Total number output pages of all of Display of Large PPC 0 SYS Counts the number 14 <8 digits> scanning pages in the number of scanning Copier Function pages in according to its size copier func(large/small). Large: tion Number of output Small PPC 0 SYS 14 pages of large-sized <8 digits> paper defined at 08353 Small: Number of output pages other than Total PPC 0 SYS 14 set as large-sized <8 digits> paper Total: Total number output pages of all paper sizes.
2 - 99
Code 328-0
328-1
Counter
328-2
Counter
329-0
Counter
329-1
Counter
329-2
Counter
330-0
Counter
330-1
Counter
330-2
Counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Display of Large FAX 0 SYS Counts the number of 14 <8 digits> number of scanning pages in the scanning FAX Function pages in FAX according to its size function (large/small). Large: Number of output Small FAX 0 SYS 14 pages of large<8 digits> sized paper defined at 08353 Small: Number of output Total FAX 0 SYS 14 pages other than <8 digits> set as large-sized paper Total: Total number output pages of all of Display of Large SCN 0 SYS Counts the number 14 <8 digits> scanning pages in the number of Scanning Function scanning according to its size pages in (large/small). scanning function Large: Number of output Small SCN 0 SYS 14 pages of large<8 digits> sized paper defined at 08353 Small: Number of output Total SCN 0 SYS 14 pages other than <8 digits> set as large-sized paper Total: Total number output pages of all paper sizes. Display of Large FAX 0 SYS Counts the number of 14 <8 digits> transmitted pages in number of the transmitted pages in FAX FAX Function function according to its size (large/small). Large: Number of output Small FAX 0 SYS 14 pages of large-sized <8 digits> paper defined at 08353 Small: Number of output pages other than Total FAX 0 SYS 14 set as large-sized <8 digits> paper Total: Total number output pages of all paper sizes.
2 - 100 05/05
Code 331
332-0
Counter
332-1
Counter
332-2
Counter
335-0 335-1 335-2 337
Counter Counter Counter Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Counter Counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Default setting of screen ALL 0 SYS Sets the screen to be 1 <0-3> displayed after the auto-clear time has passed or it has recovered from the energy saving mode or sleep mode. 0: Copier 1: Fax 2: Scan 3: Box Display of Large FAX 0 SYS Counts the number of 14 <8 digits> received pages in the number of FAX Function received pages in FAX according to its size function (large/small). Large: Number of output pages of large-sized Small FAX 0 SYS 14 paper defined at 08<8 digits> 353 Small: Number of output pages other than set as large-sized Total FAX 0 SYS 14 paper <8 digits> Total: Total number output pages of all paper sizes. Display of Large ALL 0 SYS Displays the total num14 <8 digits> total number ber of pages in the of pages Small ALL 0 SYS copier/printer/scanning/ 14 FAX functions. <8 digits> Total Paper size (#10-R) feeding/widthwise direction Paper size (DL-R) feeding/widthwise direction Paper size (Envelope: Monarch-R) feeding/widthwise direction Paper size (Envelope: CHO-3-R) feeding/widthwise direction Paper size (Envelope: YOU-4-R) feeding/widthwise direction Count setting of envelope (PM) Count setting of largesized paper (PM) ALL ALL 0 <8 digits> 241/105 <148432/105297> 220/110 <148432/105297> 191/98 <148432/98297> 235/120 <148432/105297> 235/105 <148432/105297> 1 <0-1> 1 <0-1> SYS M 14 10
338
ALL
10
339
ALL
10
340
ALL
10
341
ALL
10
345 346
ALL ALL
M M
0: Counted as 1 1: Counted as 2 0: Counted as 1 1: Counted as 2
1 1
2 - 101 05/05
Code 347 348 349 352
Classification Counter Counter Counter Counter
353
Counter
356 357 358 359 360 370 372 374 381
Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter
390 391 392
Counter Counter Counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Definition setting of largeALL 1 M 0: A3/LD 1 sized paper (PM) <0-1> 1: A3/LD/B4/LG/ FOLIO/COMP Count setting of thick paper ALL 1 M 0: Counted as 1 1 (PM) <0-1> 1: Counted as 2 Count setting of OHP film ALL 1 M 0: Counted as 1 1 (PM) <0-1> 1: Counted as 2 Count setting of largeALL JPN: 0 M 0: Counted as 1 1 sized paper OTHER: 1: Counted as 2 1 (Fee charging system 2: Counted as 1 <0-2> counter) (Mechanical counter is double counter) Definition setting of largeALL 0 M 0: A3/LD 1 sized paper <0-1> 1: A3/LD/B4/LG/ (Fee charging system FOLIO/COMP/8K counter) Counter for upper drawer ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2 feeding <8 digits> sheets fed from upper drawer Counter for lower drawer ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2 feeding <8 digits> sheets fed from lower drawer Counter for bypass feeding ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2 <8 digits> sheets fed from bypass feed Counter for LCF feeding ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2 <8 digits> sheets fed from LCF Counter for PFP upper ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2 drawer feeding <8 digits> sheets fed from PFP upper drawer Counter for PFP lower ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2 drawer feeding <8 digits> sheets fed from PFP lower drawer Counter for ADU ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2 <8 digits> output pages of duplex printing. Counter for RADF ALL 0 SYS Counts the number of 2 <8 digits> originals fed from RADF Setting for counter installed ALL 1 M Selects the job to count 1 externally <0-7> up for the external counter. 0: Not selected 1: Copier 2: FAX 3: Copier/FAX 4: Printer 5: Copier/Printer 6: Printer/FAX 7: Copier/Printer/FAX Number of errors in HDD PPC 0 SYS The number of error is 2 (Copier) <8 digits> reset at HDD formatting. Number of errors in HDD FAX 0 SYS The number of error is 2 (FAX) <8 digits> reset at HDD formatting. Number of errors in HDD SCN 0 SYS The number of error is 2 (Scanning) <8 digits> reset at HDD formatting.
2 - 102 04/09
Code 393 398
Classification Counter Laser
399
Laser
400
Fuser
404-0 404-1 404-2 404-3 405-0 405-1 405-2 405-3 407
Fuser
Fuser
Fuser
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Number of errors in HDD PRT 0 SYS The number of error is 2 (Printer) <8 digits> reset at HDD formatting. Number of polygonal motor ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2 rotational speed switching <8 digits> time the polygonal motor has switched its rotational speed between normal rotation and standby rotation. Accumulated time of polyg- ALL 0 M Accumulates the time 2 <8 digits> onal motor at normal rotathe polygonal motor tion has rotated at normal rotation. Fuser unit error status ALL 0 M 0: No error 1 counter <0-19> 1: C410 (Once) 2: C410 (consecutively occurred) 3: 4: C430 5: C440 6: C450 7: C440 8: C450 9: C440 10: C470 11: C470 12: C480 13: C490 14: C470 15: C480 16: C490 17: C470 18: C480 19: C490 Temperature The first ALL 1 M This code is valid only 4 <0-10> when 20 is set to 08drop setting in drop 886. ready status The secALL 1 M 4 Setting value x -5C: (Center therond drop <0-10> from 0C to -50C mistor) The third ALL 1 M 4 drop <0-10> The fourth ALL 1 M 4 drop <0-10> Temperature The first ALL 4 M 4 <0-10> drop setting in drop ready status The secALL 4 M 4 (Side therond drop <0-10> mistor) The third ALL 4 M 4 drop <0-10> The fourth ALL 4 M 4 drop <0-10> Fuser roller temperature in ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C 1 ready status <0-12> 2: 150C 3: 155C (Side thermistor) 4: 160C 5: 165C 6: 170C 7: 175C 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C
2 - 103 07/04
Code 409
Classification Fuser
410
Fuser
411
Fuser
412
Fuser
413
Fuser
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Fuser roller temperature at ALL 0 M 0: OFF 1: 40C energy saver mode <0-13> 2: 50C 3: 60C (Center thermistor) 4: 70C 5: 80C 6: 90C 7: 100C 8: 110C 9: 120C 10: 130C 11: 140C 12: 150C 13: 160C Fuser roller temperature ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Center thermistor/Plain 6: 170C 7: 175C paper) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Fuser roller temperature on ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C standby <0-12> 2: 150C 3: 155C (Center thermistor) 4: 160C 5: 165C 6: 170C 7: 175C 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C Fuser roller temperature ALL 9 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Center thermistor/Thick 6: 170C 7: 175C paper 3) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Fuser roller temperature ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Center thermistor/Thick 6: 170C 7: 175C paper 1) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C
Procedure 1
2 - 104 04/09
Code 414
417
Fuser
424-0 424-1 424-2 424-3 425-0 425-1 425-2 425-3 433-0
Fuser
Fuser
Fuser
433-1
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Toner density life correcALL 0 M 0: Unchanged (Default) tion switching <0-7> 1: Approx. 0.3 wt% higher 2: Approx. 0.6 wt% higher 3: Approx. 0.9 wt% higher 4: Approx. 0.2 wt% lower 5: Approx. 0.4 wt% lower 6: Approx. 0.6 wt% lower 7: Approx. 0.9 wt% lower Pre-running time for first ALL 10 M 0: Invalid 1: 1 sec. printing <0-15> 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. (Thick paper 3) 4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec. 10: 10 sec. 11: 12 sec. 12: 14 sec. 13: 16 sec. 14: 18 sec. 15: 20 sec. Temperature The first ALL 15 M This code is valid only <2-60> when 20 is set to 08drop switching drop 886. time setting in The secALL 15 M Setting value x 1 min.: ready status ond drop <2-60> (Center therfrom 2 to 60 min. later The third ALL 15 M mistor) drop <2-60> The fourth ALL 15 M drop <2-60> Temperature The first ALL 15 M <2-60> drop switching drop time setting in The secALL 15 M ready status ond drop <2-60> (Side therThe third ALL 15 M mistor) drop <2-60> The fourth ALL 15 M drop <2-60> Temperature Center ALL 7 M 0: 130C 1: 135C thermistor <0-12> 2: 140C 3: 145C control lower 4: 150C 5: 155C limit (Plain paper/ 6: 160C 7: 165C 8: 170C 9: 175C at ordinary Side therALL 5 M 10: 180C temperature) mistor <0-12> 11: 185C 12: 120C
Procedure 1
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
2 - 105 04/09
Code 437
438
Fuser
439
Fuser
440
Fuser
441
Fuser
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Fuser roller temperature ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Center thermistor /Thick 6: 170C 7: 175C paper 2) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Fuser roller temperature ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C (Center thermistor/OHP 4: 160C 5: 165C film) 6: 170C 7: 175C 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Pre-running time for first ALL 10 M 0: Invalid 1: 1 sec. printing <0-15> 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. (Thick paper 2) 4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec. 10: 10 sec. 11: 12 sec. 12: 14 sec. 13: 16 sec. 14: 18 sec. 15: 20 sec. Pre-running time for first ALL 0 M 0: Invalid 1: 1 sec. printing <0-15> 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. (Plain paper) 4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec. 10: 10 sec. 11: 12 sec. 12: 14 sec. 13: 16 sec. 14: 18 sec. 15: 20 sec. Pre-running time for first ALL 0 M 0: Invalid 1: 1 sec. printing <0-15> 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. (Thick paper 1) 4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec. 10: 10 sec. 11: 12 sec. 12: 14 sec. 13: 16 sec. 14: 18 sec. 15: 20 sec.
Procedure 1
2 - 106 05/05
Code 448
450
Fuser
451
Fuser
452
Fuser
453
Fuser
455
Image processing
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Fuser roller temperature in ALL 0 M 0: OFF 1: 40C 1 Energy Saving Mode <0-13> 2: 50C 3: 60C (Side thermistor) 4: 70C 5: 80C 6: 90C 7: 100C 8: 110C 9: 120C 10: 130C 11: 140C 12: 150C 13: 160C Fuser roller temperature ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C 1 during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Side thermistor/Plain 6: 170C 7: 175C paper) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Fuser roller temperature ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C 1 during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Side thermistor/Thick 6: 170C 7: 175C paper 1) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Fuser roller temperature ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C 1 during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Side thermistor/Thick 6: 170C 7: 175C paper 2) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Fuser roller temperature ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C 1 during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C (Side thermistor/OHP film) 4: 160C 5: 165C 6: 170C 7: 175C 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Toner supply amount corALL 0 M Corrects the supply 1 rection/Toner motor control <0-5> amount of the fresh toner (driving period of the toner motor) into the developer unit. 0: x1.0 1: x0.75 2: x0.5 3: x0.3 4: x2.0 5: x1.5
2 - 107
Code 462
Classification RADF
463-0 463-1 464-0 464-1 465-0 465-1 466-0 466-1 467-0 467-1 468-0 468-1 471
Paper feeding
Paper feeding
Paper feeding
Paper feeding
Paper feeding
Paper feeding
Paper feeding
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Setting for switchback ALL 0 SYS Sets whether or not 1 <0-1> operation to copy mixeddetecting the original sized original on RADF length by transporting without scanning in reverse when finding A4-R/FOLIO paper. 0: Invalid- Judges as A4-R without transporting in reverse with no scanning. 1: Valid- Judges whether it is A4-R or FOLIO size by transporting in reverse with no scanning. * The original is transported in reverse with no scanning when detecting LTLG size-paper in LT, regardless of this setting. Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4 paper <0-5> number settimes of the feeding ting retry from the upper Others ALL 5 M 4 (upper drawer. <0-5> drawer) Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4 paper <0-5> number settimes of the feeding ting (lower retry from the lower Others ALL 5 M 4 drawer) drawer. <0-5> Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4 paper <0-5> number settimes of the feeding ting retry from the PFP Others ALL 5 M 4 (PFP upper upper drawer. <0-5> drawer) Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4 paper <0-5> number settimes of the feeding ting retry from the PFP Others ALL 5 M 4 lower drawer. (PFP lower <0-5> drawer) Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4 paper <0-5> number settimes of the feeding ting retry from the bypass Others ALL 5 M 4 (bypass feed) tray. <0-5> Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4 paper <0-5> number settimes of the feeding ting retry from the LCF. Others ALL 5 M 4 (LCF) <0-5> Paper size (Postcard) ALL 148/100 M * Postcard is sup10 feeding/widthwise direction <148ported only for JPN 432/100model. 297>
2 - 108
Code 477
478
Laser
479
Laser
480
Paper feeding
481
Paper feeding
482
Paper feeding
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Machine identification ALL Refer to M <Default value> 2 information content Lower drawer refer<0-1> ence: 0 Upper drawer reference: 1 Judged number of polygoALL 0 M Displays the error 1 nal motor rotation error <0-1> [CA10] when the set (Normal rotation) number of rotation error has been detected. 0: 2 times 1: 12 times Judged number of polygoALL 0 M 0: Waiting time for 1 nal motor rotation error <0-1> polygonal motor (At acceleration/decelerarotation overshoottion) ing 0.6 sec. 1: Waiting time for polygonal motor rotation overshooting 2.2 sec. Default setting of paper PPC 0 SYS 0: A4/LT 1: LCF 1 source <0-5> 2: Upper drawer 3: Lower drawer 4: PFP upper drawer 5: PFP lower drawer Automatic change of paper PPC 1 SYS Sets whether or not 1 source <0-2> changing the drawer automatically to the other drawer with the paper of the same size when paper in the selected drawer has run out. 0: OFF 1: ON (Changes to the drawer with the same paper direction and size: ex. A4 to A4) 2: ON (Changes to the drawer with the same paper size. Paper with the different direction is acceptable as long as the size is the same: ex., A4 to A4R, LT-R to LT. 1 is applied when the staple/hole-punch is specified.) Feeding retry setting ALL 0 M 0: ON 1 <0-1> 1: OFF
2 - 109
Code 483
484
Laser
485
Laser
486
Laser
488
Laser
489
Laser
490
Laser
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Pre-running rotation of ALL 0 SYS Sets whether or not 1 polygonal motor <0-2> switching the polygonal motor from the standby rotation to the normal rotation when the original is set on the RADF or the platen cover is opened. 0: Valid (when using RADF and the original is set manually) 1: Invalid 2: Valid (when using RADF only) Polygonal motor rotational ALL 0 SYS Sets whether or not 1 status switching at the Auto <0-1> switching the polygonal Clear Mode motor from the normal rotation to the standby rotation at the Auto Clear Mode. 0: Valid 1: Invalid Rotational status of polygo- ALL JPN: 1 SYS Sets the rotational sta1 nal motor on standby Others: 0 tus of polygonal motor <0-1> on standby. 0: Rotated (The rotational speed is set at 08-490.) 1: Stopped Timing of auto-clearing of ALL 0 SYS Switches the polygonal 1 <0-2> polygonal motor pre-runmotor to the standby ning rotation rotation when a certain period of time has passed from the prerunning. At this code, the period to switch the status to the standby rotation is set. 0: 15 sec.1: 30 sec. 2: 45 sec. * This setting is effective when 0 or 2 is set at 08-483. Setting of polygonal motor ALL 0 M Set the type of polygo1 type <0-3> nal motor. 0: 2-clock type 1: 3-clock type 2: 4-clock type 3: 4-clock type Polygonal motor rotation ALL 5 M 0: 38,090.55 rpm 1 number on standby <0-5> 1: 35,000 rpm 2: 30,000 rpm 3: 25,000 rpm 4: 20,000 rpm 5: 10,000 rpm Polygonal motor rotation in ALL 0 M 0: Stopped 1 the energy saving mode <0-1> 1: 10,000 rpm
2 - 110 04/09
Code 491
Classification Transfer
492
Transfer
493
Transfer
502
Image
503 508
User interface Image
509
Image
515
Fuser
516
Fuser
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Transfer charger bias corALL 149 M Corrects the transfer 1 rection (H) at duplexing <0-255> charger bias output value of the leading edge area of paper at duplexing. Transfer charger bias corALL 139 M Corrects the transfer 1 rection (C) at duplexing <0-255> charger bias output value of the center area of paper at duplexing. Transfer charger bias corALL 128 M Corrects the transfer 1 rection (L) at duplexing <0-255> charger bias output value of the trailing edge area of paper at duplexing. Error diffusion and dither PPC 1 SYS Sets the image repro1 setting at photo mode <0-1> duction method at photo mode. 0: Error diffusion 1: Dither Default setting of density PPC 0 SYS 0: Automatic 1 adjustment <0-1> 1: Manual (Center) Custom Mode setting PPC 0 SYS 0: Not used 1 <0-3> 1: Custom Mode 1 when Text/Photo is set as a base 2: Custom Mode 2 when Text is set as a base 3: Custom Mode 3 when Photo is set as a base Error diffusion and dither PPC 1 SYS Switches the image 1 setting at a photo mode <0-1> processing method (Custom Mode) when Custom Mode 3 is set. 0: Error diffusion 1: Dither Temperature setting of ALL 9 M 0: 140C 1: 145C 1 warming-up <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C (Center thermistor) 4: 160C 5: 165C 6: 170C 7: 175C 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Temperature setting of ALL 9 M 0: 140C 1: 145C 1 warming-up <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C (Side thermistor) 4: 160C 5: 165C 6: 170C 7: 175C 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C
2 - 111
Code 518
520
Fuser
521
Fuser
523
Fuser
525-0 525-1 525-2 525-3
Fuser
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Fuser roller temperature ALL 9 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Side thermistor/Thick 6: 170C 7: 175C paper 3) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Fuser roller temperature ALL 9 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Center thermistor/Enve6: 170C 7: 175C lope) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Fuser roller temperature ALL 9 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C (Side thermistor/Envelope) 4: 160C 5: 165C 6: 170C 7: 175C 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Pre-running time for first ALL 10 M 0: Invalid 1: 1 sec. printing <0-15> 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. (Envelope) 4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec. 10: 10 sec. 11: 12 sec. 12: 14 sec. 13: 16 sec. 14: 18 sec. 15: 20 sec. Temperature The first ALL 20 M This code is valid only <0-200> when 20 is set to 08drop switching drop 535. time setting The secALL 38 M during printing ond drop Setting value x 5 sec.: <0-200> (Center therfrom 0 to 1,000 sec. The third ALL 75 M mistor) later drop <0-200> The fourth drop ALL 75 <0-200> M
Procedure 1
4 4 4 4
2 - 112 05/05
Code 526
527-0 527-1 527-2 527-3 535
Fuser
Fuser
536-0 536-1 536-2 536-3 537-0 537-1 537-2 537-3
Fuser
Fuser
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Pre-running time for first ALL 0 M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. printing (OHP film) <0-15> 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec. 10: 10 sec. 11: 12 sec. 12: 14 sec. 13: 16 sec. 14: 18 sec. 15: 20 sec. Temperature The first ALL 20 M This code is valid only <0-200> when 20 is set to 08drop switching drop 535. time setting The secALL 30 M during printing ond drop Setting value x 5 sec.: <0-200> (Side therfrom 0 to 1,000 sec. The third ALL 48 M mistor) later drop <0-200> The fourth ALL 75 M drop <0-200> Temperature drop control ALL 2 M 0: None setting during printing <0-20> 1: Pattern 1 (Temperature/Time) 2: Pattern 2 3: Pattern 3 4: Pattern 4 5: Pattern 5 6: Pattern 6 7: Pattern 7 8: Pattern 8 9: Pattern 9 10: Pattern 10 11: Pattern 11 12: Pattern 12 13: Pattern 13 14: Pattern 14 15: Pattern 15 16: Pattern 16 17: Pattern 17 18: Pattern 18 19: Pattern 19 20: Manual adjustment Temperature The first ALL 1 M This code is valid only drop <0-10> when 20 is set to 08drop setting 535. during printing The secALL 2 M (Center therSetting value x -5C: ond drop <0-10> mistor) from 0C to -50C The third ALL 3 M drop <0-10> The fourth ALL 3 M drop <0-10> Temperature The first ALL 1 M drop <0-10> drop setting during printing The secALL 2 M (Side therond drop <0-10> mistor) The third ALL 3 M drop <0-10> The fourth ALL 5 M drop <0-10>
Procedure 1
4 4 4 4 1
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
2 - 113 05/05
Code 550 601 602
Classification Image User interface User interface User interface
603
604
User interface
605 607
User interface User interface
610 611
User interface User interface General User interface
612 613
614
Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Default setting of original PPC 0 SYS 0: Text/Photo 1 mode <0-3> 1: Photo 2: Text 3: Custom Mode Setting for the Energy Sav- ALL 0 SYS 0: Auto Shut Off Mode 1 ing Mode <0-1> 1: Sleep Mode Screen setting for Auto ALL EUR: 0 SYS 0: OFF 1: ON 1 power Save Mode and UC: 1 Auto Shut OFF Mode JPN: 1 <0-1> Setting for automatic PPC 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 duplexing mode <0-3> 1: Single-sided to duplex copying 2: Double-sided to duplex copying 3: User selection Default setting for APS/ PPC 0 SYS 0: APS (Automatic 1 AMS <0-2> Paper Selection) 1: AMS (Automatic Magnification Selection) 2: Not selected Centering printing of priPPC 1 SYS 0: Invalid 1: Valid 1 <0-1> mary/secondary direction at AMS Default setting of RADF PPC 0 SYS 0: Continuous feeding 1 mode <0-1> (by pressing the [START] button) 1: Single feeding (by setting original on the tray) Key touch sound of control ALL 1 SYS 0: OFF 1 panel <0-1> 1: ON Book type original priority PPC 0 SYS 0: Left page to right 1 <0-1> page 1: Right page to left page Summer time mode ALL 0 SYS 0: Not summer time 1 <0-1> 1: Summer time Paper size selection for PPC EUR: SYS Press the button on the 9 [OTHER] button LCD to select the size. FOLIO UC: COMP JPN: A5-R Local I/F time-out period PRT 6 SYS Sets the period of time 1 <1-50> when the job is judged as completed in local I/ F printing (USB or parallel). 1: 1.0 sec. 2: 1.5 sec. -50: 25.5 sec. (in increments of 0.5 sec.)
2 - 114 06/01
Code 615
617 618
619
620 621 622 623 624 625
627 628 629 633
634 636
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default ClassifiFunc- <AcceptItems RAM Contents cation tion able value> General Size information of main ALL SYS Displays the sizes of memory and page memory the main memory and page memory. Enables to check if each memory is properly recognized. User Print setting without ALL 0 SYS 0: Printed interface department code <0-1> 1: Not printed User Default setting when mixed PPC 0 SYS 0: Scanned as all in interface size originals are set on <0-1> same size RADF 1: Scanned as each original size Paper Time lag before Auto Job ALL 4 SYS Sets the time taken to feeding Start of bypass feeding <0-10> add paper feeding when paper in the bypass tray has run out during the bypass feed copying. 0: No delay 1-10: Setting value x 0.5 sec. User Department management PPC 1 SYS 0: Invalid interface setting (Copier) <0-1> 1: Valid User Department management FAX 1 SYS 0: Invalid interface setting (FAX) <0-1> 1: Valid User Department management PRT 1 SYS 0: Invalid interface setting (Printer) <0-1> 1: Valid User Department management SCN 1 SYS 0: Invalid interface setting (Scanner) <0-1> 1: Valid User Department management PRT 1 SYS 0: Invalid interface setting (List print) <0-1> 1: Valid User Blank copying prevention PPC 0 SYS 0: OFF interface mode during RADF jam<0-1> 1: ON (Start printing ming when the scanning of each page is finished) User Rotation printing at the ALL 0 SYS 0: Not rotating interface non-sorting <0-1> 1: Rotating User Direction priority of original PPC 0 SYS 0: Automatic interface image <0-1> 1: Portrait User Department management ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid interface setting <0-1> 1: Valid Data Releasing F200 service ALL 0 SYS 0: Not used <0-2> 1: Board installed overwrite call (GP-1050) kit 2: Service call User Inner receiving tray priority ALL 0 SYS 0: Normal interface at Non-sort Mode <0-1> 1: Inner receiving tray User Width setting for image PPC 0 SYS 0: ON interface shift copying (linkage of <0-1> 1: OFF front side and back side)
Procedure 2
2
1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 1
2 - 115 09/01
Code 638
640
User interface User interface User interface User interface
641 642
645
646
User interface
647
User interface
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Time differences ALL EUR: 24 SYS 0: +12.0h 1: +11.5h UC: 40 2: +11.0h 3: +10.5h JPN: 6 4: +10.0h 5: +9.5h <0-47> 6: +9.0h 7: +8.5h 8: +8.0h 9: +7.5h 10: +7.0h 11: +6.5h 12: +6.0h 13: +5.5h 14: +5.0h 15: +4.5h 16: +4.0h 17: +3.5h 18: +3.0h 19: +2.5h 20: +2.0h 21: +1.5h 22: +1.0h 23: +0.5h 24: 0.0h 25: -0.5h 26: -1.0h 27: -1.5h 28: -2.0h 29: -2.5h 30: -3.0h 31: -3.5h 32: -4.0h 33: -4.5h 34: -5.0h 35: -5.5h 36: -6.0h 37: -6.5h 38: -7.0h 39: -7.5h 40: -8.0h 41: -8.5h 42: -9.0h 43: -9.5h 44: -10.0h 45: -10.5h 46: -11.0h 47: -11.5h Date display format ALL EUR: 1 SYS 0: YYYY.MM.DD. UC: 2 1: DD.MM.YYYY JPN: 0 2: MM.DD.YYYY <0-2> Automatic Sorting Mode PPC 2 SYS 0: Invalid 1: STAPLE setting (RADF) <0-4> 2: SORT 3: GROUP 4: ROTATE SORT Default setting of Sorter PPC 0 SYS 0: NON-SORT Mode <0-4> 1: STAPLE 2: SORT 3: GROUP 4: ROTATE SORT Correction of reproduction PPC 10 SYS Sets the reproduction ratio in editing copy <0-10> ratio for the X in 1 printing (including magazine sort) to the Reproduction ratio x Correction ratio. 0: 90% 1: 91% 2: 92% 3: 93% 4: 94% 5: 95% 6: 96% 7: 97% 8: 98% 9: 99% 10: 100% Image position in editing PPC 0 SYS Sets the page pasted <0-1> position for X in 1 to the upper left corner/ center. 0: Cornering 1: Centering Rotation of paper direction ALL 1 SYS 0: Rotation OFF for BOX printing <0-1> 1: Rotation ON
Procedure 1
1 1
2 - 116 05/11
Code 648
649
User interface User interface User interface
650 651
652 653 657 658
659
User interface
660 661
Network Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Returning finisher tray ALL 0 SYS Sets whether or not 1 when printing is finished <0-1> returning the finisher tray to the bin 1 when printing is finished. 0: Not returned 1: Returned Magazine sort setting PPC 0 SYS 0: Left page to right 1 <0-1> page 1: Right page to left page 2 in 1/4 in 1 page allocating PPC 0 SYS 0: Horizontal 1 order setting <0-1> 1: Vertical Printing format setting for PPC 2 SYS Hyphen 1 Time stamp and Page <0-3> (with page number) Number /Dropout (with date, time and page number) 0: OFF/OFF 1: ON/OFF 2: OFF/ON 3: ON/ON Note: Note: Hyphen printing format ON: -1- OFF: 1 Cascade operation setting PPC 0 SYS 0: OFF 1: ON 1 <0-1> Cascade operation setting PRT 0 SYS 0: OFF 1: ON 1 <0-1> Direction priority for date PPC 0 SYS 0: Short edge 1 and time stamp printing <0-1> 1: Long edge Auto Job Start setting for PRT 0 SYS Sets whether or not 1 bypass feed printing <0-1> feeding a paper automatically into the equipment when it is placed on the bypass tray. 0: OFF (Press the [START] button to start feeding.) 1: ON (Automatic feeding) Auto Job start setting for PPC 1 SYS Sets whether or not 1 bypass feed printing <0-1> feeding a paper automatically into the equipment when it is placed on the bypass tray. 0: OFF (Press the [START] button to start feeding.) 1: ON (Automatic feeding) Auto-forwarding setting of ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 received FAX <0-1> 1: Valid Auto-forwarding setting of ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 received E-mail <0-1> 1: Valid
2 - 117 04/09
Code 662
666 667 670 671 672
General General General User interface General
673
General
678
General
679
General
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Clearing of SMS partition ALL SYS Clears SMS partition. 3 (Performs when the service call [F106] has occurred.) /SHR partition clearing ALL SYS Initializes the Elec3 tronic Filing. /SHA partition clearing ALL SYS Initializes the shared 3 folder. HDD diagnostic menu disALL SYS Display the HDD infor2 play mation Size indicator ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 <0-1> 1: Valid Initialization of department SYS Initializing of the depart3 management information ment management information * Key in the code and press the [INITIALIZE] button to perform the initialization. If the area storing the department management information is destroyed for some reason, Enter Department Code is displayed on the control panel even if the department management function is not set on. In this case, initialize the area with this code. This area is normally initialized at the factory. Trial period setting PRT/ 254 SYS Sets the trial period 1 SCN <1-60> from 1 to 60 days. This setting is effective only when the default value is 254. Once the default value is set, this value is only used for a reference. Setting of banner advertisALL 0 SYS Sets whether or not dis1 ing display <0-1> playing the banner advertising. The setting contents of 08-679 and 08-680 are displayed at the time display section on the right top of the screen. When both are set, each content is displayed alternately. 0: Not displayed 1: Displayed Banner advertising display ALL SYS Maximum 27 letters 11 1 (one-byte character)
2 - 118
Code 680 681
Classification General General
682 683
User interface General
684 685 686 689
General General General FAX
690 691 692
General General Maintenance
693 694
General General
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Banner advertising display ALL SYS Maximum 27 letters 11 2 (one-byte character) Display of [BANNER MESALL 0 SYS 0: Not displayed 1 SAGE] button <0-1> 1: Displayed * This button enables the entry of Banner advertising display 1 (08-679) and Banner advertising display 2 (08-680) on the control panel. Offsetting between jobs ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 <0-1> 1: Valid Duplex printing setting ALL 1 SYS When the duplex print1 <0-1> when coin controller is ing is short paid with a used coin controller, reverse side of the original is not printed and is considered as a defect (printing job may be cleared). To solve this problem, the selection of printing method is enabled with this setting. 0: Invalid (Both sides printed) 1: Valid (Only one side printed) Rebuilding all databases ALL SYS Rebuilds all databases. 3 Rebuilding all databases ALL SYS Rebuilds all databases 3 related to address book related to the Address Book. Rebuilding all databases ALL SYS Rebuilds all databases 3 related to log related to the log. Adaptation of paper source FAX 0 SYS 0: Not subjected for 1 priority selection <0-1> APS judgment 1: Subjected for APS judgment HDD formatting ALL SYS 2: Normal formatting 7 <2> HDD type display ALL SYS 0: Not formatted 7 <0-2> 1: Not used 2: Normal format Performing panel calibraALL SYS Performs the calibration 1 tion of the pressing position on the touch panel (LCD screen). The calibration is performed by pressing 2 reference positions after this code is started up. Initialization of NIC inforALL SYS Returns the value to the 3 mation factory shipping default value. Performing HDD testing ALL SYS Checks the bad sector. 3
2 - 119
Code 695
696 697
Scrambler board Paper feeding Scrambler board
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Notifying condition of trial PRT/ 3 SYS Sets when the end of period end SCN <0-59> trial period is notified. 0: On the day it ends 1 to 59: n days before Installation of scrambler ALL 0 0: Not installed board (Option) <0-1> 1: Installed Paper type priority PPC 1 <1-2> SYS Sets the paper type priority during copying. 1: Plain paper 2: Thick paper 1 Start up this code and have the user enter the key code. Once the key code has been set, this code cannot be set again on security grounds. This setting is effective only when the scrambler board is installed. 0: Japan 1: Asia 2: Australia 3: Hong Kong 4: U.S.A./Canada 5: Germany 6: U.K. 7: Italy 8: Belgium 9: Netherlands 10: Finland 11: Spain 12: Austria 13: Switzerland 14: Sweden 15: Denmark 16: Norway 17: Portugal 18: France 19: Greece 20: Poland 21: Hungary 22: Czech 23: Turkey 24: South Africa 25: Taiwan 0: Valid (Remote-controlled server) 1: Valid (L2) 2: Invalid Maximum 256 Bytes
Procedure 1
2 1
698
Entering the key code for scrambler board
ALL
699 701
Scrambler board FAX
Erasing all data in HDD Destination setting for FAX
ALL FAX
EUR: 5 UC: 4 JPN: 0 Other: 1 <0-25>
SYS
3 1
702
Maintenance Maintenance
Remote-controlled service function Remote-controlled service HTTP server URL setting
ALL
2 <0-2> -
SYS
703
ALL
SYS
11
2 - 120 04/09
Code 707
710
711 715 716 717 718
719 720
721
723 726 727
728 729 730 731
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default ClassifiFunc- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents cation tion dure able value> Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL https:// SYS Maximum 256 Bytes 11 nance HTTP initially-registered device. server mfpURL setting support. com:443/ device/ firstregist. ashx Mainte- Short time interval setting ALL 24 SYS Sets the time interval to 1 nance <1-48> of recovery from Emerrecover from the Emer(Remote) gency Mode gency Mode to the Normal Mode. (Unit: Hour) Mainte- Short time interval setting ALL 60 SYS Unit: Minute 1 nance of Emergency Mode <30-360> (Remote) Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 1230 SYS 0 (0:00) to 2359 (23:59) 1 nance periodical polling timing (Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute) Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Prohibited 1 nance <0-1> 1: Accepted Writing data of self-diagnostic code Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 3 SYS Unit: Minute 1 nance response waiting time <1-30> (Timeout) Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: OFF 1 nance initial registration <0-2> 1: Start 2: Only certification is scanned Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL SYS Maximum 10 letters 11 nance tentative password Mainte- Status of remote-conALL 0 SYS 0: Not registered 2 nance <0-1> 1: Registered trolled service initial registration (Display only) Mainte- Service center call function ALL 2 SYS 0: OFF 1 nance <0-2> 1: Notifies all service calls 2: Notifies all but paper jams Mainte- Service center call ALL SYS Maximum 256 letters 11 nance HTTP server URL setting Mainte- HTTP proxy setting ALL 1 SYS 0: Valid 1 nance <0-1> 1: Invalid Mainte- HTTP proxy IP address ALL SYS 000.000.000.00011 nance setting 255.255.255.255 (Default value 000.000.000.000) Mainte- HTTP proxy port number ALL 0 SYS 1 nance setting <065535> Mainte- HTTP proxy ID setting ALL SYS Maximum 30 letters 11 nance Mainte- HTTP proxy password setALL SYS Maximum 30 letters 11 nance ting Mainte- HTTP proxy panel display ALL 1 SYS 0: Valid 1 nance <0-1> 1: Invalid
2 - 121 04/09
Code 732
Classification Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote)
733 734 738 739 740 741 742 743 744
745
746 747 748 758 759 760
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Automatic ordering funcALL 3 SYS 0: Ordered by FAX tion of supplies <0-3> 1: Ordered by E-mail 2: Ordered by HTTP 3: OFF Automatic ordering funcALL SYS Maximum 32 digits tion of supplies Enter hyphen with the FAX number [Monitor/Pause] button Automatic ordering funcALL SYS Maximum 192 letters tion of supplies List: 256 digits E-mail address Automatic ordering funcALL SYS Maximum 50 letters tion of supplies User's name Automatic ordering funcALL SYS Maximum 32 digits tion of supplies Enter hyphen with the User's telephone number [Monitor/Pause] button Automatic ordering funcALL SYS Maximum 192 letters tion of supplies List: 256 digits User's E-mail address Automatic ordering funcALL SYS Maximum 100 letters tion of supplies User's address Automatic ordering funcALL 0 SYS Maximum 5 digits tion of supplies <5 digits> Service number Automatic ordering funcALL SYS Maximum 50 letters tion of supplies Service technician's name Automatic ordering funcALL SYS Maximum 32 digits tion of supplies Enter hyphen with the [Monitor/Pause] button Service technician's telephone number Automatic ordering funcALL SYS Maximum 192 letters tion of supplies List: 256 digits Service technician's E-mail address Automatic ordering funcALL SYS Maximum 50 letters tion of supplies Supplier's name Automatic ordering funcALL SYS Maximum 100 letters tion of supplies Supplier's address Automatic ordering funcALL SYS Maximum 128 letters tion of supplies Notes Information about supplies ALL SYS Maximum 20 digits Part number of toner cartridge Information about supplies ALL 1 SYS <1-99> Order quantity of toner cartridge Information about supplies ALL 1 SYS <1-99> Condition number of toner cartridge
Procedure 1
11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
11
11 11 11 11 1 1
2 - 122 07/11
Code 765
767
768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default ClassifiFunc- <AcceptItems RAM Contents cation tion able value> Mainte- Automatic ordering supALL 2 SYS 0: Valid (FAX/Internet nance plies <0-2> FAX) (Remote) Display 1: Valid (FAX/Internet FAX/HTTP) 2: Invalid Mainte- Service Notification setting ALL 0 SYS Enables to set up to 3 nance <0-2> E-mail addresses to be (Remote) sent.(08-768, 777, 778) 0: Invalid 1: Valid (E-mail) 2: Valid (FAX) Mainte- Destination E-mail address ALL SYS Maximum 192 letters nance (Remote) Mainte- Total counter information ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid nance transmission setting <0-1> 1: Valid (Remote) Mainte- Total counter transmission ALL 1 SYS 1 to 31 nance date setting <1-31> (Remote) Mainte- PM counter notification set- ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid nance ting <0-1> 1: Valid (Remote) Mainte- Dealer's name ALL SYS Maximum 100 letters nance Needed at initial registration Mainte- Login name ALL SYS Maximum 20 letters nance Needed at initial registration Mainte- Display setting of [Service ALL 0 SYS 0: Not displayed nance Notification] button <0-1> 1: displayed (Remote) Mainte- Sending error contents of ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid nance equipment <0-1> 1: Valid (Remote) Mainte- Setting total counter transALL SYS nance mission interval (Remote) (Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute) Mainte- Destination E-mail address ALL SYS Maximum 192 letters nance 2 (Remote) Mainte- Destination E-mail address ALL SYS Maximum 192 letters nance 3 (Remote) Mainte- Notification format selecALL 0 SYS 0: Text nance tion <0-1> 1: Text + XML data (Remote) Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: OFF nance polling day selection <0-31> 1 to 31: 1st to 31st of a Day-1 month Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: OFF nance polling day selection <0-31> 1 to 31: 1st to 31st of a Day-2 month Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: OFF nance polling day selection <0-31> 1 to 31: 1st to 31st of a Day-3 month
Procedure 1
2
1
11 1 1 1 11 11 1 1 1 11 11 1 1 1 1
2 - 123 04/09
Code 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 794 796 797 798
Classification Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance General
799
General
800-0
Fuser
800-1
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: OFF 1 polling day selection <0-31> 1 to 31: 1st to 31st of a Day-4 month Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 polling day selection <0-1> 1: Valid Sunday Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 polling day selection <0-1> 1: Valid Monday Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 polling day selection <0-1> 1: Valid Tuesday Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 polling day selection <0-1> 1: Valid Wednesday Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 polling day selection <0-1> 1: Valid Thursday Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 polling day selection <0-1> 1: Valid Friday Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 polling day selection <0-1> 1: Valid Saturday Information of supplies set- ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 ting of toner cartridge <0-1> 1: Valid Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 lengthened interval polling <0-1> 1: Valid (End of month) Firmware download ALL 0 SYS 0: Accepted 1 <0-1> 1: Prohibited Notifying address of trial PRT/ 3 SYS Sets where the end of 1 period end SCN <0-3> the trial period is to be notified. 0: OFF 1: User 2: Service center 3: User and service center Forcible end of trial period PRT/ SYS [CANCEL]: Cancel 3 SCN [EXECUTION]: Forcible end When the Forcible end of trial period is performed, 0 is set in the code (08-673) to end up the trial period forcibly. Temperature Center ALL 8 M 0: 130C 1: 135C 4 thermistor <0-12> 2: 140C 3: 145C control lower 4: 150C 5: 155C limit 6: 160C 7: 165C (OHP film) 8: 170C 9: 175C Side ALL 6 M 4 10: 180C themistor <0-12> 11: 185C 12: 120C
2 - 124 05/05
Code 801-0
801-1
802-0
Fuser
802-1
803-0
Fuser
803-1
804-0
Fuser
804-1
805 806
Charger Charger
807 808 809 826 830
Charger Charger Charger Charger Transfer
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Temperature Center ALL 8 M 0: 130C 1: 135C thermistor <0-12> 2: 140C 3: 145C control lower 4: 150C 5: 155C limit (Thick paper 6: 160C 7: 165C 8: 170C 9: 175C 1) Side ALL 6 M 10: 180C thermistor <0-12> 11: 185C 12: 120C Temperature Center ALL 8 M 0: 130C 1: 135C thermistor <0-12> 2: 140C 3: 145C control lower 4: 150C 5: 155C limit (Thick paper 6: 160C 7: 165C 2) 8: 170C 9: 175C Side ALL 9 M 10: 180C thermistor <0-12> 11: 185C 12: 120C Temperature Center ALL 8 M 0: 130C 1: 135C thermistor <0-12> 2: 140C 3: 145C control lower 4: 150C 5: 155C limit 6: 160C 7: 165C (Thick paper 8: 170C 9: 175C 3) Side ALL 10 M 10: 180C thermistor <0-12> 11: 185C 12: 120C Temperature Center ALL 8 M 0: 130C 1: 135C thermistor <0-12> 2: 140C 3: 145C control lower 4: 150C 5: 155C limit 6: 160C 7: 165C (Envelope) 8: 170C 9: 175C Side ALL 10 M 10: 180C thermistor <0-12> 11: 185C 12: 120C Main charger bias correcPRT 98 M Corrects the value of tion <0-255> the main charger bias (Text/Photo/OHP film) adjustment (05-210). Main charger bias correcPRT 98 M tion <0-255> (Toner Saving Mode/OHP film) Main charger bias correcPPC 98 M tion <0-255> (Text/Photo/OHP film) Main charger bias correcPPC 98 M tion <0-255> (Text/OHP film) Main charger bias correcPPC 98 M tion <0-255> (Photo/OHP film) Main charger bias correcPRT 128 M tion <0-255> (Toner saving mode) Transfer transformer DC ALL 128 M Corrects the value of correction (C) <0-255> the transfer transformer DC output adjustment (05-221).
Procedure 4
1 1
1 1 1 1 1
2 - 125 05/05
Code 831
Classification Separation Developer Developer Developer Developer Developer Image processing Image processing
833 834
835 836 837 838 839
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Separation transformer DC ALL 128 M Corrects the value of correction (C) <0-255> the separation transformer DC output adjustment (05-234). Developer bias DC correcPRT 108 M Corrects the value of tion <0-255> the developer bias (Text/Photo/OHP film) adjustment (05-205). Developer bias DC correcPRT 108 M tion <0-255> (Toner Saving Mode/OHP film) Developer bias DC correc- PPC 108 M tion <0-255> (Text/Photo/OHP film) Developer bias DC correc- PPC 108 M tion <0-255> (Text/OHP film) Developer bias DC correc- PPC 108 M tion <0-255> (Photo/OHP film) Switching of recycled toner ALL 0 M 0: Switched saving control <0-1> 1: Not switched Correction by temperature/ humidity ALL 0 <0-3> M Sets the correction by temperature/humidity. 0: All valid 1: All invalid 2: Valid only in autotoner sensor 3: All valid except transfer and separation 0: Other than SAD 1: SAD Corrects the value of the developer bias adjustment (05-205). Corrects the value of the developer bias adjustment (05-205). Corrects the value of the developer bias adjustment (05-205). Corrects the value of the developer bias adjustment (05-205). Corrects the value of the developer bias adjustment (05-205). Corrects the value of the main charger bias adjustment (05-210).
Procedure 1
1 1
1 1 1 1 1
849 859 860 861 862 863 864
General Developer Developer Developer Developer Developer Charger
Power source setting for destination Developer bias DC correction (Toner saving mode) Developer bias DC correction (Normal) Developer bias DC correction (Text/Photo) Developer bias DC correction (Text) Developer bias DC correction (Photo) Main charger bias correction (Normal)
ALL PRT PRT PPC PPC PPC PRT
SAD: 1 Others: 0 <0-1> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255> 128 <0-255>
M M M M M M M
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 - 126 05/05
Code 865
Classification Charger
866
Charger
867
Charger
868
Transfer
869
Transfer
870
Separation Separation Laser Laser Laser Laser Laser
871
872 873 875 876 877
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Main charger bias correcPPC 128 M Corrects the value of tion (Text/Photo) <0-255> the main charger bias adjustment (05-210). Main charger bias correcPPC 128 M Corrects the value of tion (Text) <0-255> the main charger bias adjustment (05-210). Main charger bias correcPPC 128 M Corrects the value of tion (Photo) <0-255> the main charger bias adjustment (05-210). Transfer transformer DC ALL 128 M Corrects the value of correction (H) <0-255> the transfer transformer DC output adjustment (05-220). Transfer transformer DC ALL 128 M Corrects the value of correction (L) <0-255> the transfer transformer DC output adjustment (05-222). Separation transformer DC ALL 128 M Corrects the value of correction (H) <0-255> the separation transformer DC output adjustment (05-233). Separation transformer DC ALL 128 M Corrects the value of correction (L) <0-255> the separation transformer DC output adjustment (05-235). Laser power correction PRT 128 M Corrects the value of (Normal) <0-255> the laser power adjustment (05-286). Laser power correction PPC 128 M Corrects the value of (Text/Photo) <0-255> the laser power adjustment (05-286). Laser power correction PRT 128 M Corrects the value of (Toner saving mode) <0-255> the laser power adjustment (05-286). Laser power correction PPC 128 M Corrects the value of (Text) <0-255> the laser power adjustment (05-286). Laser power correction PPC 128 M Corrects the value of (Photo) <0-255> the laser power adjustment (05-286).
Procedure 1
1 1 1 1 1
2 - 127 05/05
Code 886
896-0
Fuser
896-1
900
Version
903 905 907 908 915 916 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928
Version Version Version Version Version Version Version Version Version Version Version Version Version Version Version
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Temperature drop control ALL 2 M 0: None setting in ready status <0-20> 1: Pattern 1 (Temperature/Time) 2: Pattern 2 3: Pattern 3 4: Pattern 4 5: Pattern 5 6: Pattern 6 7: Pattern 7 8: Pattern 8 9: Pattern 9 10: Pattern 10 11: Pattern 11 12: Pattern 12 13: Pattern 13 14: Pattern 14 15: Pattern 15 16: Pattern 16 17: Pattern 17 18: Pattern 18 19: Pattern 19 20: Manual adjustment Temperature Center ALL 7 M 0: 130C 1: 135C thermistor <0-12> 2: 140C 3: 145C control lower 4: 150C 5: 155C limit 6: 160C 7: 165C (Plain paper/ 8: 170C 9: 175C Low tempera- Side ALL 5 M ture) 10: 180C thermistor <0-12> 11: 185C 12: 120C System firmware ROM ver- ALL JPN: T371SY0JXXX sion UC: T371SY0UXXX EUR: T371SY0EXXX Others: T371SY0XXXX Engine ROM version ALL 371M-XXX Scanner ROM version ALL 371S-XXX RADF ROM version ALL DF-XXXX Finisher ROM version ALL SDL-XX FIN-XX Fax board ROM version FAX F562-XXX NIC board ROM version ALL X.XXX FROM basic section softALL VX.XX/X.XX ware version FROM internal program ALL VXXX.XXX X UI data fixed section verALL VXXX.XXX X sion UI data common section ALL VXXX.XXX X version Version of UI data lanALL VXXX.XXX X guage 1 in HDD Version of UI data lanALL VXXX.XXX X guage 2 in HDD Version of UI data lanALL VXXX.XXX X guage 3 in HDD Version of UI data lanALL VXXX.XXX X guage 4 in HDD Version of UI data lanALL VXXX.XXX X guage 5 in HDD
Procedure 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 - 128 05/05
Code 929 930 931 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 944
945 947
948
949
950
953 954
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default ClassifiFunc- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents cation tion dure able value> Version Version of UI data lanALL VXXX.XXX X 2 guage 6 in HDD Version Version of UI data in ALL VXXX.XXX X 2 FROM displayed at powerON Version Version of UI data lanALL VXXX.XXX X 2 guage 7 in HDD Version Web data whole version ALL VXXX.XXX X 2 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL VXXX.XXX X 2 Version: Language 1 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL VXXX.XXX X 2 Version: Language 2 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL VXXX.XXX X 2 Version: Language 3 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL VXXX.XXX X 2 Version: Language 4 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL VXXX.XXX X 2 Version: Language 5 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL VXXX.XXX X 2 Version: Language 6 Version HD version ALL JPN: T371HD0JXXX 2 UC: T371HD0UXXX EUR: T371HD0EXXX Others: T371HD0XXXX Network Two-way setting of ALL 1 UTY 1: Valid 12 RawPort 9100 <1-2> 2: Invalid General Initialization after software ALL Perform this code when 3 version upgrade the software in this equipment has been upgraded. General Mode setting by pressing ALL 0 SYS Sets the mode to enter 1 <0-1> when the [Energy [Energy Saver] button for a while Saver] button is pressed for a while. 0: Sleep Mode 1: Auto Shut Off Mode General Automatic interruption ALL 0 SYS Sets the number of 1 page setting during printing <0-100> pages to interrupt the printing automatically. 0-100: 0 to 100 pages ElecStart-up method of ElecALL 0 SYS Sets the start-up 1 <0-2> tronic Fil- tronic Filing method of the Elecing tronic Filing. 0: Standard 1: Forced start-up (Not recovered) 2: Forced start-up (Recovered) User Access code entry for ALL 0 SYS 0: Renewed automati1 interface Electronic Filing printing <0-1> cally 1: Enter every time User Clearing timing for files and ALL 1 SYS 0: Immediately after 1 interface Electronic Filing Agent <0-1> the completion of scanning 1: Cleared by Auto Clear
2 - 129 05/05
Code 969 970 973
975
976
977 978
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default ClassifiFunc- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents cation tion dure able value> User Error sound ALL 1 SYS 0: OFF 1 interface <0-1> 1: ON User Sound setting when ALL 1 SYS 0: OFF 1 interface switching to Energy Saving <0-1> 1: ON Mode Network PCL line feed code setting PRT 0 SYS Sets the PCL line feed 1 <0-3> code. 0: Automatic setting 1: CR=CR, LF=LF 2: CR=CR+LF, LF=LF 3: CR=CR, LF=CR+LF General Job handling when printALL 1 SYS Sets whether pause or 1 <0-1> ing is short paid with coin stop the printing job controller when it is short paid using a coin controller. 0: Pause the job 1: Stop the job ElecEquipment name setting to ALL 0 SYS Sets whether or not 1 <0-1> tronic Fil- a folder when saving files adding the equipment ing name to the folder when saving files. 0: Not add 1: Add Network Switching of extended ALL 0 SYS 0: ISO8859-1 1 <0-1> 1: ISO8859-2 ASCII code in catFs filesystem Network Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS 0: AUTO 1 (Paper feeding drawer) <0-5> 1: Upper drawer 2: Lower drawer 3: PFP upper drawer 4: PFP lower drawer 5: LCF
2 - 130 05/05
Code 979
980
981
985
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default ClassifiFunc- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents cation tion dure able value> Network Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS 0: Roman-8 1 (PCL symbol set) <0-39> 1: ISO 8859/1 Latin 1 2: ISO 8859/2 Latin 2 3: ISO 8859/9 Latin 5 4: PC-8,Code Page 437 5: PC-8 D/N, Danish/ Norwegian 6: PC-850,Multilingual 7: PC-852, Latin2 8: PC-8 Turkish 9: Windows 3.1 Latin 1 10: Windows 3.1 Latin 2 11: Windows 3.1 Latin 5 12: DeskTop 13: PS Text 14: Ventura International 15: Ventura US 16: Microsoft Publishing 17: Math-8 18: PS Math 19: Ventura Math 20: Pi Font 21: Legal 22: ISO 4: United Kingdom 23: ISO 6: ASCII 24: ISO 11 25: ISO 15: Italian 26: ISO 17 27: ISO 21: German 28: ISO 60: Danish/Norwegian 29: ISO 69: French 30: Windows 3.0 Latin 1 31: MC Text 32: PC Cyrillic 33: ITC Zapf Dingbats 34: ISO 8859/10 Latin 6 35: PC-775 36: PC-1004 37: Symbol 38: Windows Baltic 39: Wingdings ElecElectronic Filing data ALL 0 SYS 0: Retention OFF 1 <0-999> 1 to 999: 1 to 999 days tronic Fil- retention period when NIC board is not installed ing (Public Box) ElecElectronic Filing data ALL 0 SYS 0: Retention OFF 1 <0-999> 1 to 999: 1 to 999 days tronic Fil- retention period when NIC board is not installed ing (User Box) ElecPrint mode setting of mixed ALL 0 SYS 0: Image quality prior1 <0-1> ity mode tronic Fil- input source of Electronic Filing ing 1: Function priority mode
2 - 131
Code 986
988 995
Paper feeding Version
999 1001 1002
Maintenance Maintenance Network
1003 1004
Network Network
1005 1006
Network Network
1007 1008
Network Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Copy function setting PPC 0 SYS Sets the copy function 1 <0-1> to be invalid. 0: Valid 1: Invalid Setting of paper size ALL 0 SYS 0: Not switched 1 switching to 13 LG <0-2> 1: LG 13LG 2: FOLIO 13LG Equipment number (serial ALL 0 SYS This code can be also 11 number) display <10 digkeyed in from the its> adjustment mode (05976). 10 digits FSMS total counter ALL 0 SYS Refers to values of total 1 <8 digits> counter Reset of NIC board ALL 3 NIC 1: Cold 2: Warm 12 <1-3> 3: Not reset Selection of NIC board sta- ALL 1 NIC 1: Not printed out 12 tus information <1-2> when the equipment is restarted 2: Printed out when the equipment is restarted Speed setting of Ethernet ALL 3 NIC 1: 10 MBPS 12 <1-3> 2: 100 MBPS 3: Automatic NIC Web password ALL NIC Writing only (Current 12 setting is not displayed.) Maximum 31 letters Availability of IP ALL 1 NIC 1: Available 12 <1-2> 2: Not available Address Mode ALL 2 NIC 1: Fixed IP address 12 <1-5> 2: Dynamic IP address 3: Dynamic IP address without AutoIP 4: Dynamic IP address without BOOTP 5: Dynamic IP address without DHCP Domain name ALL NIC Maximum 96 letters 12 IP address ALL NIC 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value 000.000.000.000) 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value 000.000.000.000) 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value 000.000.000.000) 1: Available 2: Not available 12
1009
Network
Subnet mask
ALL
NIC
12
1010
Network
Gateway
ALL
NIC
12
1011
Network
Availability of IPX
ALL
1 <1-2>
NIC
12
2 - 132 05/05
Code 1012
1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018
Network Network Network Network Network Network
1019
Network
1020
Network
1021 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034
Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Network frame type ALL 1 NIC 1: Automatic <1-5> 2: IEEE802.3 3: Ethernet II 4: IEEE802.3SNAP 5: IEEE802.2 Availability of NCP Burst ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Availability of AppleTalk ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Zone setting of AppleTalk ALL * NIC Maximum 32 letters *: Wildcard character Availability of LDAP ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Availability of DNS ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available IP address to DNS server ALL NIC 000.000.000.000(Primary) 255.255.255.255 (Default value 000.000.000.000) IP address to DNS server ALL NIC 000.000.000.000(Secondary) 255.255.255.255 (Default value 000.000.000.000) DDNS Desired level ALL 1 NIC 1: Invalid <1-5> 2: Via DHCP 3: Insecure DDNS 4: Secure DDNS 5: Multi-secure DDNS Availability of SLP ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available NetBios name ALL UTY Maximum 15 letters Name of WINS server or IP ALL UTY Maximum 128 letters address (Primary) Name of WINS server or IP ALL UTY Maximum 128 letters address (Secondary) Availability of Bindery ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Availability of NDS ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Directory service context ALL NIC Maximum 127 letters Directory service tree ALL NIC Maximum 47 letters Availability of HTTP server ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Port number to NIC HTTP ALL 80 NIC server <165535> Port number to system ALL 8080 SYS HTTP server <165535> Availability of NIC HTTP ALL 2 NIC 1: Available client <1-2> 2: Not available TCP port number to ConALL 80 UTY troller HTTP client <165535>
Procedure 12
2
12 12 12 12 12 12
12
12
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 1 12 12
2 - 133 05/05
Code 1035
1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059
Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> IP address to HTTP server ALL NIC 000.000.000.000(Primary) 255.255.255.255 (Default value 000.000.000.000) Availability of SMTP client ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available FQDN or IP address to ALL NIC Maximum 128 Bytes SMTP server TCP port number of SMTP ALL 25 NIC client <165535> Availability of SMTP server ALL 1 UTY 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available TCP port number of SMTP ALL 25 UTY server <165535> E-mail box name to SMTP ALL UTY Maximum 192 letters server Availability of Offramp ALL 2 UTY 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Offramp security ALL 1 UTY 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Printing at Offramp ALL 1 UTY 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Availability of POP3 clients ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available FQDN or IP address to ALL NIC Maximum 128 Bytes POP3 server Types of POP3 server ALL 1 NIC 1: Automatic <1-3> 2: POP3 3: APOP Login name to POP3 ALL NIC Maximum 96 letters server Login password to POP3 ALL NIC Maximum 96 letters E-mail reception interval ALL 5 NIC (Unit: Minute) <0-4096> TCP port number of POP3 ALL 110 NIC client <165535> Availability of FTP client ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available FQDN or IP address to ALL NIC Maximum 128 letters FTP server TCP port number of FTP ALL 21 UTY client <165535> Data port number of FTP ALL 0 UTY client <065535> Login name to FTP server ALL SYS Maximum 31 letters Login password to FTP ALL SYS Maximum 31 letters server Availability of FTP server ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available
Procedure 12
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 11 11 12
2 - 134 05/05
Code 1060 1061 1062 1063 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069
Classification Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network
1070 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090
Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> TCP port number of FTP ALL 21 UTY server <165535> Login name to FTP client ALL SYS Maximum 31 letters Login password to FTP cliALL SYS Maximum 31 letters ent MIB function ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid <1-2> 2: Invalid Setting of read Community ALL public NIC Maximum 31 letters Setting of read/Write ComALL private NIC Maximum 31 letters munity Authentication TRAP funcALL 1 NIC 1: Valid tion <1-2> 2: Invalid ALERTS TRAP function ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid <1-2> 2: Invalid TRAP destination IP ALL UTY 000.000.000.000address 255.255.255.255 (Default value 000.000.000.000) Community setting of ALL public NIC Maximum 31 letters TRAP (via IP) Availability of Raw/TCP ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid <1-2> 2: Invalid TCP port number of Raw ALL 9100 NIC <165535> Availability of LPD client ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid <1-2> 2: Invalid TCP port number of LPD ALL 515 NIC <165535> LPD queue name ALL NIC Maximum 31 letters Availability of IPP ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid <1-2> 2: Invalid Availability of IPP port ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid number 80 <1-2> 2: Invalid TCP port number of IPP ALL 631 NIC <165535> IPP printer name ALL NIC Maximum 127 letters IPP printer location ALL NIC Maximum 127 letters IPP printer information ALL NIC Maximum 127 letters IPP printer information ALL NIC Maximum 127 letters (more) Installer of IPP printer ALL NIC Maximum 127 letters driver IPP printer Make and ALL NIC Maximum 127 letters Model IPP printer information ALL NIC Maximum 127 letters (more) MFGR IPP message from operaALL NIC Maximum 127 letters tor Availability of FTP print ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Printer user name of FTP ALL print NIC Maximum 31 letters
Procedure 12 11 11 12 12 12 12 12 12
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
2 - 135 05/05
Code 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100
Classification Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network
1101 1102 1103 1104 1105
Network Network Network Network Network
1112 1114
Network Network
1117
Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Printer user password of ALL NIC Maximum 31 letters FTP TCP port number to FTP ALL 21 NIC print server <165535> Login name to Novell print ALL NIC Maximum 47 letters server Login password to Novell ALL NIC Maximum 31 letters print server Name of SearchRoot ALL NIC Maximum 31 letters server Scan rate setting of print ALL 5 NIC Unit: Second queue <1-255> Page number limitation for ALL 5 UTY <1-99> printing text of received Email MDN return mail setting ALL 2 UTY 1: Valid when receiving E-mail <1-2> 2: Invalid Trap destination of IPX ALL UTY Maximum 24 letters (Valid from 0 to 9 and from A to F) Method of SMTP server ALL 5 NIC 1: Plain authentication <1-5> 2: Login 3: Cram-MD5 4: Digest MD5 5: Disable Login name for SMTP ALL NIC Maximum 64 letters server authentication Login password for SMTP ALL NIC Maximum 64 letters server authentication Rendezvous setting ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid <1-2> 2: Invalid Link local host name ALL MFP_seri NIC Maximum 127 letters al Service name setting ALL Refer to NIC Maximum 63 letters content <Default value> e-STUDIO230: TOSHIBA eSTUDIO230 e-STUDIO280: TOSHIBA eSTUDIO280 Host name ALL MFP_seri NIC Maximum 63 letters al Sending mail text of InterALL 1 SYS 0: Invalid (Not sending netFAX <0-1> the mail text) 1: Valid (Sending the mail text) SMB time-out period ALL 300 SYS Unit: Second <1-9999>
Procedure 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
12 12 12 12 12
12 1
2 - 136
Code 1120
1124 1126 1130
Network Counter User interface User interface
1131
1132
General
1133
Paper feeding
1135
Paper feeding
1136 1137
Network Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Backup/Restore of NIC ALL 0 SYS 0: Read (Reads all of 1 setting information <0-1> the setting information in NIC and create a file NAM1B (no extension) in USB) 1: Write (Writes all of the setting information read from a file NAM1B (no extension) in USB) Workgroup name ALL workUTY Maximum 15 letters 12 group Validity of interrupt copyALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 <0-1> 1: Valid ing when external counters are installed Job Build Function ALL 1 SYS Sets the Job Build 1 <0-1> Function. 0: Invalid 1: Valid Maximum number of time ALL 1000 SYS Sets the maximum 1 job build performed <5-1000> number of time a job build has been performed. 5-1000: 5 to 1000 times Default screen selection of ALL 1 SYS Selects the default 1 the User Function menu <0-1> screen when entering the User Function menu by pressing the [USER FUNCTIONS] button. 0: ADDRESS COUNTER Feeding direction setting of ALL 0 SYS 1: Sets the feeding direc1 envelope <0-1> tion of envelopes. 0: Envelope flap comes on its trailing edge (front side of the equipment) 1: Envelope flap comes on its leading edge (rear side of the equipment) Default setting of drawers PRT 1 SYS 1: LCF 1 (Printer/BOX) <1-5> 2: Upper drawer 3: Lower drawer 4: PFP upper drawer 5: PFP lower drawer Number of lines simultaALL 8 SYS 1 <0-16> neously connectable when using SMB Memory partition size ALL 12 SYS 8-20 M bytes 1 when using Samba <8-20>
2 - 137 05/11
Code 1138
1139 1140
1145
1372
1376 1378
1380
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default ClassifiFunc- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents cation tion dure able value> Network LDAP search method setALL 0 SYS Sets the search method 1 ting <0-3> when performing a LDAP search. 0: Partial match 1: Prefix match 2: Suffix match 3: Full match Network LDAP authentication setALL 0 SYS 0: Not authenticated 1 ting <0-1> 1: Authenticated User Restriction of the template ALL 0 SYS Selects the restriction of 1 interface function with the adminis<0-1> the template function trator privilege usage setting. 0: No restriction 1: Only available with the administrator privilege. Mainte- Counter notification ALL SYS Maximum 32 digits 11 nance Remote FAX setting Enter hyphen with the (Remote) [MONITOR/PAUSE] button. Counter Heater and energizing time ALL 0 M Counts up the heater 1 <8 digits> accumulating counter Discontrol time accumuplay/0 clearing lated (when power of the equipment is ON) but does not count at the Sleep Mode. When the counter value of the fuser roller is cleared, this counter value is also cleared in sync at the PM support mode. Counter Toner cartridge drive ALL 0 M Counts the rotation 1 counter <8 digits> number of the toner cartridge. Counter Counter for period of time ALL 0 M Counts up the heater 1 <8 digits> fuser unit is at ready temcontrol time accumuperature lated (when the equipment is at ready status). When the counter value of the fuser roller is reset, this counter is also reset in sync at the PM support mode. Counter Counter for period of time ALL 0 M Counts up the heater 1 <8 digits> fuser unit is at printing temcontrol time accumuperature lated (during printing). When the counter value of the fuser roller is reset, this counter is also reset in sync at the PM support mode.
2 - 138
Code 1382
1385
Image processing
1386
Image processing
1387
Image processing
1388
Image processing
1390
Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding
1391
1392
1393
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Counter for period of time ALL 0 M Counts up the heater 1 <8 digits> fuser unit is at energy savcontrol time accumuing temperature/Counter lated (when the equipreset ment is in the Energy Saving Mode). When the counter value of the fuser roller is reset, this counter is also reset in sync at the PM support mode. Number of output pages ALL 0 M Counts up when the 1 (Thick paper 1) <8 digits> registration sensor is ON. When the counter value of the fuser roller is cleared, this counter value is also cleared in sync at the PM support mode. Number of output pages ALL 0 M Counts up when the 1 (Thick paper 2) <8 digits> registration sensor is ON. When the counter value of the fuser roller is cleared, this counter value is also cleared in sync at PM support mode. Number of output pages ALL 0 M Counts up when the 1 (Thick paper 3) <8 digits> registration sensor is ON. When the counter value of the fuser roller is cleared, this counter value is also cleared in sync at PM support mode. Number of output pages ALL 0 M Counts up when the 1 (OHP film) <8 digits> registration sensor is ON. When the counter value of the fuser roller is cleared, this counter value is also cleared in sync at PM support mode. Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of 1 (upper drawer) <8 digits> times of the feeding retry from the upper drawer. Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of 1 (lower drawer) <8 digits> times of the feeding retry from the lower drawer. Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of 1 (PFP upper drawer) <8 digits> times of the feeding retry from the PFP upper drawer. Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of 1 (PFP lower drawer) <8 digits> times of the feeding retry from the PFP lower drawer.
2 - 139 05/05
Code 1394
1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1410 1411
1422
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default ClassifiFunc- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents cation tion dure able value> Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of 1 feeding (bypass feed) <8 digits> times of the feeding retry from the bypass tray. Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of 1 feeding (LCF) <8 digits> times of the feeding retry from the LCF. Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M When the number of 1 feeding upper limit value <8 digits> feeding retry (08-1390 (Upper drawer) to 08-1395) exceeds the setting value, the Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M 1 feeding retry will not be feeding upper limit value <8 digits> performed subse(Lower drawer) quently. In case 0 is Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M 1 set as a setting value, feeding upper limit value <8 digits> however, the feeding (PFP upper drawer) retry continues regardPaper Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M 1 less of the counter setfeeding upper limit value <8 digits> ting value. (PFP lower drawer) Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M 1 feeding upper limit value <8 digits> (Bypass feed) Paper Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M 1 feeding upper limit value <8 digits> (LCF) Counter Counter for period of toner ALL 0 M Counts up the period of 1 cartridge rotation time <8 digits> rotation time of the toner cartridge. Counter Counter for envelope ALL 0 M Counts up when the 1 <8 digits> registration sensor is ON. When the counter value of the fuser roller is reset, this counter is reset in sync at the PM support mode. Data HDD data overwriting type ALL 3 SYS HDD data is cleared by 1 <0-4> overwrite setting overwriting the type of kit value set in this code. (This setting is enabled only when the GP-1050 is installed.) 0: "00" overwriting only 1: "FF" overwriting only 2: Random number overwriting only 3: "00" + "FF" + random number overwriting (validation ON) 4: "00" + "FF" + random number overwriting (validation OFF)
2 - 140 05/05
Code 1424
Classification Data overwrite kit
1426
Data overwrite kit
1427
Data overwrite kit
1428
Data overwrite kit
1432 1433
Network Network
1434
Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> HDD data clearing type ALL 3 SYS HDD data is cleared by 1 setting (forcible clearing) <0-4> overwriting the type of value set in this code. (This setting is enabled only when the GP-1050 is installed.) 0: "00" overwriting only 1: "FF" overwriting only 2: Random number overwriting only 3: "00" + "FF" + random number overwriting (validation ON) 4: "00" + "FF" + random number overwriting (validation OFF) Forcible HDD data clearing ALL HDD data is cleared in 3 the procedure set in 081424. * This setting is enabled only when the GP-1050 is installed. Forcible NVRAM data all ALL When this code is per3 clearing formed, the equipment cannot be started up. * This setting is enabled only when the GP-1050 is installed. Forcible SRAM backup ALL When this code is per3 data all clearing formed, the equipment cannot be started up. * This setting is enabled only when the GP-1050 is installed. Mode only for Private Print ALL 0 SYS 0: Normal mode 1 <0-1> 1: Mode for Private Print "Disable e-Filing" function ALL 0 SYS 0: Function OFF (no 1 <0-1> restriction on data saving or other operations) 1: Function ON (Data saving or other operations are restricted) "Disable local file save" ALL 0 SYS 0: Function OFF (no 1 function <0-1> restriction on data saving or other operations) 1: Function ON (Data saving or other operations are restricted)
2 - 141 05/05
Code 1484
1485
Network
1486
Network
1487
Network
1488
Network
1489 1491
Network Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Authentication method of ALL 0 SYS 0: Disable 1 "Scan to Email <0-2> 1: SMTP authentication 2: LDAP authentication Setting whether use of ALL 0 SYS 0: Not permitted 1 <0-1> 1: Permitted Internet FAX is permitted or not when it is given an authentication Server setting for LDAP ALL 0 SYS 2 user authentication <04294967 295> "From" address assignALL 0 SYS 0: "User name" + @ + 1 <0-2> "Domain name" ment method when it is 1: LDAP search given an authentication 2: Use the address registered in "From" field of E-mail setting ID setting of LDAP server ALL 0 SYS 2 <0for "From" address assign4294967 ment 295> Setting for "From" address ALL 0 SYS 0: Not permitted 1 edit at "Scan to Email <0-1> 1: Permitted E-mail domain name ALL SYS 96+2 (delimiter) charac11 ter ASCII sequence only
2 - 142
<<Pixel counter related code>> (Chap. 2.2.9)

Classification Pixel counter Pixel counter Pixel counter Pixel counter Pixel counter Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion able dure value> Standard paper size setting ALL EUR: 0 SYS Selects the standard 1 UC: 1 paper size to convert it JPN: 0 into the pixel count (%). 0: A4 1: LT Pixel counter all clearing ALL SYS Clears all information 3 related to the pixel counter. Service technician referALL SYS Clears all information 3 ence counter clearing related to the service technician reference pixel counter. Toner cartridge reference ALL SYS Clears all information 3 counter clearing related to the toner cartridge reference pixel counter. Pixel counter display setALL 1 SYS Selects whether or not 1 ting <0-1> to display the pixel counter on the LCD screen. 0: Displayed 1: Not displayed Displayed reference setALL 0 SYS Selects the reference 1 ting <0-1> when displaying the pixel counter on the LCD screen. 0: Service technician reference 1: Toner cartridge reference Toner empty determination ALL 0 SYS Selects the counter to 1 counter setting <0-1> determine toner empty. 0: Output pages 1: Pixel counter Threshold setting for toner ALL 800 SYS Sets the number of out1 empty determination <0-999> put pages to determine (Output pages) toner empty. This setting is valid when 0 is set at 08-1506. Threshold setting for toner ALL 35100 SYS Sets the pixel count to 1 empty determination <0determine the toner (Pixel count) 60000> empty status. This setting is valid when "1" is set at 081506. Pixel counter clear flag/ ALL 0 SYS Becomes 1 when 082 <0-1> 1502 is performed. Service technician reference Service technician referALL SYS Displays the date on 2 ence cleared date which 08-1502 was performed. Toner cartridge reference ALL SYS Displays the date on 2 cleared date which 08-1503 was performed. Toner cartridge reference ALL SYS Displays the date on 2 count started date which 08-1503 was performed.
Code 1500
1501 1502
1503
1504
1505
Pixel counter
1506
Pixel counter Pixel counter
1507
1508
Pixel counter
1509 1510 1514 1518
Pixel counter Pixel counter Pixel counter Pixel counter
2 - 143 05/12
Code 1548
Classification Pixel counter
1550
Pixel counter
1551
Pixel counter
1553
Pixel counter
1555
Pixel counter
1556
Pixel counter
1566 1592
1593
Pixel counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Number of output pages PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2 (Service technician referoutput pages conence) verted to the standard paper size in the copy function and service technician reference. [Unit. page] Number of output pages PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2 (Service technician referoutput pages conence) verted to the standard paper size in the printer function and service technician reference. [Unit. page] Number of output pages FAX <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2 (Service technician referoutput pages conence) verted to the standard paper size in the FAX function and service technician reference. [Unit. page] Number of output pages PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2 (Toner cartridge reference) output pages converted to the standard paper size in the copy function and toner cartridge reference. [Unit. page] Number of output pages PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2 (Toner cartridge reference) output pages converted to the standard paper size in the printer function and toner cartridge reference. [Unit. page] Number of output pages FAX <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2 (Toner cartridge reference) output pages converted to the standard paper size in the FAX function and toner cartridge reference. [Unit. page] Toner cartridge replaceALL <3 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2 ment counter time of the toner cartridge replacement. Average pixel count PPC 0 SYS Displays the average 2 <0(Service technician referpixel count in the copy 10000> ence) function and service technician reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Average pixel count PRT 0 SYS Displays the average 2 <0(Service technician referpixel count in the 10000> ence) printer function and service technician reference. [Unit: 0.01%]
2 - 144
Code 1594
1595
Pixel counter
1606
Pixel counter
1607
Pixel counter
1608
Pixel counter
1613
Pixel counter
1619
Pixel counter
1624
Pixel counter
1625
Pixel counter
1634
1639
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/280> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Average pixel count FAX 0 SYS Displays the average 2 <0(Service technician referpixel count in the FAX 10000> ence) function and service technician reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Average pixel count PPC/ 0 SYS Displays the average 2 <0pixel count in the copy/ (Service technician referPRT/ 10000> ence) FAX printer/FAX function and service technician reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Latest pixel count PPC 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2 <0(Service technician refercount in the copy func10000> ence) tion and service technician reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Latest pixel count PRT 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2 <0(Service technician refercount in the printer 10000> ence) function and service technician reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Latest pixel count FAX 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2 <0(Service technician refercount in the FAX func10000> ence) tion and service technician reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Average pixel count PPC 0 SYS Displays the average 2 (Toner cartridge reference) <0pixel count in the copy 10000> function and toner cartridge reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Average pixel count PRT 0 SYS Displays the average 2 (Toner cartridge reference) <0pixel count in the 10000> printer function, and toner cartridge reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Average pixel count PPC/ 0 SYS Displays the average 2 (Toner cartridge reference) PRT/ <0pixel count in the copy/ 10000> FAX printer/FAX function and toner cartridge reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Average pixel count FAX 0 SYS Displays the average 2 (Toner cartridge reference) <0pixel count in the FAX 10000> function and toner cartridge reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Latest pixel count FAX 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2 (Toner cartridge reference) <0count in the FAX func10000> tion and toner cartridge reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Latest pixel count PPC 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2 (Toner cartridge reference) <0count in the copy func10000> tion and toner cartridge reference. [Unit: 0.01%]
2 - 145
Code 1640
1649-0 1649-1 1649-2 1649-3 1649-4 1649-5 1649-6 1649-7 1649-8 1649-9 1650-0 1650-1 1650-2 1650-3 1650-4 1650-5 1650-6 1650-7 1650-8 1650-9 1651-0 1651-1 1651-2 1651-3 1651-4 1651-5 1651-6 1651-7 1651-8 1651-9
Pixel counter
Pixel counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO200L/230/280> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Latest pixel count PRT 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel (Toner cartridge reference) <0count in the printer 10000> function and toner cartridge reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Pixel count 0-5% PPC <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data distribution 5.1-10% PPC <8 digits> SYS are divided into 10 10.1-15% PPC <8 digits> SYS ranges. The number of output pages in each 15.1-20% PPC <8 digits> SYS range is displayed. In 20.1-25% PPC <8 digits> SYS this code, the distribu25.1-30% PPC <8 digits> SYS tions in the copy func30.1-40% PPC <8 digits> SYS tion are displayed. 40.1-60% PPC <8 digits> SYS [Unit: page] 60.1-80% PPC <8 digits> SYS 80.1PPC <8 digits> SYS 100% Pixel count 0-5% PRT <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data distribution 5.1-10% PRT <8 digits> SYS are divided into 10 10.1-15% PRT <8 digits> SYS ranges. The number of output pages in each 15.1-20% PRT <8 digits> SYS range is displayed. In 20.1-25% PRT <8 digits> SYS this code, the distribu25.1-30% PRT <8 digits> SYS tions in the printer func30.1-40% PRT <8 digits> SYS tion are displayed. 40.1-60% PRT <8 digits> SYS [Unit: page] 60.1-80% 80.1100% 0-5% 5.1-10% 10.1-15% 15.1-20% 20.1-25% 25.1-30% 30.1-40% 40.1-60% 60.1-80% 80.1100% PRT PRT FAX FAX FAX FAX FAX FAX FAX FAX FAX FAX <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS The pixel count data are divided into 10 ranges. The number of output pages in each range is displayed. In this code, the distributions in the FAX function are displayed. [Unit: page]
Procedure 2
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
Pixel counter
Pixel count distribution
2 - 146
<<PM support mode related code>> The management items at PM support mode can also be operated at setting mode (08). The following items are displayed or set by using sub-codes at PM management setting in the table below. <Sub-codes> 0: Present number of output pages - Means the present number of output pages. 1: Recommended number of output pages for replacement - Means the recommended number of output pages for replacement. 2: Number of output pages at the last replacement - Means the number of output pages at the last replacement. 3: Present driving counts - Means the present drive counts (1 count = 2 seconds). 4: Recommended driving counts to be replaced - Means the recommended drive counts for replacement (1 count = 2 seconds). 5: Driving counts at the last replacement - Means the drive counts at the last replacement. 6: Present output pages for control - Means the present number of output pages for controlling. 7: Present driving counts for control - Means the present drive counts for controlling (1 count = 2 seconds). 8: Number of times replaced - Counts up when clearing the counter of each unit in the PM Support Mode Screen. Notes: Sub-code 3 is equivalent to sub-code 7. When the value of sub-code 3 is changed, the value of sub-code 7 is also updated and vice versa. When 0 is set at one of sub-codes 0, 3, 6 and 7, the rest of them are automatically updated to 0.
2 - 147 05/12
Items Photoconductive drum
PM management setting <Procedure 4> *Indicated in 8 digits 1150-0 to 8
Date of previous replacement <Procedure 2> 1151
Remarks <Default values of code 1150 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1158 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1172 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1174 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1182 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1198 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 128,000/148,000/180,000 Sub-code 4: 240,000/240,000/240,000 <Default values of code 1200 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1214 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1224 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1246 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 128,000/148,000/180,000 Sub-code 4: 240,000/240,000/240,000 <Default values of code 1250 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 128,000/148,000/180,000 Sub-code 4: 240,000/240,000/240,000
Drum cleaning blade
1158-0 to 8
1159
Drum separation finger
1172-0 to 8
1173
Main charger grid
1174-0 to 8
1175
Needle electrode
1182-0 to 8
1183
Ozone filter
1198-0 to 8
1199
Developer material
1200-0 to 8
1201
Transfer charger wire
1214-0 to 8
1215
Separation charger wire
1224-0 to 8
1225
Fuser roller
1246-0 to 8
1247
Pressure roller
1250-0 to 8
1251
2 - 148 10/06
Items Cleaning roller
Remarks <Default values of code 1266 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 128,000/148,000/180,000 Sub-code 4: 240,000/240,000/240,000 <Default values of code 1268 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 128,000/148,000/180,000 Sub-code 4: 240,000/240,000/240,000 <Default values of code 1282 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1284 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1286 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1290 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1292 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1294 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 160,000/160,000/160,000 <Default values of code 1298 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1300 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1302 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 160,000/160,000/160,000 <Default values of code 1306 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1308 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000
Fuser roller separation finger
1268-0 to 8
1269
Pickup roller (RADF)
1282-0,1,2,8
1283
Feed roller (RADF)
1284-0,1,2,8
1285
Separation roller (RADF)
1286-0,1,2,8
1287
Pickup roller (Upper drawer)
1290-0,1,2,8
1291
Pickup roller (Lower drawer)
1292-0,1,2,8
1293
Pickup roller (LCF)
1294-0,1,2,8
1295
Feed roller (Upper drawer)
1298-0,1,2,8
1299
Feed roller (Lower drawer)
1300-0,1,2,8
1301
Feed roller (LCF)
1302-0,1,2,8
1303
Separation roller (Upper drawer)
1306-0,1,2,8
1307
Separation roller (Lower drawer)
1308-0,1,2,8
1309
2 - 149 10/06
Items Separation roller (LCF)
PM management setting <Procedure 4> *Indicated in 8 digits 1310-0,1,2,8
Remarks <Default values of code 1310 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 160,000/160,000/160,000 <Default values of code 1312 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1314 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1316 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1320 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1322 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1324 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1328 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1330 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1332 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1336 (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000
Separation roller (PFP upper drawer)
1312-0,1,2,8
1313
Separation roller (PFP lower drawer)
1314-0,1,2,8
1315
Separation roller (Bypass unit)
1316-0,1,2,8
1317
Feed roller (PFP upper drawer)
1320-0,1,2,8
1321
Feed roller (PFP lower drawer)
1322-0,1,2,8
1323
Feed roller (Bypass unit)
1324-0,1,2,8
1325
Pickup roller (PFP upper drawer)
1328-0,1,2,8
1329
Pickup roller (PFP lower drawer)
1330-0,1,2,8
1331
Pickup roller (Bypass unit)
1332-0,1,2,8
1333
Recovery blade
1336-0 to 8
1337
2 - 150 10/06
<<Procedure to copy the total counter value (08-257)>> (1) (2) Turn ON the power while [0] and [8] are pressed simultaneously. Key in the code 257 with the digital keys and press the [START] button (the following is displayed). Note: Before performing the following operations, note the current counter values.
Fig. 2-4
(3)
Key in the value 1 or 2 with the digital key and press the [START] button. The value entered is displayed on the left of the %, and the [ENTER] button is displayed. Note: The value can be erased by pressing the [CLEAR] button to change as long as the [START] button is not pressed. (The value on the left of the % is reset to 0 by pressing the [CLEAR] button.) Key in 1 to copy the value of the total counter (LGC board) (A) onto the value of the backup counter (SYS board) (B).
(A)
(B)
Fig. 2-5
2 - 151 05/12
Key in 2 to copy the value of the backup counter (SYS board) (B) onto the value of the total counter (LGC board) (A).
(A)
(B)
Fig. 2-6
(4)
Press the [ENTER] button to complete overwriting of the counter value.
Note: The screen returns to the code entry screen without copying (overwriting) the value when the [CANCEL] button is pressed.
e-STUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283
2 - 152 05/12
2 - 153 05/12
2.2.8
Setting mode (08) (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283)
The items in the setting code list can be set or changed in this setting mode (08).
Procedure 1
[CANCEL] [0][8] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] [Digital key] *[FUNCTION CLEAR] Sets or changes value [ENTER] or [INTERRUPT] [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
(Stores value in RAM)
Procedure 2
[0][8] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] [ENTER] or [INTERRUPT] Adjustment value cannot be changed [POWER]OFF/ON (Exit)
Procedure 3
[ENTER] [0][8] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] or (Automatic setting) [INTERRUPT] (Stores value in RAM) [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
[CANCEL] or [CLEAR]
Procedure 4
[CANCEL] [START] [0][8] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] [Digital key] (Sub-code) [START] [ENTER] or * [FUNCTION CLEAR] [INTERRUPT] (Stores value Sets or in RAM) changes value [Digital key] [CLEAR] (Corrects value) [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
Procedure 5
[0][8] [POWER] [CANCEL] [START] [ENTER] [POWER] OFF/ON or (Exit) [INTERRUPT] (Stores value in RAM)
[Digital key] *[HELP] Sets or changes value
Press [HELP] to enter -.
2 - 153 07/11
2 - 154 07/11
Procedure 7
[0][8] [POWER] [CANCEL] [Digital key] (Code) [START] [Digital key] (Setting) [ENTER] or [INTERRUPT] (HDD formatting) (Stores value in RAM) [CLEAR] (Corrects value)
Procedure 9
[CANCEL] [0][8] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] [Select icon] [POWER] OFF/ON or (Exit) [INTERRUPT] (Stores value in RAM) [CLEAR] (Corrects value) [ENTER]
Procedure 10
[CANCEL] [0][8] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] [Digital key] (1st setting) [START] [Digital key] (2nd setting) [POWER] [ENTER] or OFF/ON [INTERRUPT] (Exit) (Stores value in RAM) [CLEAR] (Corrects value)
Procedure 11 and 12
[CANCEL] [0][8] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] [Digital key] or [Software keyboard]
*1
*2(Stores
[ENTER] value in RAM)
[MONITOR/PA USE] Sets or [CLEAR] changes value (Corrects value)
*1. Press [MONITOR/PAUSE] to enter -, when entering telephone number. *2. The data are stored in SYS-RAM in procedure 11 and stored in NIC-RAM in procedure 12. Procedure 14
[CANCEL] [0][8] [POWER] [Digital key] (Code) [START] [Digital key] (Sub-code) [START] [ENTER] or [INTERRUPT] Adjustment value cannot be changed [POWER] OFF/ON (Exit)
e-STUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283
2 - 154 05/12
2 - 155 05/12
Notes: The digit after the hyphen in Code of the following table is a sub code. e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283: In RAM, the NVRAM of the board in which the dataof each code is stored is indicated. M stands for the LGC board, SYS, NIC and UTY stands for the SYS board.
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion able dure value> Date and time setting ALL Year/month/date/day/ 5 hour/minute/second <13 digExample: its> 03 07 0 13 13 27 48 Day - 0 is for Sunday. Proceeds Monday through Saturday from 1 to 6. Destination selection ALL EUR: 0 M 0: EUR 1 UC: 1 1: UC JPN: 2 2: JPN <0-2> Counter installed externally ALL 0 M 0: No external counter 1 <0-3> 1: Coin controller 2: Copy key card (This value is valid only when 2 is set to 08-201.) 3: Key copy counter Line adjustment mode ALL 0 M 0: For factory ship1 <0-1> ment 1: For line * Field: 0 must be selected Auto-clear timer setting ALL 3 SYS Timer to return the 1 <0-10> equipment to the default settings when the [START] button is not pressed after the function and the mode are set 0: Not cleared 1 to 10:Set number x 15 sec. Auto power save mode ALL EUR: 11 SYS Timer to automatically 1 timer setting UC: 11 switch to the Auto JPN: 6 power save mode Others: when the equipment 11 has not <0, 6-15> been used 0: Invalid 6: 3min. 7: 4min. 8: 5min. 9: 7min. 10: 10min. 11: 15min. 12: 20min. 13: 30min. 14: 45min. 15: 60min.
Code 200
201
General
202
User interface
203
General
204
User interface
205
User interface
2 - 155 07/11
Code 206
207
209
210
Paper feeding User interface User interface
213 219
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Auto Shut Off Mode timer ALL Refer to SYS Timer to turn OFF the 1 setting (Auto Shut Off content power or to enter the Mode/Sleep Mode) <0-20> Sleep Mode automatically when the equipment has not been used (Refer to 08-601) 0: 3min. 1: 5min. 2: 10min. 3: 15min. 4: 20min. 5: 25min. 6: 30min. 7: 40min. 8: 50min. 9: 60min. 10: 70min. 11: 80min. 12: 90min. 13: 100min. 14: 110min. 15: 120min. 16: 150min. 17: 180min. 18: 210min. 19: 240min. 20: Not used <Default value> e-STUDIO232/233/282/ 283: TWD/KRD: 9 Others: 0 e-STUDIO202L/203L: TWD/KRD: 6 Others: 0 Highlighting display on ALL 0 SYS 0: Black letter on white 1 LCD <0-1> background 1: White letter on black background Default setting of filing forALL 0 SYS 0: TIFF (Multi) 1 mat when E-mailing <0-6> 1: PDF (Multi) 2: Not used 3: TIFF (Single) 4: PDF (Single) 5: XPS (Multi) 6: XPS (Single) Paper size (A6-R) feeding/ PRT 148/105 M 10 widthwise direction <148432/105297> Display of [REVERSE ALL 0 SYS 0: Not displayed 1 ORDER] button <0-1> 1: Displayed Default setting of filing forSCN 0 SYS 0: TIFF (Multi) 1 mat when storing files <0-6> 1: PDF (Multi) 2: Not used 3: TIFF (Single) 4: PDF (Single) 5: XPS (Multi) 6: XPS (Single)
2 - 156 10/06
Code 220
221
User interface
224 225 226 227
Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding
228 229
Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding
230
231
232
233
234
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Language displayed at ALL EUR: 0 SYS 0: Language 1 power-ON UC: 0 1: Language 2 JPN: 5 2: Language 3 <0-6> 3: Language 4 4: Language 5 5: Language 6 6: Language 7 Language selection in UI ALL EUR: 0 SYS 0: Language 1 data at Web power ON UC: 0 1: Language 2 JPN: 5 2: Language 3 <0-6> 3: Language 4 4: Language 5 5: Language 6 6: Language 7 Paper size for bypass feed PPC UNDEF SYS Press the button on the LCD to select the size. Paper size for upper ALL EUR: A4 M Press the button on the drawer LCD to select the size. UC: LT JPN: A4 Paper size for lower ALL EUR: A3 M Press the button on the drawer LCD to select the size. UC: LD JPN: A3 Paper size for PFP upper ALL EUR: M Press the button on the drawer LCD to select the size. A4-R UC: LT-R JPN: A4-R Paper size for PFP lower ALL EUR: A4 M Press the button on the drawer LCD to select the size. UC: LG JPN: B4 Paper size (A3) feeding/ ALL 420/297 M widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (A4-R) feeding/ ALL 297/210 M widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (A5-R) feeding/ ALL 210/148 M widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (B4) feeding/ ALL 364/257 M widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (B5-R) feeding/ ALL 257/182 M widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (LT-R) feeding/ ALL 279/216 M widthwise direction <182432/140297>
Procedure 1
2
1
9 9 9 9
9 10
10
10
10
10
10
2 - 157 05/11
Code 235
Classification Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
247
248
249
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Paper size (LD) feeding/ ALL 432/279 M 10 widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (LG) feeding/ ALL 356/216 M 10 widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (ST-R) feeding/ ALL 216/140 M 10 widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (COMPUTER) ALL 356/257 M 10 feeding/widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (FOLIO) feedALL 330/210 M 10 ing/widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (13 LG) feedALL 330/216 M 10 ing/widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (8.5X8.5) ALL 216/216 M 10 feeding/widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (Non-standard) ALL 432/279 SYS 10 feeding/widthwise direction <148432/105297> Memory 1 ALL 148/100 SYS Registers the paper 10 <148size of bypass feed Paper size (bypass feed432/100(non-standard type) into ing/non-standard type) 297> [MEMORY 1]. feeding/widthwise direction Paper size (8K) feeding/ ALL 390/270 M 10 widthwise direction <182432/140297> Paper size (16K-R) feedALL 270/195 M 10 ing/widthwise direction <182432/140297> Memory 2 ALL 148/100 SYS Registers the paper 10 <148size of bypass feed Paper size (bypass feed432/100(non-standard type) into ing/non-standard type) 297> [MEMORY 2]. feeding/widthwise direction Memory 3 ALL 148/100 SYS Registers the paper 10 <148size of bypass feed Paper size (bypass feed432/100(non-standard type) into ing/non-standard type) 297> [MEMORY 3]. feeding/widthwise direction Memory 4 ALL 148/100 SYS Registers the paper 10 <148size of bypass feed Paper size (bypass feed432/100(non-standard type) into ing/non-standard type) 297> [MEMORY 4]. feeding/widthwise direction
2 - 158 05/11
Code 250
Classification Maintenance
251
Maintenance
252 253 254
Maintenance Maintenance Paper feeding
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Service technician teleALL 0 SYS A telephone number 11 phone number <32 digcan be entered up to 32 its> digits. Use the [Monitor/ Pause] button to enter a hyphen (-). Setting value of PM sheet ALL Refer to M <Default> 1 counter content e-STUDIO200L <8 digits> UC, EUR: 64,000 JPN: 0 e-STUDIO 230 UC, EUR: 74,000 JPN: 0 e-STUDIO 280 UC, EUR: 90,000 JPN: 0 Current value of PM driving ALL 0 M Counts up when the 1 counter Display/0 clearing <8 digits> registration sensor is ON. Error history display ALL SYS Displaying of the latest 2 20 errors data LT <-> A4/LD <-> A3 PRT 0 SYS Sets whether the data is 1 <0-1> printed on the different but similar size paper or not when the paper of corresponding size is not available. 0: Valid (The data is printed on A4/A3 when LT/LD is selected or vice versa.) 1: Invalid (The message to use the selected paper size is displayed.)
2 - 159 05/11
Code 255
256
Paper feeding
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> PFP/LCF installation ALL 0 M Sets the installation sta1 <0-4, tus of the PFP or LCF, 16-20, and also disables its 32-36> functions and the lower drawer of the equipment. When "0" is set at 08477, specify the value from 1 to 4 or 16 to 20, and when "1" is set at 08-477, specify the value only from 32 to 36. 0: Auto When only the upper drawer is installed as the paper feeder of the equipment. 1: PFP upper-drawer type installed 2: PFP upper-drawer and lower-drawer type installed 3: LCF installed 4: Disables PFP or LCF When the upper and lower drawers are installed as the paper feeder of the equipment. 16: PFP and LCF not installed 17: PFP upper-drawer type installed 18: PFP upper-drawer and lower-drawer type installed 19: LCF installed 20: Disables functions of PFP or LCF Disables the lower drawer when the upper and lower drawers are installed as the paper feeder of the equipment. 32: PFP and LCF not installed 33: PFP upper-drawer type installed 34: PFP upper-drawer and lower-drawer type installed 35: LCF installed 36: Disables functions of PFP or LCF Paper size setting /LCF ALL EUR: A4 M Press the button on the 9 LCD to select the size. UC: LT JPN: A4
2 - 160 05/11
Code 257
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Counter copy ALL 1) Electrical counter <1-2> Backup counter (NVRAM SRAM) 2) Backup counter Electrical counter (SRAM NVRAM) (P. 2-262 "Fig. 2-7") FSMS acceptance ALL 1 <0-2> SYS Sets whether the FSMS connection is accepted or not. 0: Prohibited 1: Accepted (USB normal connection) 2: Accepted (USB forcible connection) 0: No limits 1 to 30: 1 to 30 days 31: 1hour 32: 2hours 33: 4hours 34: 8hours 35: 12hours When a certain period of time has passed without operation after accessing TopAccess, the data being registered is automatically reset. This period is set at this code. (Unit: Minute) The password can be entered in alphabets and figures (A-Z, a-z, 09) within 10 digits. 0: No limits 1 to 999: 1 to 999 days 2 to 30 M bytes 2 to 30 M bytes
Procedure -
2
1
258
Maintenance
259
Network
Storage period trial and private
PRT
14 <0-35>
SYS
260
Network
Web data retention period
SCN
10 <3 digits>
SYS
263
User interface Network Network Network
Administrator's password (Maximum 10 digits) File retention period Maximum data capacity at E-mailing Maximum data capacity at Internet FAX
ALL
123456 <10 digits> 30 <0-999> 30 <2-30> 30 <2-30>
11
264 265 266
SCN SCN ALL
SYS SYS SYS
1 1 1
2 - 161 07/11
Code 267
270
271
272
273
274
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default ClassifiFunc- <AcceptItems RAM Contents cation tion able value> ElecFull guarantee of docuALL 1 SYS Sets the file retention tronic <0-1> ments in Electronic Filing level when editing the Filing when HDD is full files in the Electronic Filing (at CutDoc/SaveDoc command execution). 0: Not full retained 1: Fully retained Retains the source file until CutDoc/ SaveDoc command is completed. * The file is not deleted even if the HDD has become full during the execution of command when 1 is set. ElecDefault value for user box ALL 0 SYS Sets the data retention <0-999> tronic Fil- retention period period when creating a ing user box. 0: Not deleted 1 to 999: Retention period (Unit: Day) General Warning notification of the ALL 90 SYS Sets the percentage of <0-100> File Share and e-Filling HDD partition filled partitions are filled when warning notification is sent. 0 to 100: 0 to 100% * Related code 08288 Scanning Notification setting of EALL 3 SYS Sets the days left the mail saving time limit <0-99> notification of E-mail saving time limit appears 0 to 99: 0 to 99 days Scanning Default setting of partial ALL 0 SYS Sets the default value <0-6> size when transmitting Efor the partial size of Email mail to be transmitted when creating a template. 0: Not divided 1: 64 2: 128 3: 256 4: 512 5: 1024 6: 2048 (Unit: KB) FAX Default setting of page by FAX 0 SYS Sets the default value page when transmitting <0-4> for the page by page of Internet FAX Internet FAX to be transmitted when creating a template. 0: Not divide 1: 128 2: 512 3: 1024 4: 2048 (Unit: KB)
Procedure 1
2 - 162 07/11
Code 276
281 283 284 285
User interface User interface User interface User interface User interface
286
288
General
290 291
Network Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Default setting for density SCN 0 SYS 0: Automatic density adjustment <0-11> 1: Step -5 2: Step -4 3: Step -3 4: Step -2 5: Step -1 6: Step 0 (center) 7: Step +1 8: Step +2 9: Step +3 10: Step +4 11: Step +5 (1 to 11: Manual density) Default setting of resolution SCN 1 SYS 0: 150 dpi 1: 200 dpi <0-4> 2: 300 dpi 3: 400dpi 4: 600 dpi Default setting of original SCN 0 SYS 0: Text mode <0-2> 1: Text/Photo 2: Photo Default setting of scanning SCN 0 SYS 0: Single 1: Book mode <0-2> 2: Tablet Default setting of rotation SCN 0 SYS 0: 0 degree angle of original <0-3> 1: 90 degrees 2: 180 degrees 3: 270 degrees Default setting of original SCN 0 SYS 0: Automatic paper size <0-22> 1: A3 2: A4 3: LD 4: LT 5: A4-R 6: A5-R 7: LT-R 8: LG 9: B4 10: B5 11: ST-R 12: COMP 13: B5-R 14: FOLIO 15: 13LG 16: 8.5 x 8.5 18: A6-R 19: Size mixed 20: 8K 21: 16K 22: 16K-R Searching interval of delet- ALL 12 SYS Sets the search inter<1-24> ing expired flies and checkval of deleting expired ing capacity of HDD files and checking partitions capacity of HDD partition. (Unit: Hour) * Related code 08271 Raw printing job (Duplex) PRT 1 SYS 0: Valid <0-1> 1: Invalid Raw printing job PRT EUR: 6 SYS 0: LD 1: LG (Paper size) UC: 2 2: LT 3: COMP JPN: 6 4: ST 5: A3 <0 -13> 6: A4 7: A5 8: A6 9: B4 10: B5 11: FOLIO 12: 13LG 13: 8.5 x 8.5
Procedure 1
1 1 1 1
1 1
2 - 163 09/01
Code 292
293 294 295
296
Network
297
Network
298
Network
299 300 302
Network User interface User interface
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS 0: Plain paper 1 (Paper type) <0-5> 1: Thick paper 1 2: Thick paper 2 3: Thick paper 3 4: OHP film 5: Tab paper Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS 0: Portrait 1 (Paper direction) <0-1> 1: Landscape Raw printing job (Staple) PRT 1 SYS 0: Valid 1 <0-1> 1: Invalid Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS 0: Inner tray 1 (receiving tray) <0-5> 1: Finisher tray 1 2: Finisher tray 2 3: Not used 4: Job Separator upper tray 5: Job Separator lower tray * The settings 4 and 5 are effective only when the Job Separator (MJ-5004) is installed. Raw printing job PRT 1200 SYS Sets the number of 1 (Number of form lines) <500form lines from 5 to 12800> 128. (A hundredfold of the number of form lines is defined as the setting value.) Raw printing job PRT 1000 SYS Sets the font pitch from 1 (PCL font pitch) <440.44 to 99.99. (A hun9999> dredfold of the font pitch is defined as the setting value.) Raw printing job PRT 1200 SYS Sets the font size from 1 (PCL font size) <4004 to 999.75. (A hun99975> dredfold of the font size is defined as the setting value.) Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS Sets the PCL font num1 (PCL font number) <0-79> ber. Maximum number of copy PPC 0 SYS 0: 999 1: 99 1 volume (MAX9) <0-2> 2: 9 Original counter display ALL EUR: 2 SYS Sets whether the origi1 UC: 0 nal counter is disJPN: 0 played or not. <0,2,4> 0: Not displayed 2: Displayed 4: Displayed (Doublesized original is counted as 2.)
2 - 164 07/11
Code 305-0 305-1 305-2 305-3 305-4 305-5 305-6 305-7 305-8 305-9 305-10 305-11 305-12 305-13 305-14 305-15 305-16 306-0 306-1 306-2 306-3 306-4 306-5 306-6 306-7 306-8 306-9 306-10 306-11 306-12 306-13 306-14 306-15 306-16
Counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Number of A3 PPC 0 SYS Counts the output <8 digits> output pages A4 pages in the copier in copier func- A5 function for each paper tion size according to the A6 setting for the count B4 setting of large-sized paper (08-352) and the B5 definition setting of FOLIO large-sized paper (08LD 353). LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others Number of A3 PRT 0 SYS Counts the output <8 digits> output pages A4 pages in the printer in printer func- A5 function for each paper tion size according to the A6 setting for the count B4 setting of large-sized paper (08-352) and the B5 definition setting of FOLIO large-sized paper (08LD 353). LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others
Procedure 4
2 - 165 07/11
Code 307-0 307-1 307-2 307-3 307-4 307-5 307-6 307-7 307-8 307-9 307-10 307-11 307-12 307-13 307-14 307-15 307-16 308-0 308-1 308-2 308-3 308-4 308-5 308-6 308-7 308-8 308-9 308-10 308-11 308-12 308-13 308-14 308-15 308-16
Counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Number of A3 PRT 0 SYS Counts the output 4 <8 digits> output pages A4 pages at the list print at list print mode for each paper A5 mode size according to the A6 setting for the count B4 setting of large-sized paper (08-352) and the B5 definition setting of FOLIO large-sized paper (08LD 353). LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others Number of A3 FAX 0 SYS Counts the output 4 <8 digits> output pages A4 pages in the FAX funcin FAX function for each paper size A5 tion according to the setting A6 for the count setting of B4 large-sized paper (08352) and the definition B5 setting of large-sized FOLIO paper (08-353). LD LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others
2 - 166 07/08
Code 312-0 312-1 312-2 312-3 312-4 312-5 312-6 312-7 312-8 312-9 312-10 312-11 312-12 312-13 312-14 312-15 312-16 313-0 313-1 313-2 313-3 313-4 313-5 313-6 313-7 313-8 313-9 313-10 313-11 313-12 313-13 313-14 313-15 313-16
Counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Number of A3 PPC 0 SYS Counts the scanning <8 digits> scanning pages in the copier A4 pages in function for each paper A5 copier funcsize according to the A6 tion setting for the count B4 setting of large-sized paper (08-352) and the B5 definition setting of FOLIO large-sized paper (08LD 353). LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others Number of A3 SCN 0 SYS Counts the scanning <8 digits> scanning pages in the scanning A4 pages in function for each paper A5 scanning size according to the A6 function setting for the count B4 setting of large-sized paper (08-352) and the B5 definition setting of FOLIO large-sized paper (08LD 353). LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others
Procedure 4
2 - 167 05/11
Code 314-0 314-1 314-2 314-3 314-4 314-5 314-6 314-7 314-8 314-9 314-10 314-11 314-12 314-13 314-14 314-15 314-16 315-0 315-1 315-2 315-3 315-4 315-5 315-6 315-7 315-8 315-9 315-10 315-11 315-12 315-13 315-14 315-15 315-16
Counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Number of A3 FAX 0 SYS Counts the scanning 4 <8 digits> scanning pages in the FAX funcA4 pages in FAX A5 tion for each paper size function according to the setting A6 for the count setting of B4 large-sized paper (08352) and the definition B5 setting of large-sized FOLIO paper (08-353). LD LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others Number of A3 FAX 0 SYS Counts the transmitted 4 <8 digits> transmitted pages in the FAX funcA4 pages in FAX A5 tion for each paper size function according to the setting A6 for the count setting of B4 large-sized paper (08352) and the definition B5 setting of large-sized FOLIO paper (08-353). LD LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others
2 - 168 07/11
Code 316-0 316-1 316-2 316-3 316-4 316-5 316-6 316-7 316-8 316-9 316-10 316-11 316-12 316-13 316-14 316-15 316-16 320-0
Counter
320-1
Counter
320-2
Counter
321-0
Counter
321-1
Counter
321-2
Counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Number of A3 FAX 0 SYS Counts the received 4 <8 digits> received pages in the FAX funcA4 pages in FAX A5 tion for each paper size function according to the setting A6 for the count setting of B4 large-sized paper (08352) and the definition B5 setting of large-sized FOLIO paper (08-353). LD LG LT ST COMP 13LG 8.5 x 8.5 16K 8K Others Display of Large PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 14 <8 digits> number of output pages in the output pages Copier Function in copier funcaccording to its size tion (large/small). Large: Number of output Small PPC 0 SYS 14 pages of large<8 digits> sized paper defined at 08353 Small: Number of output Total PPC 0 SYS 14 pages other than <8 digits> set as large-sized paper Total: Total number output pages of all paper sizes. Display of Large PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 14 <8 digits> number of output pages in the output pages Printer Function in printer funcaccording to its size tion (large/small). Large: Number of output Small PRT 0 SYS 14 pages of large<8 digits> sized paper defined at 08353 Small: Number of output Total PRT 0 SYS 14 pages other than <8 digits> set as large-sized paper Total: Total number output pages of all paper sizes.
2 - 169 07/11
Code 322-0
322-1
Counter
322-2
Counter
323-0
Counter
323-1
Counter
323-2
Counter
327-0
Counter
327-1
Counter
327-2
Counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Display of Large PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 14 <8 digits> number of output pages at the List output pages Print Mode Function at list print according to its size mode (large/small). Large: Number of output Small PRT 0 SYS 14 pages of large<8 digits> sized paper defined at 08353 Small: Number of output Total PRT 0 SYS 14 pages other than <8 digits> set as large-sized paper Total: Total number output pages of all paper sizes. Display of Large PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 14 <8 digits> number of output pages in the output pages FAX Function in FAX funcaccording to tion its size (large/small). Large: Number of output Small PRT 0 SYS 14 pages of large<8 digits> sized paper defined at 08353 Small: Number of output Total PRT 0 SYS 14 pages other than <8 digits> set as large-sized paper Total: Total number output pages of all of Display of Large PPC 0 SYS Counts the number 14 <8 digits> scanning pages in the number of scanning Copier Function pages in according to its size copier func(large/small). Large: tion Number of output Small PPC 0 SYS 14 pages of large-sized <8 digits> paper defined at 08353 Small: Number of output pages other than Total PPC 0 SYS 14 set as large-sized <8 digits> paper Total: Total number output pages of all paper sizes.
2 - 170 07/11
Code 328-0
328-1
Counter
328-2
Counter
329-0
Counter
329-1
Counter
329-2
Counter
330-0
Counter
330-1
Counter
330-2
Counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Display of Large FAX 0 SYS Counts the number of 14 <8 digits> number of scanning pages in the scanning FAX Function pages in FAX according to its size function (large/small). Large: Number of output Small FAX 0 SYS 14 pages of large<8 digits> sized paper defined at 08353 Small: Number of output Total FAX 0 SYS 14 pages other than <8 digits> set as large-sized paper Total: Total number output pages of all of Display of Large SCN 0 SYS Counts the number 14 <8 digits> scanning pages in the number of Scanning Function scanning according to its size pages in (large/small). scanning function Large: Number of output Small SCN 0 SYS 14 pages of large<8 digits> sized paper defined at 08353 Small: Number of output Total SCN 0 SYS 14 pages other than <8 digits> set as large-sized paper Total: Total number output pages of all paper sizes. Display of Large FAX 0 SYS Counts the number of 14 <8 digits> transmitted pages in number of the transmitted pages in FAX FAX Function function according to its size (large/small). Large: Number of output Small FAX 0 SYS 14 pages of large-sized <8 digits> paper defined at 08353 Small: Number of output pages other than Total FAX 0 SYS 14 set as large-sized <8 digits> paper Total: Total number output pages of all paper sizes.
2 - 171 07/11
Code 331
332-0
Counter
332-1
Counter
332-2
Counter
335-0 335-1 335-2 337
Counter Counter Counter Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Default setting of screen ALL 0 SYS Sets the screen to be 1 <0-5> displayed after the auto-clear time has passed or it has recovered from the energy saving mode or sleep mode. 0: Copier 1: Fax 2: Scan 3: Box 4: Job Status 5: Template Display of Large FAX 0 SYS Counts the number of 14 <8 digits> received pages in the number of received FAX Function pages in FAX according to its size function (large/small). Large: Number of output Small FAX 0 SYS 14 pages of large<8 digits> sized paper defined at 08353 Small: Number of output Total FAX 0 SYS 14 pages other than <8 digits> set as large-sized paper Total: Total number output pages of all Display of Large ALL 0 SYS Displays the total num14 <8 digits> total number ber of pages in the of pages Small ALL 0 SYS copier/printer/scanning/ 14 FAX functions. <8 digits> Total Paper size (#10-R) feeding/widthwise direction Paper size (DL-R) feeding/widthwise direction Paper size (Envelope: Monarch-R) feeding/widthwise direction Paper size (Envelope: CHO-3-R) feeding/widthwise direction Paper size (Envelope: YOU-4-R) feeding/widthwise direction ALL ALL 0 <8 digits> 241/105 <148432/105297> 220/110 <148432/105297> 191/98 <148432/98297> 235/120 <148432/105297> 235/105 <148432/105297> SYS M 14 10
338
ALL
10
339
ALL
10
340
ALL
10
341
ALL
10
2 - 172 07/11
Code 342
345 346 347 348 349 352
Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter
353
Counter
356 357 358 359 360 370 372 374
Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter Counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Displaying number of origi- PPC 0 SYS This setting is whether 1 <0-1> nal pages placed on origithe number of pages of nal glass originals placed on the original glass is displayed or not. 0: Not displayed 1: Displayed Count setting of envelope ALL 1 M 0: Counted as 1 1 (PM) <0-1> 1: Counted as 2 Count setting of largeALL 1 M 0: Counted as 1 1 sized paper (PM) <0-1> 1: Counted as 2 Definition setting of largeALL 1 M 0: A3/LD 1 sized paper (PM) <0-1> 1: A3/LD/B4/LG/ FOLIO/COMP Count setting of thick paper ALL 1 M 0: Counted as 1 1 (PM) <0-1> 1: Counted as 2 Count setting of OHP film ALL 1 M 0: Counted as 1 1 (PM) <0-1> 1: Counted as 2 Count setting of largeALL JPN: 0 M 0: Counted as 1 1 sized paper OTHER: 1: Counted as 2 1 (Fee charging system 2: Counted as 1 <0-2> counter) (Mechanical counter is double counter) Definition setting of largeALL 0 M 0: A3/LD 1 sized paper <0-1> 1: A3/LD/B4/LG/ (Fee charging system FOLIO/COMP/8K counter) Counter for upper drawer ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2 feeding <8 digits> sheets fed from upper drawer Counter for lower drawer ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2 feeding <8 digits> sheets fed from lower drawer Counter for bypass feeding ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2 <8 digits> sheets fed from bypass feed Counter for LCF feeding ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2 <8 digits> sheets fed from LCF Counter for PFP upper ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2 drawer feeding <8 digits> sheets fed from PFP upper drawer Counter for PFP lower ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2 drawer feeding <8 digits> sheets fed from PFP lower drawer Counter for ADU ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2 <8 digits> output pages of duplex printing. Counter for RADF ALL 0 SYS Counts the number of 2 <8 digits> originals fed from RADF
2 - 173 07/11
Code 381
390 391 392 393 398
Counter Counter Counter Counter Laser
399
Laser
400
Fuser
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Setting for counter installed ALL 1 M Selects the job to count 1 externally <0-7> up for the external counter. 0: Not selected 1: Copier 2: FAX 3: Copier/FAX 4: Printer 5: Copier/Printer 6: Printer/FAX 7: Copier/Printer/FAX Number of errors in HDD PPC 0 SYS The number of error is 2 (Copier) <8 digits> reset at HDD formatting. Number of errors in HDD FAX 0 SYS The number of error is 2 (FAX) <8 digits> reset at HDD formatting. Number of errors in HDD SCN 0 SYS The number of error is 2 (Scanning) <8 digits> reset at HDD formatting. Number of errors in HDD PRT 0 SYS The number of error is 2 (Printer) <8 digits> reset at HDD formatting. Number of polygonal motor ALL 0 M Counts the number of 2 rotational speed switching <8 digits> time the polygonal motor has switched its rotational speed between normal rotation and standby rotation. Accumulated time of polyg- ALL 0 M Accumulates the time 2 <8 digits> onal motor at normal rotathe polygonal motor tion has rotated at normal rotation. Fuser unit error status ALL 0 M 0: No error 1 counter <0-19> 1: C410 (Once) 2: C410 (consecutively occurred) 3: 4: C430 5: C440 6: C450 7: C440 8: C450 9: C440 10: C470 11: C470 12: C480 13: C490 14: C470 15: C480 16: C490 17: C470 18: C480 19: C490
2 - 174 07/11
Code 404-0 404-1 404-2 404-3 405-0 405-1 405-2 405-3 407
Fuser
Fuser
409
Fuser
410
Fuser
411
Fuser
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Temperature The first ALL 1 M This code is valid only <0-10> when 20 is set to 08drop setting in drop 886. ready status The secALL 1 M Setting value x -5C: (Center therond drop <0-10> mistor) from 0C to -50C The third ALL 1 M drop <0-10> The fourth ALL 1 M drop <0-10> Temperature The first ALL 4 M <0-10> drop setting in drop ready status The secALL 4 M (Side therond drop <0-10> mistor) The third ALL 4 M drop <0-10> The fourth ALL 4 M drop <0-10> Fuser roller temperature in ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C ready status <0-12> 2: 150C 3: 155C (Side thermistor) 4: 160C 5: 165C 6: 170C 7: 175C 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C Fuser roller temperature at ALL 0 M 0: OFF 1: 40C energy saver mode <0-13> 2: 50C 3: 60C (Center thermistor) 4: 70C 5: 80C 6: 90C 7: 100C 8: 110C 9: 120C 10: 130C 11: 140C 12: 150C 13: 160C Fuser roller temperature ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Center thermistor/Plain 6: 170C 7: 175C paper) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Fuser roller temperature on ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C standby <0-12> 2: 150C 3: 155C (Center thermistor) 4: 160C 5: 165C 6: 170C 7: 175C 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C
Procedure 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1
2 - 175 07/11
Code 412
413
Fuser
414
Developer
417
Fuser
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Fuser roller temperature ALL 9 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Center thermistor/Thick 6: 170C 7: 175C paper 3) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Fuser roller temperature ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Center thermistor/Thick 6: 170C 7: 175C paper 1) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Toner density life correcALL 0 M 0: Unchanged (Default) tion switching <0-7> 1: Approx. 0.3 wt% higher 2: Approx. 0.6 wt% higher 3: Approx. 0.9 wt% higher 4: Approx. 0.2 wt% lower 5: Approx. 0.4 wt% lower 6: Approx. 0.6 wt% lower 7: Approx. 0.9 wt% lower Pre-running time for first ALL 10 M 0: Invalid 1: 1 sec. printing <0-15> 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. (Thick paper 3) 4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec. 10: 10 sec. 11: 12 sec. 12: 14 sec. 13: 16 sec. 14: 18 sec. 15: 20 sec.
Procedure 1
2 - 176 07/11
Code 424-0 424-1 424-2 424-3 425-0 425-1 425-2 425-3 433-0
Fuser
Fuser
433-1
437
Fuser
438
Fuser
439
Fuser
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Temperature The first ALL 15 M This code is valid only <2-60> when 20 is set to 08drop switching drop 886. time setting in The secALL 15 M Setting value x 1 min.: ready status ond drop <2-60> (Center therfrom 2 to 60 min. later The third ALL 15 M mistor) drop <2-60> The fourth ALL 15 M drop <2-60> Temperature The first ALL 15 M <2-60> drop switching drop time setting in The secALL 15 M ready status ond drop <2-60> (Side therThe third ALL 15 M mistor) drop <2-60> The fourth ALL 15 M drop <2-60> Temperature Center ALL 7 M 0: 130C 1: 135C thermistor <0-12> 2: 140C 3: 145C control lower 4: 150C 5: 155C limit 6: 160C 7: 165C (Plain paper/ 8: 170C 9: 175C at ordinary Side therALL 5 M 10: 180C temperature) mistor <0-12> 11: 185C 12: 120C Fuser roller temperature ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Center thermistor /Thick 6: 170C 7: 175C paper 2) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Fuser roller temperature ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C (Center thermistor/OHP 4: 160C 5: 165C film) 6: 170C 7: 175C 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Pre-running time for first ALL 10 M 0: Invalid 1: 1 sec. printing <0-15> 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. (Thick paper 2) 4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec. 10: 10 sec. 11: 12 sec. 12: 14 sec. 13: 16 sec. 14: 18 sec. 15: 20 sec.
Procedure 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
2 - 177 07/11
Code 440
441
Fuser
448
Fuser
449 450
Paper feeding Fuser
451
Fuser
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Pre-running time for first ALL 0 M 0: Invalid 1: 1 sec. printing <0-15> 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. (Plain paper) 4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec. 10: 10 sec. 11: 12 sec. 12: 14 sec. 13: 16 sec. 14: 18 sec. 15: 20 sec. Pre-running time for first ALL 0 M 0: Invalid 1: 1 sec. printing <0-15> 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. (Thick paper 1) 4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec. 10: 10 sec. 11: 12 sec. 12: 14 sec. 13: 16 sec. 14: 18 sec. 15: 20 sec. Fuser roller temperature in ALL 0 M 0: OFF 1: 40C Energy Saving Mode <0-13> 2: 50C 3: 60C (Side thermistor) 4: 70C 5: 80C 6: 90C 7: 100C 8: 110C 9: 120C 10: 130C 11: 140C 12: 150C 13: 160C Incorrect paper size jam ALL 0 M 0: Enabled detection switching <0-1> 1: Disabled Fuser roller temperature ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Side thermistor/Plain 6: 170C 7: 175C paper) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Fuser roller temperature ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Side thermistor/Thick 6: 170C 7: 175C paper 1) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C
Procedure 1
1 1
2 - 178 07/11
Code 452
453
Fuser
455
Image processing
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Fuser roller temperature ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Side thermistor/Thick 6: 170C 7: 175C paper 2) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Fuser roller temperature ALL 8 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C (Side thermistor/OHP film) 4: 160C 5: 165C 6: 170C 7: 175C 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Toner supply amount corALL 0 M Corrects the supply rection/Toner motor control <0-5> amount of the fresh toner (driving period of the toner motor) into the developer unit. 0: x1.0 1: x0.75 2: x0.5 3: x0.3 4: x2.0 5: x1.5
Procedure 1
2 - 179 07/11
Code 462
Classification RADF
463-0 463-1
Paper feeding
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Setting for switchback ALL 0 M This setting is whether 1 <0-2> operation in mixed-size the original length is copying using RADF detected or not by transporting without scanning in reverse when A4-R/FOLIO paper or LT-R/LG paper is detected in a mixedsize copying. 0: Disabled AMS: A series - Judges as A4-R without transporting in reverse with no scanning. LT series - Judges whether it is LT-R or LG by its length without transporting in reverse with no scanning. APS: A series - Judges whether it is A4-R or FOLIO without transporting in reverse with no scanning. LT series - Judges whether it is LT-R or LG without transporting in reverse with no scanning. 1: Enable 1 AMS: A series - Judges whether it is A4-R or FOLIO by transporting without scanning in reverse to detect its length. LT series - Judges whether it is LT-R or LG by transporting without scanning in reverse to detect its length. Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4 paper <0-5> number settimes of the feeding ting retry from the upper Others ALL 5 M 4 (upper drawer. <0-5> drawer)
2 - 180 07/11
Code 464-0 464-1 465-0 465-1 466-0 466-1 467-0 467-1 468-0 468-1 471
Paper feeding
Paper feeding
Paper feeding
Paper feeding
Paper feeding General Laser
477 478
479
Laser
480
Paper feeding
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4 paper <0-5> number settimes of the feeding ting (lower retry from the lower Others ALL 5 M 4 drawer) drawer. <0-5> Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4 paper <0-5> number settimes of the feeding ting retry from the PFP Others ALL 5 M 4 (PFP upper upper drawer. <0-5> drawer) Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4 paper <0-5> number settimes of the feeding ting retry from the PFP Others ALL 5 M 4 (PFP lower lower drawer. <0-5> drawer) Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4 paper <0-5> number settimes of the feeding ting retry from the bypass Others ALL 5 M 4 (bypass feed) tray. <0-5> Feeding retry Plain ALL 5 M Sets the number of 4 paper <0-5> number settimes of the feeding ting retry from the LCF. Others ALL 5 M 4 (LCF) <0-5> Paper size (Postcard) ALL 148/100 M * Postcard is sup10 feeding/widthwise direction <148ported only for JPN 432/100model. 297> Machine identification ALL Refer to M <Default value> 2 information content Lower drawer model: 0 <0-1> Upper drawer model: 1 Judged number of polygoALL 0 M Displays the error 1 nal motor rotation error <0-1> [CA10] when the set (Normal rotation) number of rotation error has been detected. 0: 2 times 1: 12 times Judged number of polygoALL 0 M 0: Waiting time for 1 nal motor rotation error <0-1> polygonal motor (At acceleration/decelerarotation overshoottion) ing 0.6 sec. 1: Waiting time for polygonal motor rotation overshooting 2.2 sec. Default setting of paper PPC 0 SYS 0: A4/LT 1: LCF 1 source <0-5> 2: Upper drawer 3: Lower drawer 4: PFP upper drawer 5: PFP lower drawer
2 - 181 07/11
Code 481
482 483
Paper feeding Laser
484
Laser
485
Laser
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Automatic change of paper PPC 1 SYS Sets whether or not 1 source <0-2> changing the drawer automatically to the other drawer with the paper of the same size when paper in the selected drawer has run out. 0: OFF 1: ON (Changes to the drawer with the same paper direction and size: ex. A4 to A4) 2: ON (Changes to the drawer with the same paper size. Paper with the different direction is acceptable as long as the size is the same: ex., A4 to A4R, LT-R to LT. 1 is applied when the staple/hole-punch is Feeding retry setting ALL 0 M 0: ON 1 <0-1> 1: OFF Pre-running rotation of ALL 0 SYS Sets whether or not 1 polygonal motor <0-2> switching the polygonal motor from the standby rotation to the normal rotation when the original is set on the RADF or the platen cover is opened. 0: Valid (when using RADF and the original is set manually) 1: Invalid 2: Valid (when using RADF only) Polygonal motor rotational ALL 0 SYS Sets whether or not 1 status switching at the Auto <0-1> switching the polygonal Clear Mode motor from the normal rotation to the standby rotation at the Auto Clear Mode. 0: Valid 1: Invalid Rotational status of polygo- ALL 1 SYS Sets the rotational sta1 nal motor on standby <0-1> tus of polygonal motor on standby. 0: Rotated (The rotational speed is set at 08-490.) 1: Stopped
2 - 182 07/11
Code 486
488
Laser
489
Laser
490 491
Laser Transfer
492
Transfer
493
Transfer
502
Image
503
User interface
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Timing of auto-clearing of ALL 0 SYS Switches the polygonal 1 <0-2> polygonal motor pre-runmotor to the standby ning rotation rotation when a certain period of time has passed from the prerunning. At this code, the period to switch the status to the standby rotation is set. 0: 15 sec.1: 30 sec. 2: 45 sec. * This setting is effective when 0 or 2 is set at 08-483. Setting of polygonal motor ALL 0 M Set the type of polygo1 type <0-3> nal motor. 0: 2-clock type 1: 3-clock type 2: 4-clock type 3: 4-clock type Polygonal motor rotation ALL 5 M 0: 38,090.55 rpm 1 number on standby <0-5> 1: 35,000 rpm 2: 30,000 rpm 3: 25,000 rpm 4: 20,000 rpm 5: 10,000 rpm Polygonal motor rotation in ALL 0 M 0: Stopped 1 the energy saving mode <0-1> 1: 10,000 rpm Transfer charger bias corALL 149 M Corrects the transfer 1 rection (H) at duplexing <0-255> charger bias output value of the leading edge area of paper at duplexing. Transfer charger bias corALL 139 M Corrects the transfer 1 rection (C) at duplexing <0-255> charger bias output value of the center area of paper at duplexing. Transfer charger bias corALL 128 M Corrects the transfer 1 rection (L) at duplexing <0-255> charger bias output value of the trailing edge area of paper at duplexing. Error diffusion and dither PPC 1 SYS Sets the image repro1 setting at photo mode <0-1> duction method at photo mode. 0: Error diffusion 1: Dither Default setting of density PPC 0 SYS 0: Automatic 1 adjustment <0-1> 1: Manual (Center)
2 - 183 07/11
Code 508
509
Image
515
Fuser
516
Fuser
518
Fuser
520
Fuser
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Custom Mode setting PPC 0 SYS 0: Not used <0-3> 1: Custom Mode 1 when Text/Photo is set as a base 2: Custom Mode 2 when Text is set as a base 3: Custom Mode 3 when Photo is set as a base Error diffusion and dither PPC 1 SYS Switches the image setting at a photo mode <0-1> processing method (Custom Mode) when Custom Mode 3 is set. 0: Error diffusion 1: Dither Temperature setting of ALL 9 M 0: 140C 1: 145C warming-up <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C (Center thermistor) 4: 160C 5: 165C 6: 170C 7: 175C 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Temperature setting of ALL 9 M 0: 140C 1: 145C warming-up <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C (Side thermistor) 4: 160C 5: 165C 6: 170C 7: 175C 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Fuser roller temperature ALL 9 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Side thermistor/Thick 6: 170C 7: 175C paper 3) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Fuser roller temperature ALL 9 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C 4: 160C 5: 165C (Center thermistor/Enve6: 170C 7: 175C lope) 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C
Procedure 1
2 - 184 07/11
Code 521
523
Fuser
525-0 525-1 525-2 525-3 526
Fuser
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Fuser roller temperature ALL 9 M 0: 140C 1: 145C during printing <0-14> 2: 150C 3: 155C (Side thermistor/Envelope) 4: 160C 5: 165C 6: 170C 7: 175C 8: 180C 9: 185C 10: 190C 11: 195C 12: 200C 13: 205C 14: 210C Pre-running time for first ALL 10 M 0: Invalid 1: 1 sec. printing <0-15> 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. (Envelope) 4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec. 10: 10 sec. 11: 12 sec. 12: 14 sec. 13: 16 sec. 14: 18 sec. 15: 20 sec. Temperature The first ALL 20 M This code is valid only <0-200> when 20 is set to 08drop switching drop 535. time setting The secALL 38 M during printing ond drop Setting value x 5 sec.: <0-200> (Center therfrom 0 to 1,000 sec. The third ALL 75 M mistor) later drop <0-200> The fourth drop Pre-running time for first printing (OHP film) ALL ALL 75 <0-200> 0 <0-15> M M 0: Invalid 1: 0 sec. 2: 2 sec. 3: 3 sec. 4: 4 sec. 5: 5 sec. 6: 6 sec. 7: 7 sec. 8: 8 sec. 9: 9 sec. 10: 10 sec. 11: 12 sec. 12: 14 sec. 13: 16 sec. 14: 18 sec. 15: 20 sec. This code is valid only when 20 is set to 08535. Setting value x 5 sec.: from 0 to 1,000 sec. later
Procedure 1
4 4 4 4 1
Fuser
527-0 527-1 527-2 527-3
Fuser
Temperature drop switching time setting during printing (Side thermistor)
The first drop The second drop The third drop The fourth drop
ALL ALL ALL ALL
20 <0-200> 30 <0-200> 48 <0-200> 75 <0-200>
M M M M
4 4 4 4
2 - 185 07/11
Code 535
536-0 536-1 536-2 536-3 537-0 537-1 537-2 537-3 550 601 602
Fuser
Fuser
Image User interface User interface User interface
603
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Temperature drop control ALL 2 M 0: None setting during printing <0-20> 1: Pattern 1 (Temperature/Time) 2: Pattern 2 3: Pattern 3 4: Pattern 4 5: Pattern 5 6: Pattern 6 7: Pattern 7 8: Pattern 8 9: Pattern 9 10: Pattern 10 11: Pattern 11 12: Pattern 12 13: Pattern 13 14: Pattern 14 15: Pattern 15 16: Pattern 16 17: Pattern 17 18: Pattern 18 19: Pattern 19 20: Manual adjustment Temperature The first ALL 1 M This code is valid only drop <0-10> when 20 is set to 08drop setting 535. during printing The secALL 2 M Setting value x -5C: (Center therond drop <0-10> from 0C to -50C mistor) The third ALL 3 M drop <0-10> The fourth ALL 3 M drop <0-10> Temperature The first ALL 1 M drop <0-10> drop setting during printing The secALL 2 M (Side therond drop <0-10> mistor) The third ALL 3 M drop <0-10> The fourth ALL 5 M drop <0-10> Default setting of original PPC 0 SYS 0: Text/Photo mode <0-3> 1: Photo 2: Text 3: Custom Mode Setting for the Energy Sav- ALL 0 SYS 0: Auto Shut Off Mode ing Mode <0-1> 1: Sleep Mode Screen setting for Auto ALL EUR: 0 SYS 0: OFF 1: ON power Save Mode and UC: 1 Auto Shut OFF Mode JPN: 1 <0-1> Setting for automatic PPC 0 SYS 0: Invalid duplexing mode <0-3> 1: Single-sided to duplex copying 2: Double-sided to duplex copying 3: User selection
Procedure 1
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 1
2 - 186 07/11
Code 604
605 607
610 611
User interface User interface General User interface
612 613
614
Network
615
General
617
618
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Default setting for APS/ PPC 0 SYS 0: APS (Automatic 1 AMS <0-2> Paper Selection) 1: AMS (Automatic Magnification Selection) 2: Not selected Centering printing of priPPC 1 SYS 0: Invalid 1: Valid 1 <0-1> mary/secondary direction at AMS Default setting of RADF PPC 0 SYS 0: Continuous feeding 1 mode <0-1> (by pressing the [START] button) 1: Single feeding (by setting original on the tray) Key touch sound of control ALL 1 SYS 0: OFF 1 panel <0-1> 1: ON Book type original priority PPC 0 SYS 0: Left page to right 1 <0-1> page 1: Right page to left page Summer time mode ALL 0 SYS 0: Not summer time 1 <0-1> 1: Summer time Paper size selection for PPC EUR: SYS Press the button on the 9 [OTHER] button LCD to select the size. FOLIO UC: COMP JPN: A5-R Local I/F time-out period PRT 6 SYS Sets the period of time 1 <1-50> when the job is judged as completed in local I/ F printing (USB or parallel). 1: 1.0 sec. 2: 1.5 sec. -50: 25.5 sec. (in increments of 0.5 sec.) Size information of main ALL SYS Displays the sizes of 2 memory and page memory the main memory and page memory. Enables to check if each memory is properly recognized. Print setting without ALL 1 SYS 0: Printed 1 department code <0-2> 1: Not printed (pooled in the invalid queue) 2: Deleted forcibly Default setting when mixed PPC 0 SYS 0: Scanned as all in 1 size originals are set on <0-1> same size RADF 1: Scanned as each original size
2 - 187 07/11
Code 619
620 621 622 623 624 625
627 628 629 633
634 636
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default ClassifiFunc- <AcceptItems RAM Contents cation tion able value> Paper Time lag before Auto Job ALL 4 SYS Sets the time taken to feeding Start of bypass feeding <0-10> add paper feeding when paper in the bypass tray has run out during the bypass feed copying. 0: No delay 1-10: Setting value x 0.5 sec. User Department management PPC 1 SYS 0: Invalid interface setting (Copier) <0-1> 1: Valid User Department management FAX 1 SYS 0: Invalid interface setting (FAX) <0-1> 1: Valid User Department management PRT 1 SYS 0: Invalid interface setting (Printer) <0-1> 1: Valid User Department management SCN 1 SYS 0: Invalid interface setting (Scanner) <0-1> 1: Valid User Department management PRT 1 SYS 0: Invalid interface setting (List print) <0-1> 1: Valid User Blank copying prevention PPC 0 SYS 0: OFF interface mode during RADF jam<0-1> 1: ON (Start printing ming when the scanning of each page is finished) User Rotation printing at the ALL 0 SYS 0: Not rotating interface non-sorting <0-1> 1: Rotating User Direction priority of original PPC 0 SYS 0: Automatic interface image <0-1> 1: Portrait User Department management ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid interface setting <0-1> 1: Valid Data Releasing F200 service ALL 0 SYS 0: Not used <0-2> 1: Board installed overwrite call (System ROM version: earlier than T377SY0*329) (GP-1060) kit 2: Service call User Inner receiving tray priority ALL 0 SYS 0: Normal interface at Non-sort Mode <0-1> 1: Inner receiving tray User Width setting for image PPC 0 SYS 0: ON interface shift copying (linkage of <0-1> 1: OFF front side and back side)
Procedure 1
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
1 1
2 - 188 09/01
Code 638
640
641 642
645
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Time differences ALL EUR: 24 SYS 0: +12.0h 1: +11.5h UC: 40 2: +11.0h 3: +10.5h JPN: 6 4: +10.0h 5: +9.5h <0-47> 6: +9.0h 7: +8.5h 8: +8.0h 9: +7.5h 10: +7.0h 11: +6.5h 12: +6.0h 13: +5.5h 14: +5.0h 15: +4.5h 16: +4.0h 17: +3.5h 18: +3.0h 19: +2.5h 20: +2.0h 21: +1.5h 22: +1.0h 23: +0.5h 24: 0.0h 25: -0.5h 26: -1.0h 27: -1.5h 28: -2.0h 29: -2.5h 30: -3.0h 31: -3.5h 32: -4.0h 33: -4.5h 34: -5.0h 35: -5.5h 36: -6.0h 37: -6.5h 38: -7.0h 39: -7.5h 40: -8.0h 41: -8.5h 42: -9.0h 43: -9.5h 44: -10.0h 45: -10.5h 46: -11.0h 47: -11.5h Date display format ALL EUR: 1 SYS 0: YYYY.MM.DD. UC: 2 1: DD.MM.YYYY JPN: 0 2: MM.DD.YYYY <0-2> Automatic Sorting Mode PPC 2 SYS 0: Invalid 1: STAPLE setting (RADF) <0-4> 2: SORT 3: GROUP 4: ROTATE SORT Default setting of Sorter PPC 0 SYS 0: NON-SORT Mode <0-4> 1: STAPLE 2: SORT 3: GROUP 4: ROTATE SORT Correction of reproduction PPC 10 SYS Sets the reproduction ratio in editing copy <0-10> ratio for the X in 1 printing (including magazine sort) to the Reproduction ratio x Correction ratio. 0: 90% 1: 91% 2: 92% 3: 93% 4: 94% 5: 95% 6: 96% 7: 97% 8: 98% 9: 99% 10: 100%
Procedure 1
1 1
2 - 189 07/11
Code 646
648
User interface
649
650 651
652 653 657 658
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Image position in editing PPC 2 SYS Sets the page pasted 1 <0-3> position for X in 1 to the upper left corner/ center. 0: PPC:Cornering/ PRT:Cornering 1: PPC:Centering/ PRT:Cornering 2: PPC:Cornering/ PRT:Centering 3: PPC:Centering/ PRT:Centering Returning finisher tray ALL 0 SYS Sets whether or not 1 when printing is finished <0-1> returning the finisher tray to the bin 1 when printing is finished. 0: Not returned 1: Returned Magazine sort setting PPC 0 SYS 0: Left page to right 1 <0-1> page 1: Right page to left page 2 in 1/4 in 1 page allocating PPC 0 SYS 0: Horizontal 1 order setting <0-1> 1: Vertical Printing format setting for PPC 2 SYS Hyphen 1 Time stamp and Page <0-3> (with page number) Number /Dropout (with date, time and page number) 0: OFF/OFF 1: ON/OFF 2: OFF/ON 3: ON/ON Note: Note: Hyphen printing format ON: -1- OFF: 1 Cascade operation setting PPC 0 SYS 0: OFF 1: ON 1 <0-1> Cascade operation setting PRT 0 SYS 0: OFF 1: ON 1 <0-1> Direction priority for date PPC 0 SYS 0: Short edge 1 and time stamp printing <0-1> 1: Long edge Auto Job Start setting for PRT 0 SYS Sets whether or not 1 bypass feed printing <0-1> feeding a paper automatically into the equipment when it is placed on the bypass tray. 0: OFF (Press the [START] button to start feeding.) 1: ON (Automatic feeding)
2 - 190 07/11
Code 659
660 661 662
Network Network General
666 667 670 671 672
General General General User interface General
673
General
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Auto Job start setting for PPC 1 SYS Sets whether or not 1 bypass feed printing <0-1> feeding a paper automatically into the equipment when it is placed on the bypass tray. 0: OFF (Press the [START] button to start feeding.) 1: ON (Automatic feeding) Auto-forwarding setting of ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 received FAX <0-1> 1: Valid Auto-forwarding setting of ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 received E-mail <0-1> 1: Valid Clearing of SMS partition ALL SYS Clears SMS partition. 3 (Performs when the service call [F106] has occurred.) /SHR partition clearing ALL SYS Initializes the Elec3 tronic Filing. /SHA partition clearing ALL SYS Initializes the shared 3 folder. HDD diagnostic menu disALL SYS Display the HDD infor2 play mation Size indicator ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 <0-1> 1: Valid Initialization of department SYS Initializing of the depart3 management information ment management information * Key in the code and press the [INITIALIZE] button to perform the initialization. If the area storing the department management information is destroyed for some reason, Enter Department Code is displayed on the control panel even if the department management function is not set on. In this case, initialize the area with this code. This area is normally initialized atthe thetrial factory. Trial period setting PRT/ 254 SYS Sets period 1 SCN <1-60> from 1 to 60 days. This setting is effective only when the default value is 254. Once the default value is set, this value is only used for a reference.
2 - 191 07/11
Code 678
679 680 681
General General General
682 683
User interface General
684 685 686 689
General General General FAX
690 691
General General
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Setting of banner advertisALL 0 SYS Sets whether or not dis1 ing display <0-1> playing the banner advertising. The setting contents of 08-679 and 08-680 are displayed at the time display section on the right top of the screen. When both are set, each content is displayed alternately. 0: Not displayed 1: Displayed Banner advertising display ALL SYS Maximum 27 letters 11 1 (one-byte character) Banner advertising display ALL SYS Maximum 27 letters 11 2 (one-byte character) Display of [BANNER MES- ALL 0 SYS 0: Not displayed 1 SAGE] button <0-1> 1: Displayed * This button enables the entry of Banner advertising display 1 (08-679) and Banner advertising display 2 (08-680) on the control panel. Offsetting between jobs ALL 1 SYS 0: Invalid 1 <0-1> 1: Valid Duplex printing setting ALL 1 SYS When the duplex print1 <0-1> when coin controller is ing is short paid with a used coin controller, reverse side of the original is not printed and is considered as a defect (printing job may be cleared). To solve this problem, the selection of printing method is enabled with this setting. 0: Invalid (Both sides printed) 1: Valid (Only one side printed) Rebuilding all databases ALL SYS Rebuilds all databases. 3 Rebuilding all databases ALL SYS Rebuilds all databases 3 related to address book related to the Address Book. Rebuilding all databases ALL SYS Rebuilds all databases 3 related to log related to the log. Adaptation of paper source FAX 0 SYS 0: Not subjected for 1 priority selection <0-1> APS judgment 1: Subjected for APS judgment HDD formatting ALL SYS 2: Normal formatting 7 <2> HDD type display ALL SYS 0: Not formatted 7 <0-2> 1: Not used 2: Normal format
2 - 192 07/11
Code 692
693 694 695
696 697
Scrambler board Paper feeding Scrambler board
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Performing panel calibraALL SYS Performs the calibration 1 tion of the pressing position on the touch panel (LCD screen). The calibration is performed by pressing 2 reference positions after this code is started up. Initialization of NIC inforALL SYS Returns the value to the 3 mation factory shipping default value. Performing HDD testing ALL SYS Checks the bad sector. 3 Notifying condition of trial PRT/ 3 SYS Sets when the end of 1 period end SCN <0-59> trial period is notified. 0: On the day it ends 1 to 59: n days before Installation of scrambler ALL 0 0: Not installed 2 board (Option) <0-1> 1: Installed Paper type priority PPC 1 <1-2> SYS Sets the paper type priority during copying. 1: Plain paper 2: Thick paper 1 Start up this code and have the user enter the key code. Once the key code has been set, this code cannot be set again on security grounds. This setting is effective only when the scrambler board is installed. 0: Japan 1: Asia 2: Australia 3: Hong Kong 4: U.S.A./Canada 5: Germany 6: U.K. 7: Italy 8: Belgium 9: Netherlands 10: Finland 11: Spain 12: Austria 13: Switzerland 14: Sweden 15: Denmark 16: Norway 17: Portugal 18: France 19: Greece 20: Poland 21: Hungary 22: Czech 23: Turkey 24: South Africa 25: Taiwan 1
698
Entering the key code for scrambler board
ALL
699 701
Scrambler board FAX
Erasing all data in HDD Destination setting for FAX
ALL FAX
EUR: 5 UC: 4 JPN: 0 Other: 1 <0-25>
SYS
3 1
2 - 193 07/11
Code 702
703 704-0
704-1
707
710
711 715 716 717 718
719 720
721
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default ClassifiFunc- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents cation tion dure able value> Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 2 SYS 0: Valid (Remote-con1 nance function <0-2> trolled server) 1: Valid (L2) 2: Invalid Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL SYS Maximum 256 Bytes 11 nance HTTP server URL setting User Interruption of Copying ALL 1 SYS 0: Continues printing 4 interface stapling oper<0-1> by switching sort ation (no stasetting ple) 1: Interrupts printing Printing / ALL 1 SYS 0: Continues printing 4 <0-1> BOX printby switching sort ing setting 1: Interrupts printing Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL https:// SYS Maximum 256 Bytes 11 nance HTTP initially-registered device. server mfpURL setting support. com:443/ device/ firstregist. ashx Mainte- Short time interval setting ALL 24 SYS Sets the time interval to 1 nance <1-48> of recovery from Emerrecover from the Emer(Remote) gency Mode gency Mode to the Normal Mode. (Unit: Hour) Mainte- Short time interval setting ALL 60 SYS Unit: Minute 1 nance of Emergency Mode <30-360> (Remote) Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 1230 SYS 0 (0:00) to 2359 (23:59) 1 nance periodical polling timing (Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute) Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: Prohibited 1 nance <0-1> 1: Accepted Writing data of self-diagnostic code Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 3 SYS Unit: Minute 1 nance response waiting time <1-30> (Timeout) Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL 0 SYS 0: OFF 1 nance initial registration <0-3> 1: Start 2: Only certification is scanned 3: Satellite communiction starts Mainte- Remote-controlled service ALL SYS Maximum 10 letters 11 nance tentative password Mainte- Status of remote-conALL 0 SYS 0: Not registered 2 nance <0-1> 1: Registered trolled service initial registration (Display only) Mainte- Service center call function ALL 2 SYS 0: OFF 1 nance <0-2> 1: Notifies all service calls 2: Notifies all but paper jams
2 - 194 07/11
Code 723 726 727
Classification Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote)
728 729 730 731 732
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Service center call ALL SYS Maximum 256 letters HTTP server URL setting HTTP proxy setting ALL 1 SYS 0: Valid <0-1> 1: Invalid HTTP proxy IP address ALL SYS 000.000.000.000setting 255.255.255.255 (Default value 000.000.000.000) HTTP proxy port number ALL 0 SYS setting <065535> HTTP proxy ID setting ALL SYS Maximum 30 letters HTTP proxy password setting HTTP proxy panel display Automatic ordering function of supplies ALL ALL ALL 1 <0-1> 3 <0-3> 0 <5 digits> SYS SYS SYS Maximum 30 letters 0: Valid 1: Invalid 0: Ordered by FAX 1: Ordered by E-mail 2: Ordered by HTTP 3: OFF Maximum 32 digits Enter hyphen with the [Monitor/Pause] button Maximum 192 letters List: 256 digits Maximum 50 letters Maximum 32 digits Enter hyphen with the [Monitor/Pause] button Maximum 192 letters List: 256 digits Maximum 100 letters Maximum 5 digits Maximum 50 letters Maximum 32 digits Enter hyphen with the [Monitor/Pause] button Maximum 192 letters List: 256 digits Maximum 50 letters
Procedure 11 1 11
1 11 11 1 1
733 734 738 739 740 741 742 743 744
745
746
Automatic ordering function of supplies FAX number Automatic ordering function of supplies E-mail address Automatic ordering function of supplies User's name Automatic ordering function of supplies User's telephone number Automatic ordering function of supplies User's E-mail address Automatic ordering function of supplies User's address Automatic ordering function of supplies Service number Automatic ordering function of supplies Service technician's name Automatic ordering function of supplies Service technician's telephone number Mainte- Automatic ordering funcnance tion of supplies (Remote) Service technician's E-mail address Mainte- Automatic ordering funcnance tion of supplies (Remote) Supplier's name
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS
11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
ALL
SYS
11
ALL
SYS
11
2 - 195 07/11
Code 747 748 758 759 760 765
Classification Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote)
767
768 769 770 771 772 773 774
Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance Maintenance
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Automatic ordering funcALL SYS Maximum 100 letters tion of supplies Supplier's address Automatic ordering funcALL SYS Maximum 128 letters tion of supplies Notes Information about supplies ALL SYS Maximum 20 digits Part number of toner cartridge Information about supplies ALL 1 SYS <1-99> Order quantity of toner cartridge Information about supplies ALL 1 SYS <1-99> Condition number of toner cartridge Automatic ordering supALL EUR: 2 SYS 0: Valid (FAX/Internet plies UC: 0 FAX) Display JPN: 2 1: Valid (FAX/Internet <0-2> FAX/HTTP) 2: Invalid Service Notification setting ALL 0 SYS Enables to set up to 3 <0-2> E-mail addresses to be sent.(08-768, 777, 778) 0: Invalid 1: Valid (E-mail) 2: Valid (FAX) Destination E-mail address ALL SYS Maximum 192 letters Total counter information transmission setting Total counter transmission date setting PM counter notification setting Dealer's name Login name ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL 0 <0-1> 0 <0-31> 0 <0-1> EUR: 0 UC: 1 JPN: 0 <0-1> 0 <0-1> SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS 0: Invalid 1: Valid 0 to 31 0: Invalid 1: Valid Maximum 100 letters Needed at initial registration Maximum 20 letters Needed at initial registration 0: Not displayed 1: displayed 0: Invalid 1: Valid
Procedure 11 11 11 1 1 1
11 1 1 1 11 11 1
Mainte- Display setting of [Service nance Notification] button (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Maintenance (Remote) Sending error contents of equipment Setting total counter transmission interval (Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute) Destination E-mail address 2
775 776 777
ALL ALL ALL
SYS SYS SYS
1 1
Maximum 192 letters
11
2 - 196 07/11
Code 778 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 794 796 797 798
Classification
Maintenance (Remote) Mainte- Remote-controlled service nance polling day selection Day-1 Mainte- Remote-controlled service nance polling day selection Day-2 Mainte- Remote-controlled service nance polling day selection Day-3 Mainte- Remote-controlled service nance polling day selection Day-4 Mainte- Remote-controlled service nance polling day selection Sunday Mainte- Remote-controlled service nance polling day selection Monday Mainte- Remote-controlled service nance polling day selection Tuesday Mainte- Remote-controlled service nance polling day selection Wednesday Mainte- Remote-controlled service nance polling day selection Thursday Mainte- Remote-controlled service nance polling day selection Friday Mainte- Remote-controlled service nance polling day selection Saturday Mainte- Information of supplies setnance ting of toner cartridge Mainte- Remote-controlled service nance lengthened interval polling (End of month) Mainte- Firmware download nance General Notifying address of trial period end
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Destination E-mail address ALL SYS Maximum 192 letters 3 ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL PRT/ SCN 0 <0-31> 0 <0-31> 0 <0-31> 0 <0-31> 0 <0-1> 0 <0-1> 0 <0-1> 0 <0-1> 0 <0-1> 0 <0-1> 0 <0-1> 0 <0-1> 0 <0-1> 0 <0-1> 3 <0-3> SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS 0: OFF 1 to 31: 1st to 31st of a month 0: OFF 1 to 31: 1st to 31st of a month 0: OFF 1 to 31: 1st to 31st of a month 0: OFF 1 to 31: 1st to 31st of a month 0: Invalid 1: Valid 0: Invalid 1: Valid 0: Invalid 1: Valid 0: Invalid 1: Valid 0: Invalid 1: Valid 0: Invalid 1: Valid 0: Invalid 1: Valid 0: Invalid 1: Valid 0: Invalid 1: Valid 0: Accepted 1: Prohibited Sets where the end of the trial period is to be notified. 0: OFF 1: User 2: Service center 3: User and service center
Procedure 11 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 - 197 07/11
Code 799
800-0
Fuser
800-1
801-0
Fuser
801-1
802-0
Fuser
802-1
803-0
Fuser
803-1
804-0
Fuser
804-1
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Forcible end of trial period PRT/ SYS [CANCEL]: Cancel SCN [EXECUTION]: Forcible end When the Forcible end of trial period is performed, 0 is set in the code (08-673) to end up the 130C trial period1: forcibly. Temperature Center ALL 8 M 0: 135C thermistor <0-12> 2: 140C 3: 145C control lower 4: 150C 5: 155C limit (OHP film) 6: 160C 7: 165C 8: 170C 9: 175C Side ALL 6 M 10: 180C thermistor <0-12> 11: 185C 12: 120C Temperature Center ALL 8 M 0: 130C 1: 135C thermistor <0-12> 2: 140C 3: 145C control lower 4: 150C 5: 155C limit 6: 160C 7: 165C (Thick paper 8: 170C 9: 175C 1) Side ALL 6 M 10: 180C thermistor <0-12> 11: 185C 12: 120C Temperature Center ALL 8 M 0: 130C 1: 135C thermistor <0-12> 2: 140C 3: 145C control lower 4: 150C 5: 155C limit 6: 160C 7: 165C (Thick paper 2) 8: 170C 9: 175C Side ALL 9 M 10: 180C thermistor <0-12> 11: 185C 12: 120C Temperature Center ALL 8 M 0: 130C 1: 135C thermistor <0-12> 2: 140C 3: 145C control lower 4: 150C 5: 155C limit (Thick paper 6: 160C 7: 165C 3) 8: 170C 9: 175C Side ALL 10 M 10: 180C thermistor <0-12> 11: 185C 12: 120C Temperature Center ALL 8 M 0: 130C 1: 135C thermistor <0-12> 2: 140C 3: 145C control lower 4: 150C 5: 155C limit 6: 160C 7: 165C (Envelope) 8: 170C 9: 175C Side ALL 10 M 10: 180C thermistor <0-12> 11: 185C 12: 120C
Procedure 3
2 - 198 07/11
Code 805 806
Classification Charger Charger
807 808 809 826 830
Charger Charger Charger Charger Transfer
831
Separation Developer Developer Developer Developer Developer Image processing Image processing
833 834
835 836 837 838 839
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Main charger bias correcPRT 98 M Corrects the value of tion <0-255> the main charger bias (Text/Photo/OHP film) adjustment (05-210). Main charger bias correcPRT 98 M tion <0-255> (Toner Saving Mode/OHP film) Main charger bias correcPPC 98 M tion <0-255> (Text/Photo/OHP film) Main charger bias correcPPC 98 M tion <0-255> (Text/OHP film) Main charger bias correcPPC 98 M tion <0-255> (Photo/OHP film) Main charger bias correcPRT 128 M tion <0-255> (Toner saving mode) Transfer transformer DC ALL 128 M Corrects the value of correction (C) <0-255> the transfer transformer DC output adjustment (05-221). Separation transformer DC ALL 128 M Corrects the value of correction (C) <0-255> the separation transformer DC output adjustment (05-234). Developer bias DC correcPRT 108 M Corrects the value of tion <0-255> the developer bias (Text/Photo/OHP film) adjustment (05-205). Developer bias DC correcPRT 108 M tion <0-255> (Toner Saving Mode/OHP film) Developer bias DC correc- PPC 108 M tion <0-255> (Text/Photo/OHP film) Developer bias DC correc- PPC 108 M tion <0-255> (Text/OHP film) Developer bias DC correc- PPC 108 M tion <0-255> (Photo/OHP film) Switching of recycled toner ALL 0 M 0: Switched saving control <0-1> 1: Not switched Correction by temperature/ humidity ALL 0 <0-3> M Sets the correction by temperature/humidity. 0: All valid 1: All invalid 2: Valid only in autotoner sensor 3: All valid except transfer and separation
Procedure 1 1
1 1 1 1 1
1 1
1 1 1 1 1
2 - 199 07/11
Code 849 859 860 861 862 863 864
Classification General Developer Developer Developer Developer Developer Charger
865
Charger
866
Charger
867
Charger
868
Transfer
869
Transfer
870
Separation Separation Laser Laser
871
872 873
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Power source setting for ALL SAD: 1 M 0: Other than SAD destination Others: 0 1: SAD <0-1> Developer bias DC correcPRT 128 M Corrects the value of tion <0-255> the developer bias (Toner saving mode) adjustment (05-205). Developer bias DC correcPRT 128 M Corrects the value of tion (Normal) <0-255> the developer bias adjustment (05-205). Developer bias DC correc- PPC 128 M Corrects the value of tion (Text/Photo) <0-255> the developer bias adjustment (05-205). Developer bias DC correc- PPC 128 M Corrects the value of tion (Text) <0-255> the developer bias adjustment (05-205). Developer bias DC correc- PPC 128 M Corrects the value of tion (Photo) <0-255> the developer bias adjustment (05-205). Main charger bias correcPRT 128 M Corrects the value of tion (Normal) <0-255> the main charger bias adjustment (05-210). Main charger bias correcPPC 128 M Corrects the value of tion (Text/Photo) <0-255> the main charger bias adjustment (05-210). Main charger bias correcPPC 128 M Corrects the value of tion (Text) <0-255> the main charger bias adjustment (05-210). Main charger bias correcPPC 128 M Corrects the value of tion (Photo) <0-255> the main charger bias adjustment (05-210). Transfer transformer DC ALL 128 M Corrects the value of correction (H) <0-255> the transfer transformer DC output adjustment (05-220). Transfer transformer DC ALL 128 M Corrects the value of correction (L) <0-255> the transfer transformer DC output adjustment (05-222). Separation transformer DC ALL 128 M Corrects the value of correction (H) <0-255> the separation transformer DC output adjustment (05-233). Separation transformer DC ALL 128 M Corrects the value of correction (L) <0-255> the separation transformer DC output adjustment (05-235). Laser power correction PRT 128 M Corrects the value of (Normal) <0-255> the laser power adjustment (05-286). Laser power correction PPC 128 M Corrects the value of (Text/Photo) <0-255> the laser power adjustment (05-286).
Procedure 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1
2 - 200 07/11
Code 875 876 877 886
Classification Laser Laser Laser Fuser
896-0
Fuser
896-1
900
Version
903 905 907 908 915 920 921 922 923 924
Version Version Version Version Version Version Version Version Version Version
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Laser power correction PRT 128 M Corrects the value of (Toner saving mode) <0-255> the laser power adjustment (05-286). Laser power correction PPC 128 M Corrects the value of (Text) <0-255> the laser power adjustment (05-286). Laser power correction PPC 128 M Corrects the value of (Photo) <0-255> the laser power adjustment (05-286). Temperature drop control ALL 2 M 0: None setting in ready status <0-20> 1: Pattern 1 (Temperature/Time) 2: Pattern 2 3: Pattern 3 4: Pattern 4 5: Pattern 5 6: Pattern 6 7: Pattern 7 8: Pattern 8 9: Pattern 9 10: Pattern 10 11: Pattern 11 12: Pattern 12 13: Pattern 13 14: Pattern 14 15: Pattern 15 16: Pattern 16 17: Pattern 17 18: Pattern 18 19: Pattern 19 20: Manual adjustment Temperature Center ALL 7 M 0: 130C 1: 135C themistor <0-12> 2: 140C 3: 145C control lower 4: 150C 5: 155C limit 6: 160C 7: 165C (Plain paper/ 8: 170C 9: 175C Low tempera- Side ALL 5 M 10: 180C ture) themistor <0-12> 11: 185C 12: 120C System firmware ROM ver- ALL JPN: T377SY0JXXX sion UC: T377SY0UXXX EUR: T377SY0EXXX Others: T377SY0XXXX Engine ROM version ALL 377M-XXX Scanner ROM version ALL 377S-XXX RADF ROM version ALL DF-XXXX Finisher ROM version ALL SDL-XX FIN-XX Fax board ROM version FAX F562-XXX FROM basic section softALL VX.XX/X.XX ware version FROM internal program ALL VXXX.XXX X UI data fixed section verALL VXXX.XXX X sion UI data common section ALL VXXX.XXX X version Version of UI data lanALL VXXX.XXX X guage 1 in HDD
Procedure 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 - 201 07/11
Code 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 944
945 947
949
950
953
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default ClassifiFunc- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents cation tion dure able value> Version Version of UI data lanALL VXXX.XXX X 2 guage 2 in HDD Version Version of UI data lanALL VXXX.XXX X 2 guage 3 in HDD Version Version of UI data lanALL VXXX.XXX X 2 guage 4 in HDD Version Version of UI data lanALL VXXX.XXX X 2 guage 5 in HDD Version Version of UI data lanALL VXXX.XXX X 2 guage 6 in HDD Version Version of UI data in ALL VXXX.XXX X 2 FROM displayed at powerON Version Version of UI data lanALL VXXX.XXX X 2 guage 7 in HDD Version Web data whole version ALL VXXX.XXX X 2 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL VXXX.XXX X 2 Version: Language 1 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL VXXX.XXX X 2 Version: Language 2 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL VXXX.XXX X 2 Version: Language 3 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL VXXX.XXX X 2 Version: Language 4 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL VXXX.XXX X 2 Version: Language 5 Version Web UI data in HDD ALL VXXX.XXX X 2 Version: Language 6 Version HD version ALL JPN: T377HD0JXXX 2 UC: T377HD0UXXX EUR: T377HD0EXXX Others: T377HD0XXXX Network Two-way setting of ALL 2 UTY 1: Valid 12 RawPort 9100 <1-2> 2: Invalid General Initialization after software ALL Perform this code when 3 version upgrade the software in this equipment has been upgraded. General Automatic interruption ALL 0 SYS Sets the number of 1 page setting during printing <0-100> pages to interrupt the printing automatically. 0-100: 0 to 100 pages ElecStart-up method of ElecALL 0 SYS Sets the start-up 1 <0-2> tronic Fil- tronic Filing method of the Elecing tronic Filing. 0: Standard 1: Forced start-up (Not recovered) 2: Forced start-up (Recovered) User Access code entry for ALL 0 SYS 0: Renewed automati1 interface Electronic Filing printing <0-1> cally 1: Enter every time
2 - 202 07/11
Code 954
969 970 972 973
975
976
977 978
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default ClassifiFunc- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents cation tion dure able value> User Clearing timing for files and ALL 1 SYS 0: Immediately after 1 interface Electronic Filing Agent <0-1> the completion of scanning 1: Cleared by Auto Clear User Error sound ALL 1 SYS 0: OFF 1 interface <0-1> 1: ON User Sound setting when ALL JPN: 0 SYS 0: OFF 1 interface switching to Energy Saving Other: 1 1: ON Mode <0-1> User Enables/disables the disALL 0 SYS 0: Disabled 1 interface play that the toner is <0-1> 1: Enabled nearly empty Network PCL line feed code setting PRT 0 SYS Sets the PCL line feed 1 <0-3> code. 0: Automatic setting 1: CR=CR, LF=LF 2: CR=CR+LF, LF=LF 3: CR=CR, LF=CR+LF General Job handling when printALL 1 SYS Sets whether pause or 1 <0-1> ing is short paid with coin stop the printing job controller when it is short paid using a coin controller. 0: Pause the job 1: Stop the job ElecEquipment name and user ALL 0 SYS Sets whether or not 1 <0-2> tronic Fil- name setting to a folder adding the equipment ing when saving files name and user name to the folder when saving files. 0: Not add 1: Add the equipment name 2: ISO8859-1 Add the user name Network Switching of extended ALL 0 SYS 0: 1 <0-1> 1: ISO8859-2 ASCII code in catFs filesystem Network Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS 0: AUTO 1 (Paper feeding drawer) <0-5> 1: Upper drawer 2: Lower drawer 3: PFP upper drawer 4: PFP lower drawer 5: LCF
2 - 203 07/11
Code 979
980
981
983 985
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default ClassifiFunc- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents cation tion dure able value> Network Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS 0: Roman-8 1 (PCL symbol set) <0-39> 1: ISO 8859/1 Latin 1 2: ISO 8859/2 Latin 2 3: ISO 8859/9 Latin 5 4: PC-8,Code Page 437 5: PC-8 D/N, Danish/ Norwegian 6: PC-850,Multilingual 7: PC-852, Latin2 8: PC-8 Turkish 9: Windows 3.1 Latin 1 10: Windows 3.1 Latin 2 11: Windows 3.1 Latin 5 12: DeskTop 13: PS Text 14: Ventura International 15: Ventura US 16: Microsoft Publishing 17: Math-8 18: PS Math 19: Ventura Math 20: Pi Font 21: Legal 22: ISO 4: United Kingdom 23: ISO 6: ASCII 24: ISO 11 25: ISO 15: Italian 26: ISO 17 27: ISO 21: German 28: ISO 60: Danish/Norwegian 29: ISO 69: French 30: Windows 3.0 Latin 1 31: MC Text 32: PC Cyrillic 33: ITC Zapf Dingbats 34: ISO 8859/10 Latin 6 35: PC-775 36: PC-1004 37: Symbol 38: Windows Baltic 39: Wingdings ElecElectronic Filing data ALL 0 SYS 0: Retention OFF 1 <0-999> 1 to 999: 1 to 999 days tronic Fil- retention period when NIC board is not installed ing (Public Box) ElecElectronic Filing data ALL 0 SYS 0: Retention OFF 1 <0-999> 1 to 999: 1 to 999 days tronic Fil- retention period when NIC board is not installed ing (User Box) User JOB STATUS initial screen ALL 0 SYS 0: Print 1 interface setting <0-1> 1: Private ElecPrint mode setting of mixed ALL 0 SYS 0: Image quality prior1 <0-1> ity mode tronic Fil- input source of Electronic Filing 1: Function priority ing mode
2 - 204 07/11
Code 986
988 995
Paper feeding Version
999 1002
Maintenance Network
1003
Network
1006
Network
1007 1008
Network Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Copy function setting PPC 0 SYS Sets the copy function 1 <0-1> to be invalid. 0: Valid 1: Invalid Setting of paper size ALL 0 SYS 0: Not switched 1 switching to 13 LG <0-2> 1: LG 13LG 2: FOLIO 13LG Equipment number (serial ALL 0 SYS This code can be also 11 number) display <10 digkeyed in from the its> adjustment mode (05976). 10 digits FSMS total counter ALL 0 SYS Refers to values of total 1 <8 digits> counter Selection of NIC board sta- ALL 1 NIC 1: Not printed out 12 tus information <1-2> when the equipment is restarted 2: Printed out when the equipment is restarted Communication speed and ALL 1 NIC 1: Auto 12 settings of Ethernet <1-5> 2: 10MBPS Half Duplex 3: 10MBPS Full Duplex 4: 100MBPS Half Duplex 5: 100MBPS Full Duplex Address Mode ALL 2 NIC 1: Fixed IP address 12 <1-3> 2: Dynamic IP address (DHCP) 3: Dynamic IP address (DHCP) without AutoIP Domain name ALL NIC Maximum 96 letters 12 IP address ALL NIC 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value 000.000.000.000) 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value 000.000.000.000) 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value 000.000.000.000) 1: Available 2: Not available 1: Automatic 2: IEEE802.3 3: Ethernet II 4: IEEE802.3SNAP 5: IEEE802.2 12
1009
Network
Subnet mask
ALL
NIC
12
1010
Network
Gateway
ALL
NIC
12
1011 1012
Network Network
Availability of IPX Network frame type
ALL ALL
1 <1-2> 1 <1-5>
NIC NIC
12 12
2 - 205 07/11
Code 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018
Classification Network Network Network Network Network Network
1019
Network
1020
Network
1023
Network
1024
Network
1025
Network
1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1037 1038
Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Availability of NCP Burst ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Availability of AppleTalk ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Zone setting of AppleTalk ALL * NIC Maximum 32 letters *: Wildcard character Availability of LDAP ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Availability of DNS ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available IP address to DNS server ALL NIC 000.000.000.000(Primary) 255.255.255.255 (Default value 000.000.000.000) IP address to DNS server ALL NIC 000.000.000.000(Secondary) 255.255.255.255 (Default value 000.000.000.000) DDNS Desired level ALL 1 NIC 1: Invalid <1-5> 2: Via DHCP 3: Insecure DDNS 4: Secure DDNS 5: Multi-secure DDNS NetBios name ALL MFP_ UTY Maximum 15 letters serial The Network-related serial number of the equipment appears at serial Name of WINS server or IP ALL UTY 000.000.000.000address (Primary) 255.255.255.255 (Default value 000.000.000.000) Name of WINS server or IP ALL UTY 000.000.000.000address (Secondary) 255.255.255.255 (Default value 000.000.000.000) Availability of Bindery ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Availability of NDS ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Directory service context ALL NIC Maximum 127 letters Directory service tree ALL NIC Maximum 47 letters Availability of HTTP server ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Port number to NIC HTTP ALL 80 NIC server <165535> Port number to system ALL 8080 SYS HTTP server <165535> Availability of SMTP client ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available FQDN or IP address to ALL NIC Maximum 128 Bytes SMTP server
Procedure 12 12 12 12 12 12
12
12
12
12
12
12 12 12 12 12 12 1 12 12
2 - 206 07/11
Code 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1055 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1065 1066 1067 1068
Classification Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> TCP port number of SMTP ALL 25 NIC client <165535> Availability of SMTP server ALL 1 UTY 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available TCP port number of SMTP ALL 25 UTY server <165535> E-mail box name to SMTP ALL UTY Maximum 192 letters server Availability of Offramp ALL 2 UTY 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Offramp security ALL 1 UTY 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Printing at Offramp ALL 1 UTY 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Availability of POP3 clients ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available FQDN or IP address to ALL NIC Maximum 128 Bytes POP3 server Types of POP3 server ALL 1 NIC 1: Automatic <1-3> 2: POP3 3: APOP Login name to POP3 ALL NIC Maximum 96 letters server Login password to POP3 ALL NIC Maximum 96 letters E-mail reception interval ALL 5 NIC (Unit: Minute) <0-4096> TCP port number of POP3 ALL 110 NIC client <165535> TCP port number of FTP ALL 21 UTY client <165535> Login name to FTP server ALL SYS Maximum 31 letters Login password to FTP ALL SYS Maximum 31 letters server Availability of FTP server ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available TCP port number of FTP ALL 21 UTY server <165535> Login name to FTP client ALL SYS Maximum 31 letters Login password to FTP cliALL SYS Maximum 31 letters ent MIB function ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid <1-2> 2: Invalid Setting of read Community ALL public NIC Maximum 31 letters Setting of read/Write ComALL private NIC Maximum 31 letters munity Authentication TRAP funcALL 1 NIC 1: Valid tion <1-2> 2: Invalid ALERTS TRAP function ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid <1-2> 2: Invalid
Procedure 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 11 11 12 12 11 11 12 12 12 12 12
2 - 207 07/11
Code 1069
1070 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081
Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network
1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093
Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> TRAP destination IP ALL UTY 000.000.000.000address 255.255.255.255 (Default value 000.000.000.000) Community setting of ALL public NIC Maximum 31 letters TRAP (via IP) Availability of Raw/TCP ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid <1-2> 2: Invalid TCP port number of Raw ALL 9100 NIC <165535> Availability of LPD client ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid <1-2> 2: Invalid TCP port number of LPD ALL 515 NIC <165535> LPD queue name ALL NIC Maximum 31 letters Availability of IPP ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid <1-2> 2: Invalid Availability of IPP port ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid number 80 <1-2> 2: Invalid TCP port number of IPP ALL 631 NIC <165535> IPP printer name ALL MFP_ NIC Maximum 127 letters serial The Network-related serial number of the equipment appears at serial IPP printer location ALL NIC Maximum 127 letters IPP printer information ALL NIC Maximum 127 letters IPP printer information ALL NIC Maximum 127 letters (more) Installer of IPP printer ALL NIC Maximum 127 letters driver IPP printer Make and ALL NIC Maximum 127 letters Model IPP printer information ALL NIC Maximum 127 letters (more) MFGR IPP message from operaALL NIC Maximum 127 letters tor Availability of FTP print ALL 1 NIC 1: Available <1-2> 2: Not available Printer user name of FTP ALL print NIC Maximum 31 letters Printer user password of ALL NIC Maximum 31 letters FTP TCP port number to FTP ALL 21 NIC print server <165535> Login name to Novell print ALL MFP_ NIC Maximum 47 letters server serial The Network-related serial number of the equipment appears at serial
Procedure 12
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
2 - 208 07/11
Code 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100
Classification Network Network Network Network Network Network Network
1101 1102 1103 1104
Network Network Network Network
1105
Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Login password to Novell ALL NIC Maximum 31 letters print server Name of SearchRoot ALL NIC Maximum 31 letters server Scan rate setting of print ALL 5 NIC Unit: Second queue <1-255> Page number limitation for ALL 5 UTY <1-99> printing text of received Email MDN return mail setting ALL 2 UTY 1: Valid when receiving E-mail <1-2> 2: Invalid Trap destination of IPX ALL UTY Maximum 24 letters (Valid from 0 to 9 and from A to F) Method of SMTP server ALL 5 NIC 1: Disable authentication <1-7,10> 2: Plain 3: Login 4: Cram-MD5 5: Digest MD5 6: Kerberos 7: NTLM 10: Auto Login name for SMTP ALL NIC Maximum 64 letters server authentication Login password for SMTP ALL NIC Maximum 64 letters server authentication Rendezvous setting ALL 1 NIC 1: Valid <1-2> 2: Invalid Link local host name ALL MFP_ NIC Maximum 127 letters serial The Network-related serial number of the equipment appears at serial Service name setting ALL Refer to NIC Maximum 63 letters content The Network-related serial number of the equipment appears at serial <Default value> e-STUDIO202L: TOSHIBA eSTUDIO202L_serial e-STUDIO203L: TOSHIBA eSTUDIO203L_serial e-STUDIO232: TOSHIBA eSTUDIO232_serial e-STUDIO233: TOSHIBA eSTUDIO233_serial e-STUDIO282: TOSHIBA eSTUDIO282_serial e-STUDIO283: TOSHIBA eSTUDIO283_serial
Procedure 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
12 12 12 12
12
2 - 209 07/11
Code 1112
1113 1114
Network Network
1117 1118 1119 1121 1122 1123
Network General Network Network Network Network
1124 1125 1126 1128 1129 1130
Network General Counter Network Network User interface User interface
1131
1132
General
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Host name ALL MFP_seri NIC Maximum 63 letters 12 al The Network-related serial number of the equipment appears at serial Windows domain No.1 of ALL UTY Maximum 128 letters 12 user authentication Sending mail text of InterALL 1 SYS 0: Invalid (Not sending 1 netFAX <0-1> the mail text) 1: Valid (Sending the mail text) SMB time-out period ALL 300 SYS Unit: Second 1 <1-9999> Clearing of TAT partition ALL SYS 3 Initialization of NIC inforALL Initializes only the infor3 mation mation of the Network setting items. PDC (Primary Domain ALL UTY Maximum 128 letters 12 Controller) name BDC (Backup Domain ALL UTY Maximum 128 letters 12 Controller) name NT domain ON/OFF setALL 4 UTY 3: ON (Domain 12 ting <3-4> selected) 4: OFF (Work group selected) Workgroup name ALL workUTY Maximum 15 letters 12 group Data writing of address ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 book data import <0-1> 1: Valid (overwriting method) Validity of interrupt copyALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 <0-1> 1: Valid ing when external counters are installed NetwareUserAuthTree ALL UTY Maximum 47 letters 12 Name1 NetwareUserAuthContext ALL UTY Maximum 127 letters 12 Name1 Job Build Function ALL 1 SYS Sets the Job Build 1 <0-1> Function. 0: Invalid 1: Valid Maximum number of time ALL 2000 SYS Sets the maximum 1 job build performed <5-2000> number of time a job build has been performed. 5-2000: 5 to 2000 times Default screen selection of ALL 1 SYS Selects the default 1 the User Function menu <0-1> screen when entering the User Function menu by pressing the [USER FUNCTIONS] button. 0: ADDRESS 1: COUNTER
2 - 210 07/11
Code 1133
1134 1135
1138
1139 1140
1141
1143 1144 1145
1148 1149
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default ClassifiFunc- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents cation tion dure able value> Paper Feeding direction setting of ALL 0 SYS Sets the feeding direc1 feeding envelope <0-1> tion of envelopes. 0: Envelope flap comes on its trailing edge (front side of the equipment) 1: Envelope flap comes on its leading edge (rear side of the equipment) Network NetwareUserAuthTree ALL UTY Maximum 47 letters 12 Name2 Paper Default setting of drawers PRT 1 SYS 1: LCF 1 feeding (Printer/BOX) <1-5> 2: Upper drawer 3: Lower drawer 4: PFP upper drawer 5: PFP lower drawer Network LDAP search method setALL 0 SYS Sets the search method 1 ting <0-3> when performing a LDAP search. 0: Partial match 1: Prefix match 2: Suffix match 3: Full match Network LDAP authentication setALL 0 SYS 0: Not authenticated 1 ting <0-1> 1: Authenticated User Restriction of the template ALL 0 SYS Selects the restriction of 1 interface function with the adminis<0-1> the template function trator privilege usage setting. 0: No restriction 1: Only available with the administrator privilege. Network Display of MAC address ALL SYS (**:**:**:**:**:**) 2 The address is displayed as above (6byte data is divided by a colon at every bytes). Network NetwareUserAuthContext ALL UTY Maximum 127 2 letters 12 Name2 Network NetwareUserAuthTree ALL UTY Maximum 47 letters 12 Name3 Mainte- Counter notification ALL SYS Maximum 32 digits 11 nance Remote FAX setting Enter hyphen with the (Remote) [MONITOR/PAUSE] button. Network NetwareUserAuthContext ALL UTY Maximum 127 letters 12 Name3 General Enhanced bold for PCL6 ALL 0 SYS 0:OFF 1 <0-1> 1:ON
2 - 211 07/11
Code 1372
1376 1378
Counter Counter
1380
Counter
1382
Counter
1385
Image processing
1386
Image processing
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Heater and energizing time ALL 0 M Counts up the heater 1 <8 digits> accumulating counter Discontrol time accumuplay/0 clearing lated (when power of the equipment is ON) but does not count at the Sleep Mode. When the counter value of the fuser roller is cleared, this counter value is also cleared in sync at the PM support mode. Toner cartridge drive ALL 0 M Counts the rotation 1 counter <8 digits> number of the toner cartridge. Counter for period of time ALL 0 M Counts up the heater 1 <8 digits> fuser unit is at ready temcontrol time accumuperature lated (when the equipment is at ready status). When the counter value of the fuser roller is reset, this counter is also reset in sync at the PM support mode. Counter for period of time ALL 0 M Counts up the heater 1 <8 digits> fuser unit is at printing temcontrol time accumuperature lated (during printing). When the counter value of the fuser roller is reset, this counter is also reset in sync at the PM support mode. Counter for period of time ALL 0 M Counts up the heater 1 <8 digits> fuser unit is at energy savcontrol time accumuing temperature/Counter lated (when the equipreset ment is in the Energy Saving Mode). When the counter value of the fuser roller is reset, this counter is also reset in sync at the PM support mode. Number of output pages ALL 0 M Counts up when the 1 (Thick paper 1) <8 digits> registration sensor is ON. When the counter value of the fuser roller is cleared, this counter value is also cleared in sync at the PM support mode. Number of output pages ALL 0 M Counts up when the 1 (Thick paper 2) <8 digits> registration sensor is ON. When the counter value of the fuser roller is cleared, this counter value is also cleared in sync at PM support mode.
2 - 212 07/11
Code 1387
Classification Image processing
1388
Image processing
1390
Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Number of output pages ALL 0 M Counts up when the (Thick paper 3) <8 digits> registration sensor is ON. When the counter value of the fuser roller is cleared, this counter value is also cleared in sync at PM support mode. Number of output pages ALL 0 M Counts up when the (OHP film) <8 digits> registration sensor is ON. When the counter value of the fuser roller is cleared, this counter value is also cleared in sync at PM support mode. Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of (upper drawer) <8 digits> times of the feeding retry from the upper drawer. Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of (lower drawer) <8 digits> times of the feeding retry from the lower drawer. Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of (PFP upper drawer) <8 digits> times of the feeding retry from the PFP upper drawer. Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of (PFP lower drawer) <8 digits> times of the feeding retry from the PFP lower drawer. Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of (bypass feed) <8 digits> times of the feeding retry from the bypass tray. Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M Counts the number of (LCF) <8 digits> times of the feeding retry from the LCF. Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M When the number of upper limit value <8 digits> feeding retry (08-1390 (Upper drawer) to 08-1395) exceeds the setting value, the Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M feeding retry will not be upper limit value <8 digits> performed subse(Lower drawer) quently. In case 0 is Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M set as a setting value, upper limit value <8 digits> however, the feeding (PFP upper drawer) retry continues regardFeeding retry counter ALL 0 M less of the counter setupper limit value <8 digits> ting value. (PFP lower drawer) Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M upper limit value <8 digits> (Bypass feed) Feeding retry counter ALL 0 M upper limit value <8 digits> (LCF)
Procedure 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 - 213 07/11
Code 1410 1411
Classification Counter Counter
1422
Data overwrite kit
1424
Data overwrite kit
1426
Data overwrite kit
1427
Data overwrite kit
1428
Data overwrite kit
1429
1430
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Counter for period of toner ALL 0 M Counts up the period of 1 cartridge rotation time <8 digits> rotation time of the toner cartridge. Counter for envelope ALL 0 M Counts up when the 1 <8 digits> registration sensor is ON. When the counter value of the fuser roller is reset, this counter is reset in sync at the PM support mode. HDD data overwriting type ALL 0 SYS Select the type of the 1 setting <0-2> overwriting level; LOW, MEDIUM, or HIGH for deleting HDD data. (This setting is enabled only when the GP-1060 is installed.) 0: LOW 1: MEDIUM 2: HIGH HDD data clearing type ALL 0 SYS Select the type of the 1 setting (forcible clearing) <0-2> overwriting level; LOW, MEDIUM, or HIGH for deleting HDD data. (This setting is enabled only when the GP-1060 is installed.) 0: LOW 1: MEDIUM 2: HIGH Forcible HDD data clearing ALL HDD data is cleared in 3 the procedure set in 081424. * This setting is enabled only when the GP-1060 is installed. Forcible NVRAM data all ALL When this code is per3 clearing formed, the equipment cannot be started up. * This setting is enabled only when the GP-1060 is installed. Forcible SRAM backup ALL When this code is per3 data all clearing formed, the equipment cannot be started up. * This setting is enabled only when the GP-1060 is installed. Margin width ALL Front: 7/ SYS This setting is not 10 (Top/Bottom, Left/Right) Back: 7 reflected in "Right", <2-100/even if the value less 100-100> than 2 is set for "Back". Margin width ALL 14 SYS 1 (Bookbinding margin) <2-30>
2 - 214 07/11
Code 1431
1432 1435
Network Network
1436
Network
1437 1438
Paper feeding Paper feeding Paper feeding Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network
1439
1440 1441 1442 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> ACC ALL 1 SYS 0: ACC prohibited 1 (AT_CASETTE_CHANGE) <0-2> 1: Only in the same for Printer/Box printing paper direction 2: In both same direction and different directions Mode only for Private Print ALL 0 SYS 0: Normal mode 1 <0-1> 1: Mode for Private Print "Disable private and proof ALL 0 SYS 0: Function OFF (no 1 print save" function <0-1> restriction on data saving or other operations) 1: Function ON (Data saving or other operations are restricted) "Disable fax save" function ALL 0 SYS 0: Function OFF (no 1 <0-1> restriction on data saving or other operations) 1: Function ON (Data saving or other operations are restricted Hole punch on tab paper ALL 0 SYS 0: No hole punch 1 <0-1> 1: Hole punch Automatic feed setting of ALL 1 SYS 0: Disabled 1 <0-1> 1: Enabled tab paper and insertion sheet (Remote) Automatic feed setting of ALL 1 SYS 0: Disabled 1 <0-1> 1: Enabled tab paper and insertion sheet (Local) IP Conflict Detect ALL 1 OFF/ON 12 <1-2> 1: Valid 2: Invalid SNTP Enable ALL 2 OFF/ON 12 <1-2> 1: Valid 2: Invalid SNTP Polling rate ALL 24 Data obtaining interval 12 <1-168> (Unit: Hour) Primary SNTP Address ALL SNTP server IP 12 Address (Primary) Secondary SNTP Address ALL SNTP server IP 12 Address (Secondary) Port number to SNTP ALL 123 12 <165535> IPP administrator name ALL This should be an 12 account which can control all IPP jobs. IPP administrator passALL This should be the 12 word password of an account which can control all IPP jobs.
2 - 215 07/11
Code 1449
1450
Network
1451
Network
1464
Network
1470 1471
General General
1472 1473 1474
1476
Network
1477
Network
1478
User interface
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> IPP authentication method ALL 1 1: Disabled 12 <1-4> 2: Basic 3: Digest 4: Basic Digest User name for IPP authen- ALL This should be the 12 tication account at the time IPP authentication was performed. Password for IPP authenti- ALL This should be the 12 cation password of the account at the time IPP authentication was performed. Samba server ON/OFF ALL 1 NIC 1: Samba enabled 12 setting <1-4> 2: Samba disabled 3: Print Share disabled 4: File Share disabled Device authentication func- ALL 0 SYS 0: OFF 1 tion setting <0-1> 1: ON User authentication ALL 0 SYS 0: Local 1 method <0-5> 1: NTLM (NT Domain) 2: LDAP 3: Kerberos (Active Directory) 4: Netware User data management ALL 0 SYS 0: Disabled 1 <0-1> 1: Enabled automatic registration function setting User data management ALL 0 SYS 0: Disabled 1 limitation setting <0-1> 1: Enabled User data management ALL 0 SYS 0-9,999,999: 1 limitation <7 digits> 0-9,999,999 sheets Setting by number of printouts Restriction on Address ALL 0 SYS Some restrictions can 1 <0-1> book operation by adminisbe given on the admintrator istrator for operating the Address book. 0: No restriction 1: Can be operated only under the administrator's Restriction on "To" ("cc") ALL 0 SYS 0: authorization No restriction 1 address <0-3> 1: Can be set from both of the Address book and LDAP server 2: Can be set only from the Address book 3: Can be set only from the LDAP server Display of paper size setALL JPN: 0 SYS 0: Not displayed 1 UC: 1 1: Displayed ting by installation operaEUR: 0 tion of drawers <0-1>
2 - 216 07/11
Code 1479
Classification User interface General General
1481 1482
1483
General
1484
Network
1485
Network
1487
Network
1489 1491 1492 1493
Network Network Paper feeding Network
1494
General
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Default setting of sharpALL 5 SYS 1: -4 2: -3 1 ness <1-9> 3: -2 4: -1 5: 0 6: +1 7: +2 8: +3 9: +4 User data management ALL All the user data in the 3 clearing database and backup files can be deleted. User data department ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 management <0-1> 1: Valid * When this code is set to 1 (Valid), the department management setting (08-629) should be (Valid). User data recovery ALL The1 data in the data3 base is overwritten with the data in the backup file. Authentication method of ALL 0 SYS 0: Disable 1 "Scan to Email <0-2> 1: SMTP authentication 2: LDAP authentication Setting whether use of ALL 0 SYS 0: Not permitted 1 <0-1> 1: Permitted Internet FAX is permitted or not when it is given an authentication "From" address assignALL 0 SYS 0: "User name" + @ + 1 <0-2> "Domain name" ment method when it is 1: LDAP search given an authentication 2: Use the address registered in "From" field of E-mail setting Setting for "From" address ALL 0 SYS 0: Not permitted 1 edit at "Scan to Email <0-1> 1: Permitted E-mail domain name ALL SYS 96+2 (delimiter) charac11 ter ASCII sequence only Detection method of 13" ALL 0 SYS 0: Disabled 1 <0-1> 1: Enabled LG for single-size document Role Base Access FuncALL 0 SYS 0: Function off (No 1 tion <0-1> restriction on data saving and other operations) 1: Function on (Data saving and other operations have some restrictions) Limitation check method ALL 0 SYS 0: Checked at every 2 <0-1> page printed 1: Checked at every job printed
2 - 217 08/04
Code 1495
1496
General
1497 1498
Network FAX
1530-0 1530-1
Counter
1530-2 1530-3 1530-4 1530-7
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Service call checking ALL 6 0: No checking period 12 period setting <0-12> specified (= Calls service technician immediately) 0: 10 minutes 1: 30 minutes 3: 1 hour 4: 6 hours 5: 12 hours 6: 24 hours 7: 48 hours 8: 7 days 9: 1 month 10: 1 year 11: 5 years 12: Not limited (= Calls service technician if such error has occurred in the past even once or more) Operation setting for User ALL 1 SYS 0 : Disables operation 1 authentication/registration <0-1> setting for User authentication/registration 1 : Enables operation setting for User authentication/registration e-Filing Access Mode (for ALL 0 SYS 0: Mode 1 1 Client) <0-2> 1: Mode 2 2: Mode 3 Inbound FAX function 1 SYS 0: OFF 1 (Forwarding by TSI) <0-1> (Function disabled) 1: ON (Function enabled) Number of 1-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 output pages Duplex <8 digits> output pages. printing 2-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> Duplex output pages using printing [2IN1] or [MAGAZINE SORT]. 2-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> sheets using [2IN1] or Simplex [MAGAZINE SORT]. printing 4-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> output pages using Duplex [4IN1]. printing 4-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> sheets using [4IN1]. Simplex printing 1-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> output pages. Simplex printing
2 - 218 07/11
Code 1533-0 1533-1
1533-2 1533-3 1533-4 1533-5 1533-6 1533-7 1535-0 1535-7 Counter
1660 1661 1662 1663
Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN
1664 1665 1666
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Number of 1-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of <8 digits> output pages. output pages Duplex of the printer printing or BOX 2-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of <8 digits> output pages using Duplex printing [2IN1] or [MAGAZINE SORT]. * When printing is performed using a Windows driver, the 1-UP image will be output. 2-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of <8 digits> sheets using [2IN1] or Simplex [MAGAZINE SORT]. printing 4-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of <8 digits> output pages using Duplex [4IN1]. printing 4-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of <8 digits> sheets using [4IN1]. Simplex printing N-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of <8 digits> Duplex output pages using [N printing IN1]. N-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of <8 digits> sheets using [N IN1]. Simplex printing 1-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of <8 digits> output pages . Simplex printing Number of 1-UP / FAX 0 SYS Counts the number of <8 digits> output pages Duplex sheets in the default of the FAX printing settings. printing 1-UP / FAX 0 SYS (1-UP / <8 digits> Simplex Duplex printprinting ing) Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 1: OFF 2: ON Radio ON/OFF setting <1-2> Wireless LAN driver ALL Maximum 32 letters SSID Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 1: Infrastructure Network type <1-2> 2: Ad-Hoc Wireless LAN driver ALL 4 1: 802.1x 2: WPA-PSK Security <1-7> 3: WEP 4: NONE 5: WPA 6: WPA2 7: WPA2PSK Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 1: TKIP 2: AES Encryption system <1-3> 3: Dynamic WEP Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 1: 100% 2: 50% Transmission output power <1-5> 3: 25% 4: 12.5% 5: min Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 1: Auto 2: Manual Transmission rate <1-2>
Procedure 4 4
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
12 12 12 12
12 12 12
2 - 219 07/11
Code 1667
Classification Wireless LAN
1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679
Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN
1681
Wireless LAN
1682
Wireless LAN
1684
Wireless LAN
1685
Wireless LAN
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 1: 1 2: 2 Transmission rate value <1-12> 3: 5.5 4: 11 5: 6 6: 9 7: 12 8: 18 9: 24 10: 36 11: 48 12: 54 Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 1: Auto 2: Manual Operation channel <1-2> Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 Operation channel value <1-11> Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 1: 64 2: 128 WEP bit number <1-3> 3: 152 Wireless LAN driver ALL 2 1: Hex 2: ASCII WEP key entry system <1-2> Wireless LAN driver ALL Maximum 32 letters WEP key value Wireless LAN driver ALL Maximum 64 letters WPA-PSK passphrase Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 1: Off 2: Max Sleep mode setting <1-3> 3: Normal Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 1: Long 2: Short Slot-time limitation <1-2> Wireless LAN driver ALL 5 <0-1000> Number of times of software retry Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 1: Long 2: Longshort Preamble <1-2> Wireless LAN driver ALL 1 1: All 2: 11b Operation mode <1-3> 3: 11g Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 1 This setting is whether Wireless LAN setting <1-3> the wireless LAN connection is enabled or disabled. 1: Unset 2: Enabled 3: Disabled Wireless LAN supplicant ALL This should be the path Path name for client certifiname in full where the cate client certificate is located. (Maximum 255 letters) Wireless LAN supplicant ALL This should be the path Path name for secret key name in full where the of client certificate client certificate is located. (Maximum 255 letters) Wireless LAN supplicant ALL This should be the path name in full where the Path name for CA self-certificate CA self-certificate is located. (Maximum 255 letters) Wireless LAN supplicant ALL This should be the user EAP user name name when the EAPTLS is used.
Procedure 12
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
12
12
12
12
2 - 220 07/11
Code 1686 1689
Classification Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN
1690
1691
Wireless LAN
1692
Wireless LAN
1693
Wireless LAN
1696
Wireless LAN
1697
Wireless LAN
1699
Wireless LAN
1700
Wireless LAN
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Wireless LAN supplicant ALL This should be the user 12 EAP user name name when the PEAP is used. Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 30 This should be the time12 Authentication interval <30out interval between 65535> EAP responses. 30: 30 seconds Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 60 The EAP authentica12 Holding interval <60tion will start after hav65535> ing been waited in this period when an EAP failure was received. 60: 60 seconds Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 3 When an EAPOL-Start 12 EAPOL-Start <1packet has been sent 65535> Number of times of packet and the request ID cannot be received, this retry EAPOL-Start packet will be re-sent for the number of times set in this code. 3: 3 times Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 2 This setting is whether 12 Session resume <1-2> the pre-master key should be updated or not upon a TLS renegotiation. 1: Session is resumed 2: Session is not resumed Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 1398 This is a MAC frame 12 MAC Frame size <1-1398> size used in the wireless LAN connection. The data is fragmented into this size. 1398: 1398 bytes Wireless LAN supplicant ALL /dev/ This should be the 12 urandom Device file setting for device file name which obtaining random number can obtain a seed to initialize the WEP PRNG for xsupplicant. (Maximum 255 letters) Wireless LAN supplicant ALL This should be the path 12 CRL directory designation name of the directory in full where the CRL file is located. (Maximum 255 letters) Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 1 This setting is for the 12 EAP authentication type <1-3> EAP authentication type which xsupplicant can authenticate. 1: EAP-TLS 2: PEAP 3: EAP-TLS and PEAP Wireless LAN supplicant ALL This should be an 12 CN name authentication server name (basically a domain name in full). (Maximum 255 letters)
2 - 221 07/11
Code 1701 1704
Classification Wireless LAN Wireless LAN
1705
Wireless LAN
1706
Wireless LAN
1707
Wireless LAN
1708
User interface
1709 1710 1711 1712 1713
Bluetooth Bluetooth Bluetooth Bluetooth Bluetooth Bluetooth
1714
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 1 1: NO 2: YES 12 CN name check <1-2> Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 0 The update interval of a 12 <0-720> Update interval of PTK secret key across AP (Pairwise Transient Key) (Access Point) and STA (Station) can be set. This interval is for updating the secret key from STA. 0: Not updated 1-720: 1-720 minutes of interval Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 1 The Ack bit and request 12 Strict packet check <1-2> bit of EAPOL-Key is checked. 1: Not checked 2: Checked Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 1 A higher priority is given 12 <1-2> Priority change at 4-way to the xsupplicant task handshake when a 4-way handshake is started. 1: Priority not changed 2: Priority changed Wireless LAN supplicant ALL 1 The encryption capabil12 Security level <1-3> ity output in TLS clientHello message can be selected. 1: LOW 2: MIDDLE 3: HIGH Selectable security level ALL 1 These are the security 12 (EAP-TLS) <1-3> level which can be selected from the user interface. This setting is not applied in case of PEAP. ("LOW" and "MIDDLE" is mandatory for PEAP) 1: LOW + MIDDLE + HIGH 2: MIDDLE + HIGH 3: HIGH Bluetooth ALL 0 SYS 0: Not installed 1 Installation status of option <0-1> 1: Installed Bluetooth ALL 1 SYS 0: OFF 1 ON/OFF setting <0-1> 1: ON Bluetooth ALL MFP SYS Maximum 32 letters 11 Device name Bluetooth ALL 1 SYS 0: Not allowed 1 Discovery <0-1> 1: Allowed Bluetooth ALL 1 SYS 0: Security function 1 Security <0-1> OFF 1: Security function ON Bluetooth ALL 0000 SYS Maximum 8 digits 11 PIN (8-digit sequence) This setting is valid only when the bluetooth security function is ON.
2 - 222 07/11
Code 1715
Classification Bluetooth
1716 1717 1719
Bluetooth Bluetooth Bluetooth Network
1720
1721
Network
1722
Network
1723
Network
1724
Network
1725
Network
1726
Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Bluetooth ALL 1 SYS 0: Not encrypted 1 Data encryption <0-1> 1: Encrypted This setting is valid only when the bluetooth function is ON. Bluetooth ALL 6 SYS security Setting value ~ 0.5 sec. 1 <1-50> HCRP reception time-out period Bluetooth ALL 6 SYS Setting value ~ 0.5 sec. 1 <1-50> HCRP transmission timeout period Bluetooth ALL 1 SYS 0: Fit page 1 BIP Paper type <0-3> 1: 1/2 size 2: 1/4 size 3: 1/8 size IP address range for IP filALL IP filter minimum area 1 12 ter 000.000.000.000(Minimum area 1) 255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) IP address range for IP filALL IP filter maximum area 12 ter 1 (Maximum area 1) 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) IP address range for IP filALL IP filter minimum area 2 12 ter I 000.000.000.000(Minimum area 2) 255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) IP address range for IP filALL IP filter maximum area 12 ter 2 (Maximum area 2) 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) IP address range for IP filALL IP filter minimum area 3 12 ter 000.000.000.000(Minimum area 3) 255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) IP address range for IP filALL IP filter maximum area 12 ter 3 (Maximum area 3) 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) IP address range for IP filALL IP filter minimum area 4 12 ter 000.000.000.000(Minimum area 4) 255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000)
2 - 223 07/11
Code 1727
1728
Network
1729
Network
1730
Network
1731
Network
1732
Network
1733
Network
1734
Network
1735
Network
1736
Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> IP address range for IP filALL IP filter maximum area 12 ter 4 (Maximum area 4) 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) IP address range for IP filALL IP filter minimum area 5 12 ter 000.000.000.000(Minimum area 5) 255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) IP address range for IP filALL IP filter maximum area 12 ter 5 (Maximum area 5) 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) IP address range for IP filALL IP filter minimum area 6 12 ter 000.000.000.000(Minimum area 6) 255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) IP address range for IP filALL IP filter maximum area 12 ter 6 (Maximum area 6) 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) IP address range for IP filALL IP filter minimum area 7 12 ter 000.000.000.000(Minimum area 7) 255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) IP address range for IP filALL IP filter maximum area 12 ter 7 (Maximum area 7) 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) IP address range for IP filALL IP filter minimum area 8 12 ter 000.000.000.000(Minimum area 8) 255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) IP address range for IP filALL IP filter maximum area 12 ter 8 (Maximum area 8) 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) IP address range for IP filALL IP filter minimum area 9 12 ter 000.000.000.000(Minimum area 9) 255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000)
2 - 224 07/11
Code 1737
1738
Network
1739
Network
1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746
Network Network Network Network Network Network Network
1747 1748
Network Network
1749
Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> IP address range for IP filALL IP filter maximum area ter 9 (Maximum area 9) 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) IP address range for IP filALL IP filter minimum area ter 10 (Minimum area 10) 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) IP address range for IP filALL IP filter maximum area ter 10 (Maximum area 10) 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000) SSL setting ALL 2 1: Enabled <1-2> 2: Disabled HTTP server OFF/ON setting SSL setting ALL 10443 SSL HTTP server port HTTP server port number <1number 65535> SSL setting ALL 2 1: Enabled IPP server OFF/ON setting <1-2> 2: Disabled SSL setting ALL 443 SSL IPP server port IPP server port number <1number 65535> SSL setting ALL 2 OFF/ON SSL ftp server OFF/ON <1-2> 1: Valid 2: Invalid SSL setting ALL 990 Port number to FTP SSL ftp server Port <1Server 65535> SSL setting ALL 2 OFF/ON SSL LDAP Client OFF/ON <1-3> 1: Valid 2: Invalid 3: Use imported certificate SSL setting ALL 636 Port number to LDAP SSL LDAP Client Port <1Server 65535> SSL setting ALL 2 OFF/ON SSL POP3 Client OFF/ON <1-3> 1: Valid 2: Invalid 3: Use imported certificate SSL setting ALL 995 Port number to POP3 SSL POP3 Client Port <1Server 65535>
Procedure 12
2
12
12
12 12 12 12 12 12 12
12 12
12
2 - 225 07/11
Code 1750
1751 1755
Network Network
1756
Network
1757
Network
1759
Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> SSL setting ALL 2 2: Invalid 12 SSL SMTP Client OFF/ON <2-6> 3: Accept all certificates of SMTP with TLS (STARTTLS) server 4: Accept all certificates of SMTPS (SMTP OverSSL) server 5: Use imported certificates of SMTP with TLS (STARTTLS) server 6: Use imported certificates of SMTPS (SMTP OverSSL) server SSL setting ALL 465 Port number to SMTP 12 SSL SMTP Client Port <1Server 65535> Enabling server's IP ALL 2 Domain Name Server 12 address acquired by DHCP <1-2> option (6) 1: Enabled 2: Disabled * This value is used only when DHCP is enabled. Enabling server's IP ALL 2 NetBIOS over TCP/IP 12 address acquired by DHCP <1-2> Name Server option (44) = Primary and Secondary Wins NAME 1: Enabled 2: Disabled * This value is used only when DHCP is enabled. Enabling server's IP ALL 1 The Host Name Ven12 address acquired by DHCP <1-2> dor Extension option (12) 1: Enabled 2: Disabled * This value is used only when DHCP is enabled. Enabling server's IP ALL 2 SMTP Server Option 12 address acquired by DHCP <1-2> (69) Simple Mail Server Address 1: Enabled 2: Disabled * This value is used only when DHCP is enabled.
2 - 226 07/11
Code 1760
1762
Network
1764 1765 1766 1767
Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Network
1768
Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Enabling server's IP ALL 2 POP3 Server Option address acquired by DHCP <1-2> (70) Post Office Server Address 1: Enabled 2: Disabled * This value is used only when DHCP is enabled. Enabling server's IP ALL 2 SNTP Server Option address acquired by DHCP <1-2> (42) NTP Server Address 1: Enabled 2: Disabled * This value is used only when DHCP is enabled. Wireless LAN supplicant ALL Maximum 255 letters Control sequence setting of "Cipher Suite" Wireless LAN supplicant ALL Maximum 63 letters Path name for user certificate Wireless LAN supplicant ALL Maximum 63 letters Path name entered for CA self-certificate Enabling server's IP ALL 2 SYS DNS domain name address acquired by DHCP <1-2> Option (15) DNS domain name of the client 1: Enabled 2: Disabled * This value is used only when DHCP is enabled. Previous IP address ALL 000.000.000.000255.255.255.255 (Default value: 000.000.000.000)
Procedure 12
12
12 12 12 12
12
2 - 227 07/11
Code 1772
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Card reading device setALL 0 SYS To enable the e-Bridge 5 ting <8 digits> ID Gate, a card reading device should be set in the order of "ABYYZZZZ". (Enter the corresponding values to "A", "B", "YY" and "ZZZZ".) - AB:Special setting - A :Debugging NIC 0: Not used 1: Used - B :Interface 0: USB connection 1: N/A - YY: Authentication 00: No authentication using a noncontact IC card 02: Authentication using a noncontact IC card (KP-2003) 03: Authentication using a noncontact IC card (KP-2005) 04: Authentication using a noncontact IC card (KP-2004) - ZZZZ: Sub-code 0000: No authentication using a noncontact IC card 0001: Use CSN (Card Serial Number) of a noncontact IC card 0002: Use the Data Area Address Information of a noncontact IC card
2 - 228 07/11
Code 1773
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Card reader format inforALL SYS To access the data in mation -1 the noncontact IC card, the Key Information "LLLL" and the Sector Number "MMMM" should be set. The "LLLL" should be set first, and then "MMMM". KP-2003: LLLL: System code (hexadecimal number) MMMM: Service code (hexadecimal number) KP-2005: LLLL : Key information MMMM: Sector number (hexadecimal number) The data of the block number in the noncontact IC is set. KP-2003: <PPQRSSTU (hexadecimal number)> PP:1st block Q: 1st block beginning byte R: 1st block endingbyte SS:2nd block T: 2nd block beginning byte U: 2nd block ending byte KP-2005: <RRBSEbse (hexadecimal number)> RR:00 (Fixed) B: 1st area block number S: 1st area beginning byte offset E: 1st area ending byte offset b: 2nd area block number s: 2nd area beginning byte offset e: 2nd area ending byte offset * If the 2nd block/area is not used, set the SSTU to "FFFF" (hexadecimal number), the bse to"FFF" (hexadecimal number).
Procedure 5
1774
General
Card reader format information -2
ALL
SYS
2 - 229 07/11
Code 1775
1776
General
1777 1778
General General
1779 1781-0 1781-1 1782
Network Network
Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Card reader format inforALL SYS Security key 5 mation -3 KKKKKKKKKKKK (12 digits) <hexadecimal number> in the [Key Information] of the [Sector Number] set in the code 08-1773 should be entered. Card authentication LDAP ALL 0 SYS LDAP server number 1 server <0-100> for the card authentication when a noncontact IC card is used should be set. Card authentication LDAP ALL SYS LDAP search index 11 search index when a noncontact IC card is used is set. Hang-up period of control ALL 1 SYS 0: No hang-up 1 <0-7> panel at the 3rd misentry 1: 0.5 minutes (= 30 of administrator's seconds) 2: 1 minute password 3: 3 minutes 4: 5 minutes 5: 10 minutes 6: 15 minutes 7: 30 minutes Default data saving direcALL 0 SYS 0: Local directory 1 tory of "Scan to File" <0-2> 1: REMOTE 1 2: REMOTE 2 Notification of When job ALL 0 SYS Sets the notification 4 scan job completed <0-1> method of scan job On error ALL 0 SYS completion. 4 0: Invalid <0-1> 1: Valid File name format of "Save ALL 0 SYS Sets the naming 1 <0-6> as file" and Email transmismethod of the file of sion "Save as file" and Email transmission. 0: [FileName]-[Data][Page] 1: [FileName]-[Page][Data] 2: [Data]-[FileName][Page] 3: [Data]-[Page]-[FileName] 4: [Page]-[FileName][Data] 5: [Page]-[Data]-[FileName] 6: [HostName]_[Data][Page]
2 - 230 07/11
Code 1783
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Date display format of the ALL 0 SYS Sets the data display <0-5> file name of "Save as file" format of the file of and Email transmission "Save as file" and Email transmission. 0: [YYYY][MM][DD] [HH][mm][SS] 1: [YY][MM][DD] [HH][mm][SS] 2: [YYYY][MM][DD] 3: [YY][MM][DD] 4: [HH][mm][SS] 5: [YYYY][MM][DD] [HH][mm][SS][mm0] The order of [YY], [MM] and [DD] varies depending on the setting of the code 08-640 (Data display format).
Procedure 1
1784
Network
Single page data saving directory at "Save as file"
ALL
0 <0-1>
SYS
1785
Network
1786
Network
Page number display format of the file of "Save as file" and Email transmission Extension (suffix) format of the file of "Save as file"
ALL
4 <3-6> 3 <3-6>
SYS
ALL
SYS
1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1913
Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network General
IPP MaxConnection IPP ActiveConnection LPD MaxConnection LPD ActiveConnection AppleTalk MaxConnection AppleTalk ActiveConnection RawPrint MaxConnection RawPrint ActiveConnection Page number addition on multipage file names of "File/Email"
ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL ALL
16 <1-16> 10 <1-16> 10 <1-16> 10 <1-16> 10 <1-16> 10 <1-16> 10 <1-16> 10 <1-16> 0 <0-1>
NIC NIC NIC NIC NIC NIC NIC NIC SYS
Sets the directory where the file of "Save as file" is saved. 0: Save it under a subfolder 1: Save it without creating a subfolder Sets the digit of a page number attached on the file. 3-6: 3-6 digits Sets the extension digits of the file to be saved. 3: Auto 4: 4 digits 5: 5 digits 6: 6 digits Number of maximum connections(IPP). Number of active connections(IPP). Number of maximum connections(LPD). Number of active connections(LPD). Number of maximum connections(AppleTalk). Number of active connections(AppleTalk). Number of maximum connections(RawPrint). Number of active connections(RawPrint).
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 1
2 - 231 07/11
Code 1914
1915
Network
1916 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925
General Network Network Network Network Network Network
1926
FAX
1927 1928
Network Network
1929
1930
1931
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Maximum number of deciALL 2 SYS 0: 0 digit 1 mals in extension fields <0-6> 1: 1 digit 2: 2 digits 3: 3 digits 4: 4 digits 5: 5 digits 6: 6 digits Filing size for Network ALL 0 SYS 0: Eliminates 2 mm 1 scanning function <0-1> from circumference (Void: 2 mm) 1: No space eliminated (Void: 0 mm) Default saving/attachment ALL 0 SYS 1 files of "File/Email" <0-1> Device domain name of ALL UTY Maximum 128 letters 12 device authentication Windows domain No. 2 of ALL UTY Maximum 128 letters 12 user authentication Windows domain No. 3 of ALL UTY Maximum 128 letters 12 user authentication LDAP authentication ALL 1 NIC 1: Windows Server 12 Server type <1-2> 2: Not Windows Server LDAP authentication ALL NIC Sets a user attribute 12 User attribute name. Execution of user authenti- ALL 2 SYS 0: Forcible execution 1 <0-2> cation when the user ID is 1: Execution impossinot entered ble (pooled in the invalid queue) 2: Forcible deletion Tab/cover sheet printing at ALL 0 SYS Sets on or off of the 1 FAX reception <0-1> printing function of spePrinting stop function cial sheets such as tab or cover sheet of FAX, Email or list print. 0: Function off 1: Function on LDAP server attribute ALL eBMUser SYS Up to 32 letters 11 Card name setting for card authentication Role Based Access ALL 0 SYS This code is used to 5 LDAP search index <0specify the ID for the 4294967 LDAP server to imple295> ment Role-Based Access Control. Keyboard layout for LanALL 0 SYS 0: QWERTY layout 1 guage 1 <0-2> (for Europe) 1: QWERTZ layout 2: AZERTY layout Keyboard layout for LanALL 1 SYS 0: QWERTY layout 1 guage 2 <0-2> (for Europe) 1: QWERTZ layout 2: AZERTY layout Keyboard layout for LanALL EUR:2 SYS 0: QWERTY layout 1 guage 3 Other:0 (for Europe) <0-2> 1: QWERTZ layout 2: AZERTY layout
2 - 232 10/01
Code 1932
Classification User interface User interface User interface User interface Network
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
Network
1940 1941
General Bluetooth
1942 1943 1944
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Keyboard layout for LanALL 0 SYS 0: QWERTY layout guage 4 <0-2> (for Europe) 1: QWERTZ layout 2: AZERTY layout Keyboard layout for LanALL 0 SYS 0: QWERTY layout guage 5 <0-2> (for Europe) 1: QWERTZ layout 2: AZERTY layout Keyboard layout for LanALL 0 SYS 0: QWERTY layout guage 6 <0-2> (for Europe 1: QWERTZ layout 2: AZERTY layout Keyboard layout for LanALL 0 SYS 0: QWERTY layout guage 7 <0-2> (for Europe) 1: QWERTZ layout 2: AZERTY layout AppleTalk device name ALL MFP_ UTY Maximum 32 letters serial The Network-related serial number of the equipment appears at "serial". User name and password ALL 0 SYS 0: User name and at user authentication or <0-2> password of the "Save as file" device 1: User name and password at the user authentication (Template registration information comes first when a template is retrieved.) 2: User name and password at the user authentication (User information of the authentication comes first when a template is retrieved.) STAGE port number SCN 20080 SYS Port number used for <0the remote scanning is 65535> set. Bluetooth ALL EUR: 6 SYS 0: Ledger 1: Legal BIP Paper size UC: 2 2: Letter 3: Computer JPN: 6 4: Statement 5: A3 <0-13> 6: A4 7: A5 8: A6 9: B4 10: B5 11: Folio 12: Legal13" 13: LetterSquare Device authentication ALL 60 NIC Unit: Second PDC/BDC time-out period <1-180> User authentication ALL 30 NIC Unit: Second PDC/BDC time-out period <1-180> Device/User authentication ALL 1 NIC 1: Auto <1-3> 2: Kerberos Method of Windows 3: NTLMv2 domain authentication
Procedure 1
12
1 1
12 12 12
2 - 233 10/01
Code 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961
Classification Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network General General
1963 1964
General General
1965 1966 1967 1968
General General General General
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> SMB signature for SMB ALL 1 UTY 1: Auto 12 server <1-3> 2: Valid 3: Invalid SMB signature for SMB cli- ALL 1 UTY 1: Auto 12 ent <1-3> 2: Valid 3: Invalid Device name for device ALL UTY Maximum 128 letters 12 authentication Password for the device ALL UTY Maximum 128 letters 12 name used for device authentication PDC2 of user authenticaALL UTY Maximum 128 letters 12 tion BDC2 of user authenticaALL UTY Maximum 128 letters 12 tion PDC3 of user authenticaALL UTY Maximum 128 letters 12 tion BDC3 of user authenticaALL UTY Maximum 128 letters 12 tion PDC of device authenticaALL UTY Maximum 128 letters 12 tion BDC of device authenticaALL UTY Maximum 128 letters 12 tion KS Filter operation mode ALL 0 SYS 0: Disabled 1 <0-1> 1: Enabled KS/KSSM setting all clearALL Does not reset the 3 ing value of the code 081960 but resets those of the codes 08-1963 to 1994. KS Filter Emulation Mode ALL 0 SYS 0: Auto 1 <0-2> 1: KS 2: KSSM KS Filter Paper Size ALL 1 SYS 0: A3 1 <0-5> 1: A4 2: B4 3: B5 4: Letter 5: Legal KS Filter Orientation ALL 0 SYS 0: Portrait 1 <0-1> 1: Landscape KS Filter Copies ALL 1 SYS 1 <1-999> KS Paper Source ALL 0 SYS 1 <0-1> KS Duplex Mode ALL 0 SYS 1 <0-2>
2 - 234 07/11
Code 1970
1971
General
1972
General
1973
General
1974 1975
General General
1976
General
1977
General
1978 1979 1980
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> KS CPI (English CPI/ ALL 1 SYS 0: (5/10) Hangle CPI) <0-10> 1: (6/12) 2: (6.7/13.3) 3: (6.9/13.8) 4: (7.5/15) 5: (8.3/16.7) 6: (9/18) 7: (10/10) 8: (10/20) 9: (12/24) 10: (15/30) KS LPI ALL 60 SYS Key in the value 10 <30-160> times as the desired font size. (e.g.: Key in "45" for a font size 4.5.) KS Type Face ALL 0 SYS 0: MYUNGJO <0-5> 1: GOTHIC 2: GUNGSEO 3: GULLIM 4: GRAPH 5: SAMMUL KS Font Size ALL 96 SYS Key in the value 10 <96-160> times as the desired font size. (e.g.: Key in "100" for a font size 10.0.) KS Zoom ALL 100 SYS <20-400> KS CR/LF Mode ALL 2 SYS 0: CR->CR, <0-3> LF->LF 1: CR->CR+LF, LF->LF 2: CR->CR, LF->CR+LF 3: CR->CR+LF, LF->CR+LF KS Top Margin ALL 0 SYS Key in the value 10 <0-50> times as the desired font size. (e.g.: Key in "40" for a font size 4.0.) KS Left Margin ALL 0 SYS Key in the value 10 <0-50> times as the desired font size. (e.g.: Key in "40" for a font size 4.0.) KS Auto Wrap ALL 0 SYS 0: OFF <0-1> 1: ON KS Han Mode ALL 1 SYS 0: OFF <0-1> 1: ON KS Han Code ALL 0 SYS 0: Wansung <0-1> 1: Johap
Procedure 1
1 1
1 1 1
2 - 235 07/11
Code 1984
1985
General
1986
General
1987
General
1988 1989
General General
1990
General
1991
General
1992 1993 1994 3635
General General General General
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> KSSM CPI ALL 1 SYS 0: (5/10) (English CPI/ Hangle CPI) <0-10> 1: (6/12) 2: (6.7/13.3) 3: (6.9/13.8) 4: (7.5/15) 5: (8.3/16.7) 6: (9/18) 7: (10/10) 8: (10/20) 9: (12/24) 10: (15/30) KSSM LPI ALL 60 SYS Key in the value 10 <30-160> times as the desired font size. (e.g.: Key in "45" for a font size 4.5.) KSSM Type Face ALL 0 SYS 0: MYUNGJO <0-5> 1: GOTHIC 2: GUNGSEO 3: GULLIM 4: GRAPH 5: SAMMUL KSSM Font Size ALL 96 SYS Key in the value 10 <96-160> times as the desired font size. (e.g.: Key in "100" for a font size 10.0.) KSSM Zoom ALL 100 SYS <20-400> KSSM CR/LF Mode ALL 2 SYS 0: CR->CR, <0-3> LF->LF 1: CR->CR+LF, LF->LF 2: CR->CR, LF->CR+LF 3: CR->CR+LF, LF->CR+LF KSSM Top Margin ALL 0 SYS Key in the value 10 <0-50> times as the desired font size. (e.g.: Key in "40" for a font size 4.0.) KSSM Left Margin ALL 0 SYS Key in the value 10 <0-50> times as the desired font size. (e.g.: Key in "40" for a font size 4.0.) KSSM Auto Wrap ALL 0 SYS 0: OFF <0-1> 1: ON KSSM Han Mode ALL 1 SYS 0: OFF <0-1> 1: ON KSSM Han Code ALL 0 SYS 0: Wansung <0-1> 1: Johap Proof copy function setting ALL 1 SYS Sets the proof copy <0-1> function. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled
Procedure 1
1 1
1 1 1 1
2 - 236 09/02
Code 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744
Classification Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network Network
3745 3746 3747 3748 3749
General General General General General
3750
General
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> DNS Client Time Out ALL 60 NIC Use when a timeout 12 <1-180> occurred at DNS client connection DDNS Client Time Out ALL 60 NIC Use when a timeout 12 <1-180> occurred at DDNS client connection HTTP Client Time Out ALL 60 NIC Use when a timeout 12 <1-180> occurred at HTTP client connection FTP Client Time Out ALL 30 NIC Use when a timeout 12 (SCAN) <1-180> occurred at FTP client connection SNTP Client Time Out ALL 30 NIC Use when a timeout 12 <1-180> occurred at SNTP client connection SMTP Client Time Out ALL 30 NIC Use when a timeout 12 <1-180> occurred at SMTP client connection POP3 Client Time Out ALL 30 NIC Use when a timeout 12 <1-180> occurred at POP3 client connection LDAP Client Time Out ALL 30 NIC Use when a timeout 12 <1-180> occurred at LDAP client connection POP3 Authentication ALL 1 NIC POP3 authentication 12 method <1-3> method setting 1: Disable (Default) 2: NTLM 3: Kerberos Secure DDNS Primary ALL NIC Login name for login 12 Login Name <1-128> with the Primary DDNS Secure DDNS Primary ALL NIC Login password for 12 Login Password <1-128> login with the Primary DDNS Secure DDNS Secondary ALL NIC Login name for login 12 Login Name <1-128> with the Secondary DDNS Secure DDNS Secondary ALL NIC Login password for 12 Login Password <1-128> login with the Secondary DDNS DPWS Friendly Name ALL NIC MFP name indicated in 12 DPWS search result <Default value> TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxx [NIC serial number] DPWS Printer Name ALL NIC Printer name used for 12 installing the printer with DPWS <Default value> TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxx Printer[NIC serial number]
2 - 237 07/11
Code 3751
3752 3753 3754
General General Network
3755
Network
3757 3758 3759 3760 3765
Network Network Network Network Network
3766
Network
3767
Network
3768
Network
3769
Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> DPWS Scanner Name ALL NIC Scanner name used for 12 installing the printer with DPWS <Default value> TOSHIBA e-STUDIOxxx Scanner[NIC serial number] DPWS Printer Information ALL NIC Information regarding 12 DPWS printer <Default value> NULL DPWS Scanner InformaALL NIC Information regarding 12 tion DPWS scanner <Default value> NULL Switching DPWS Printer ALL 1 NIC DPWS printer /DPWS 12 setting <1-2> secure printer function is switched. 1: Enabled 2: Disabled 3: Security enabled Switching DPWS Scanner ALL 1 NIC DPWS scanner function 12 setting <1-2> is switched. 1: Enabled 2: Disabled DPWS Discovery Port ALL 3702 NIC Port number used for 12 Number <1DPWS Discovery 65535> DPWS Metadata ALL 50081 NIC Port number used for 12 Exchange Port Number <1DPWS Metadata 65535> Exchange DPWS Print Port Number ALL 50082 NIC Port number used for 12 <1DPWS Print 65535> DPWS Scan Port Number ALL 50083 NIC Port number used for 12 <1DPWS Scan 65535> DPWS Print Max numbers ALL 10 NIC Maximum numbers 12 of connection <1-20> received from more than one connection request in the DPWS print DPWS Print Max numbers ALL 10 NIC Maximum numbers of 12 of reception <1-20> data received from more than one clients in the DPWS print Switching IPv6 setting ALL 2 NIC IPv6 function is 12 <1-2> switched. 1: Enabled 2: Disabled Switching IP(IPv6) ALL 2 NIC IP(IPv6) Address 12 Address Acquisition <1-2> Acquisition setting is switched. 1: Manual 2: Auto configuration Link Local Address ALL NIC Link Local Address is 12 <0-16> displayed. Unique IP address (128 bits) is set using Mac address.
2 - 238 09/02
Code 3770 3771 3772
Classification Network Network Network
3773 3774
Network Network
3775
Network
3776
Network
3777
Network
3778
Network
3779
Network
3780
Network
3781 3782 3783
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> IPv6 Address ALL 0 NIC DHCPv6 Address in 12 <0-16> Manual/Auto configuration is displayed. Prefix display setting ALL 0 NIC The range of Prefix dis12 <0-128> play is set. Default Gateway setting ALL 0 NIC Default Gateway of 12 <0-16> DHCPv6 Address in Manual/Auto configuration is set. Displaying previous ALL 0 NIC The previous DHCPv6 12 DHCPv6 Address <0-16> Address is displayed. DHCPv6 Option setting ALL 2 NIC DHCPv6 Option is 12 <1-2> switched when the Manual is set. 1: Enabled 2: Disabled Stateless Address Auto ALL 1 NIC Stateless Address Auto 12 Configuration <1-2> Configuration is switched. 1: Enabled 2: Disabled Stateless Address setting ALL 2 NIC When Prefix sent from 12 continuation <1-2> router is changed, Stateless Address is continued to be set. 1: Enabled 2: Disabled Stateless Address setting ALL 2 NIC IP Address is acquired 12 <1-2> by both Stateless and State full Address. 1: Enabled 2: Disabled Acquiring DHCPv6 Option ALL 2 NIC When Stateless 12 <1-2> Address is selected, an option is acquired from DHCPv6 server. 1: Enabled 2: Disabled State full Address setting ALL 2 NIC IP Address is acquired 12 <1-2> from DHCPv6 server. 1: Enabled 2: Disabled State full Option setting ALL 2 NIC An option is acquired 12 <1-2> from DHCPv6 server. 1: Enabled 2: Disabled Primary DNS Server ALL 0 NIC Registration of Primary 12 Address Registration <0-16> DNS Server Address Secondary DNS Server ALL 0 NIC Registration of Second12 Address Registration <0-16> ary DNS Server Address Selecting SAMBA Protocol ALL 2 NIC Either IPv6 or IPv4 is 12 <2-3> selected to use SAMBA. 2: IPv6 3: IPv4
2 - 239 07/11
Code 3784
3785
Network
3793
Network
3794
Network
3796 3797
Network General
3804
Scanner
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> DSN Server resolve type ALL 4 NIC Either "ip6.arpa" or 12 <1-4> "ip6.int" is selected for the name resolution in DNS. 1: "ip6.arpa" only 2: "ip6.int" only 3: In case of error with "ip6.int", "ip6.arpa" is requested. 4: In case of error with ip6.arpa, ip6.int is requested. DPWS IPv4 or IPv4 with ALL 2 NIC Either IPv4 only or IPv6 12 IPv6 <1-2> together with it is selected to operate Print, Scan and Security related with DPWS. 1: Multi (IPv4 and IPv6) 2: IPv4 Switching LLTD setting ALL 1 NIC LLTD function is 12 switched. <1-2> 1: Enabled 2: Disabled Switching LLMNR setting ALL 2 NIC LLMNR function is 12 switched. <1-2> 1: Enabled 2: Disabled DPWS EventRate ALL 5 NIC Sets the value of 12 <1-600> DPWS event rate from 1 to 600. Response to PJL job comALL 1 SYS During bidirectional 1 mands <0-1> communication, the next job will not be accepted until the printing of the sent data (all pages) is finished. If the next job must be accepted during bidirectional communication, set the value at 0: (Solicited). 0: (Solicited) - Immediately responds to the host side after the completion of RIP. 1: (Unsolicited) Responds to the host side after the printing is finished. List Analysis Logic of Scan ALL 0 SYS Acquisition of Contents 1 to File (FTP) <0-1> in Host side is switched by Scan to File (FTP). 0: NLST 1: LIST
2 - 240 09/02
Code 3805
3810
Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Department Management ALL 3 SYS Department Manage1 setting by Remote Scan <0-3> ment is set when Remote Scan is performed. 0: w/o GUI OFF, w/ GUI OFF 1: w/o GUI ON, w/ GUI OFF 2: w/o GUI OFF, w/ GUI ON 3: w/o GUI ON, w/ GUI ON Direct SMTP communicaALL 0 When an Internet Fax is 1 SYS tion setting <0-1> sent, Direct SMTP communication is set. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled When "0: Disabled" is set, an Internet Fax is sent using an SMTP server. When "1: Enabled" is set, direct SMTP communication is enabled and an Internet Fax is sent to MFPs on the intranet without using an SMTP server. Since no SMTP server is used, the SSL encryption and SMTP-AUTH function cannot be used for internet Fax transmission. If "1: Enabled" is set in 08-3810, set "1: Enabled" in 08-3812 as well.
3811
Network
Image encrypting at the Direct SMTP communication
ALL
0 <0-1>
SYS
3812
Scanner
Dummy full mode at the Internet Fax transmission
ALL
0 <0-1>
SYS
When Direct SMTP communication is performed, an attached image is encrypted. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled When an Internet Fax is sent, the resolution ratio and the paper size of an attached image are set to the full mode. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled If "1: Enabled" is set in 08-3810, set "1: Enabled" in 08-3812 as
2 - 241 09/02
Code 3815
3816
Scanner
3817
Scanner
3818
Scanner
3819
General
3820
General
3821
General
3822
General
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> XPS file thumbnail addition ALL 1 SYS Thumbnail is added to 1 <0-1> the XPS file produced by the Scan function. 0: Not added 1: Only the top page added XPS file paper size setting ALL 1 SYS The paper size of the 1 <0-1> XPS file produced by the Scan function is set. 0: Scanned image size 1: Standard size PDF file version setting ALL 4 SYS The version of PDF file 1 <0, 1, 4> produced by the Scan function is set. 0: PDF V1.3 1: PDF V1.4 4: PDF V1.7 DPWS Scan operation ALL 1 SYS The operation mode in 1 mode <0-1> the DPWS Scan function is switched. 0: Batch type 1: Serial type Network Fax/Internet Fax ALL 2 SYS The processing mode 1 processing mode (STD) <0-2> of the network Fax/ Internet Fax is switched. 0: High speed/Low image quality 1: Standard 2: Low speed/High image quality Network Fax/Internet Fax ALL 0 1 SYS The processing mode processing mode (FINE) <0-2> of the network Fax/ Internet Fax is switched. 0: High speed/Low image quality 1: Standard 2: Low speed/High image quality Network Fax/Internet Fax ALL 0 SYS The processing mode 1 processing mode (S-FINE) <0-2> of the network Fax/ Internet Fax is switched. 0: High speed/Low image quality 1: Standard 2: Low speed/High image quality Network Fax/Internet Fax ALL 0 SYS The processing mode 1 processing mode (U-FINE) <0-2> of the network Fax/ Internet Fax is switched. 0: High speed/Low image quality 1: Standard 2: Low speed/High image quality
2 - 242 09/02
Code 3823
3824
General
3825
General
3826
General
3827
General
3828
General
3829
General
3830
General
3831
Network
3833
General
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Processing mode threshALL 254 SYS Image quality adjust1 <0-255> old for network Fax/Interment when "Standard" net Fax (STD) [Standard] is set for the Network Fax/Internet Fax processing mode (STD) Processing mode threshALL 254 SYS Image quality adjust1 <0-255> old for network Fax/Interment when "Standard" net Fax (FINE) [Standard] is set for the Network Fax/Internet Fax processing mode (FINE) Processing mode threshALL 180 SYS Image quality adjust1 <0-255> old for network Fax/Interment when "Standard" net Fax (S-FINE) is set for the Network [Standard] Fax/Internet Fax processing mode (S-FINE) Processing mode threshALL 166 SYS Image quality adjust1 <0-255> old for network Fax/Interment when "Standard" net Fax (U-FINE) is set for the Network [Standard] Fax/Internet Fax processing mode (U-FINE) Processing mode threshALL 200 SYS Image quality adjust1 <0-255> old for network Fax/Interment when "Low speed/ net Fax (STD) [Low speed/ High image quality" is High image quality] set for the Network Fax/ Internet Fax processing mode (STD) Processing mode threshALL 204 SYS Image quality adjust1 <0-255> old for network Fax/Interment when "Low speed/ net Fax (FINE) [Low High image quality" is speed/High image quality] set for the Network Fax/ Internet Fax processing mode (FINE) Processing mode threshALL 206 SYS Image quality adjust1 <0-255> old for network Fax/Interment when "Low speed/ net Fax (S-FINE) [Low High image quality" is speed/High image quality] set for the Network Fax/ Internet Fax processing mode (S-FINE) Processing mode threshALL 161 SYS Image quality adjust1 <0-255> old for network Fax/Interment when "Low speed/ net Fax (U-FINE) [Low High image quality" is speed/High image quality] set for the Network Fax/ Internet Fax processing mode (U-FINE) Mode switching for Role ALL 0 SYS 0: Require eBMUser1 <0-1> Role attribute Based Access Control 1: User available function LDAP attribute Home directory function ALL 0 SYS Function to store a file 1 <0-1> in the user's home directory 0: Disabled 1: Enabled
2 - 243 07/11
Code 3834
3837
General
3840 3841 3842 3845
General General General Network
3847
General
3848
General
3849
General
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Backup file encryption ALL 0 SYS When the backup file is 1 <0-1> created from TopAccess, it is encrypted. 0: Enabled (Encryption) 1: Disabled (No encryption) Display switching for the ALL 0 SYS The display method of 1 <0-1> machine name/computer the machine name/ name shown in the notificomputer name shown cation in the event-related notification is switched. 0: IP address 1: NetBIOS name/ FQDN Electronic License Key Licenses for Electronic 3 ALL Registration License Key are registered. Electronic License Key ALL Registered licenses for 3 Deletion Electronic License Key are deleted. Electronic License Key ALL All licenses stored in 3 Display the ELK jig are displayed. SNMP Trap Enterprise OID ALL 0 SYS Trap Enterprise OID is 1 mode setting <0-1> enabled for existing models. 0: Normal (Not enabling for existing models) 1: Enabled for existing models FAX mistransmission preFAX 0 SYS FAX mistransmission 1 vention prevention function is <0-1> switched. 0: OFF (Disabled) 1: ON (Enabled) Restriction on Address 0 SYS Availability of destina1 FAX Book destination setting tion selection from the <0-1> Address Book is switched as one of FAX mistransmission prevention functions when setting FAX destinations. 0: OFF (Disabled) 1: ON (Enabled) Restriction on destination 0 SYS Availability of direct 1 FAX direct entry entry is switched as <0-1> one of FAX mistransmission prevention functions when setting FAX destinations. 0: OFF (Disabled ) 1: ON (Enabled)
2 - 244 07/11
Code 3850
3851
General
3852
User interface
3853
User interface
3854
User interface
3855
User interface
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Remote Scan ALL 3 SYS User authentication on 1 User authentication Remote Scan driver is <0-3> switched according to the availability of GUI. 0: OFF (No GUI) / OFF (GUI installed) 1: ON (No GUI) / OFF (GUI installed) 2: OFF (No GUI) / ON (GUI installed) 3: ON (No GUI) / ON installed) Template display ALL 0 SYS The(GUI order of displaying 1 <0-1> templates on the LCD screen is switched. 0: Order of IDs 1: Alphabetical order Automatic summer time ALL 0 SYS Automatic summer time 1 change <0-1> change on the day previously set is switched. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Summer time mode ALL 0 SYS Summer time is started 1 Offset value <0-7> as follows when 083852 is enabled. 0: +2:00 1: +1:30 2: +1:00 3: +0:30 4: 0:30 5: -1:00 6: -1:30 7: -2:00 Summer time mode ALL 1 SYS The month in which 1 Starting month <1-12> summer time is started is set. 1: January 2: February 3: March 4: April 5: May 6: June 7: July 8: August 9: September 10: October 11: November 12: December Summer time mode ALL 1 SYS The week in which 1 Starting week <1-5> summer time is started is set. 1: 1st 2: 2nd 3: 3rd 4: 4th 5: Last
2 - 245 09/02
Code 3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
User interface
3861
User interface
3862
3863
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Summer time mode ALL 0 SYS The day on which sumStarting day <0-6> mer time is started is set. 0: Sunday 1: Monday 2: Tuesday 3: Wednesday 4: Thursday 5: Friday 6: Saturday Summer time mode 0 ALL SYS The time at which sumStarting time mer time is started is <00-23> set. 00-23 Summer time mode ALL 0 SYS The minute at which Starting minute <00-59> summer time is started is set. 00-59 Summer time mode ALL 1 SYS The month in which Ending month summer time is ended <1-12> is set. 1: January 2: February 3: March 4: April 5: May 6: June 7: July 8: August 9: September 10: October 11: November 12: December Summer time mode ALL 1 SYS The week in which Ending week summer time is ended <1-5> is set. 1: 1st 2: 2nd 3: 3rd 4: 4th 5: Last Summer time mode ALL 0 SYS The day on which sumEnding day mer time is ended is <0-6> set. 0: Sunday 1: Monday 2: Tuesday 3: Wednesday 4: Thursday 5: Friday 6: Saturday Summer time mode ALL 0 SYS The time at which sumEnding time mer time is ended is <00-23> set. 00-23 Summer time mode ALL 0 SYS The minute at which Ending minute summer time is ended <00-59> is set. 00-59
Procedure 1
2 - 246 07/11
Code 3864
3865
Network
3866 3867
Network Network
3868
Network
4016-0
Paper feeding
4016-1
4621
Paper feeding
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Disclosing Telnet Server ALL 0 SYS Disclosure of Telnet 1 function Server function is <0-1> switched. 0: Not disclosed 1: Disclosed Availability of Telnet Server ALL 2 NIC Availability of Telnet 12 <1-2> Server is switched. 1: Enabled 2: Disabled Telnet Server ALL 23 12 NIC A port number for TelTCP port number <1net Server is set. 65535> Telnet Server ALL Admin NIC A user name for the Tel12 Server administrator's user <Maxinet Server administraname mum 15 tor is confirmed. letters> Telnet Server ALL System NIC A password for the Tel12 Server administrator's <Maxinet Server administrapassword mum 15 tor is set. letters> ACC function Copying ALL 0 SYS Sets whether the ACC 4 <0-1> when a function is enabled only drawer is for automatic drawer specified selection or enabled when a particular drawer is specified as Printing / ALL 0 SYS well. 4 0: Enabled only for <0-1> BOX printautomatic drawer ing selection 1: Enabled when a drawer is specified Bypass paper size detecPPC/ 0 M Detects whether the 1 tion setting PRT size of paper fed by <0-1> bypass feeding is the same as the paper size set on the control panel. If the sizes are not the same, the warning message is displayed (Paper jam does not occur). When the bypass paper size detection is broken, the equipment can be used without the size detection by disabling this setting. After repair, enable this setting. 0: Enabled 1: Disabled
2 - 247 10/06
Code 4622
6810-0 6810-1
Counter
6810-2 6810-3 6810-4 6810-7 6813-0 6813-1 Counter
6813-2 6813-3 6813-4 6813-5 6813-6 6813-7
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Bypass paper size detecPPC/ 0 M This is a counter for 1 tion counter PRT <0bypass paper size 65535> detection setting. If the printing is executed with the paper size that differs from the paper size set on the control panel, the counter is counted Number of 1-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> output pages. output pages Duplex in black mode printing / Large size 2-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> output pages using Duplex printing [2IN1] or [MAGAZINE SORT]. 2-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> sheets using [2IN1] or Simplex [MAGAZINE SORT]. printing 4-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> output pages using Duplex [4IN1]. printing 4-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> sheets using [4IN1]. Simplex printing 1-UP / PPC 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> output pages. Simplex printing Number of 1-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> output pages. output pages Duplex of the printer printing or BOX / 2-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 Large <8 digits> output pages using Duplex printing [2IN1] or [MAGAZINE SORT]. 2-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> sheets using [2IN1] or Simplex [MAGAZINE SORT]. printing 4-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> output pages using Duplex [4IN1]. printing 4-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> sheets using [4IN1]. Simplex printing N-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> Duplex output pages using [N printing IN1]. N-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> sheets using [N IN1]. Simplex printing 1-UP / PRT 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> output pages. Simplex printing
2 - 248 10/06
Code 6815-0 6815-7 8511 8517
General General
8535
Network
8536
Network
8548
Paper feeding Counter Network
8549 8823
9051
User interface
9117
Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Number of 1-UP / FAX 0 SYS Counts the number of 4 <8 digits> output pages Simplex output pages in the of the FAX printing default settings. printing / 1-UP / FAX 0 SYS 4 Large <8 digits> Duplex printing Wide A4 Mode (for PCL) PRT 0 SYS 0: Disabled 1 <0-1> 1: Enabled Remote Scan User authen- ALL 1 SYS 0: OFF (A user always 1 tication automatic login <0-1> enters manually (current method)) 1: ON (Previous authentication information will be used) Storing network logs in the 2 1 ALL SYS Stores the network logs HDD <1-2> of SRAM in the HDD when network-related trouble occurred. 1: Enabled 2: Disabled Data size when storing net- ALL 30 SYS Specifies the size of 1 work logs in the HDD <1-30> network logs to be stored in the HDD. 1-30:1-30 MB Operation of cassette size PRT 0 SYS 0: Operation of cassette 1 <0-1> size change is disabled. change when printing is interrupted by size mis1: Operation of cassette match size change is enabled. Hardware key control when ALL 0 SYS 0: No control 1 external counter is installed <0-1> 1: Mode switch key is disabled. Port number 139 for user ALL 1 NIC If the connection to port 12 authentication <1-2> number 139 is blocked, attempt to connect to port number 139 is skipped by setting this code to 2: disabled. This code is enabled when Windows Domain Authentication is selected in [User Management Setting] [Authentication] - [User Management Setting]. 1: Enabled 2: Disabled Panel calibration setting ALL 0 SYS Switches whether the 1 value display <0-1> screen for displaying panel calibration setting values is displayed or not. 0: Disabled (screen not displayed) 1: Enabled (screen displayed) Raw printing job PRT 0 SYS 0: OFF 1 <0-1> 1: ON (Blank page will not be printed)
2 - 249 10/06
Code 9359 9394 9629 9739
Classification User interface Network Network Maintenance
9798
Network
9819
General
9822
General
9828 9829
General General
9847 9880
Finisher General
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Printing resume after jam ALL 0 SYS 0: Auto resume 1 releasing <0-1> 1: Resume by users Single-page option for stor- ALL 0 SYS 0: Sets 1 page as 1 file 1 ing File and sending Email <0-1> 1: Makes a file based on the original Attribute name for LDAP ALL eBMUser SYS 11 Role Based Access R <-> Remote service ALL 0 SYS 0: RDMS toner empty 1 Toner-end notification <0-2> notified immediately 1: RDMS toner empty notified once a day 2: RDMS toner empty not notified Temporary communication ALL SYS Sets a temporary com11 password setting munication password. The password can be entered in alphanumeric characters (A to Z, a to z, 0 to 9) up to 10 digits. The entered password is displayed with * on the touch panel and the self-diagnostic lists. (Maximum 10 digits, minimum 5 digits) STAGE SSL ALL 1 SYS When remote scanning 1 <0-1> is performed, the SSL communication is carried out. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled (SSL communication) STAGE SSL port number ALL 20443 SYS When remote scanning 1 <0is performed using SSL 65535> communication, the SSL port number is set. Remote scanning mode ALL 0 SYS 0: Batch 1 <0-1> 1: Sequential Department management ALL 0 SYS Decide the default limi1 limitation setting <0-3> tation setting when the new department code is created. 0: No limit 1: Limited only in the black mode 2: Limited in the color mode 3: Limited in the black/ mode Hole punching setting ALL 0 SYS 0: color Invalid 1 <0-1> 1: Valid Total counter transmission ALL 0 SYS 0 to 31 1 date setting (2) <0-31>
2 - 250 09/02
Code 9881
9882
9883 9884 9886
9888
9889
9891
9933
9946
9947
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default ClassifiFunc- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents cation tion dure able value> General Day of total counter data ALL 1 byte 00000000(0)1 transmission <0-127> 01111111(127) From the 2nd bit Sunday, Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday General Display mode of the used ALL 1 SYS 0: All files search 2 <0-1> mode capacity on the e-Filing administrator page 1: Performance priority mode General Hardcopy security printing ALL 0 SYS 0: Disabled 1 <0~1> 1: Enabled 0 SYS 0: Counted as 1 General Hardcopy security printing / ALL 1 <0~1> 1: Counted as 2 Counting method switchover Scanning Decimal point indication for SCN EUR: 0 SYS 0: Comma 1 Enhanced Scan Template UC: 1 1: Period JPN: 1 <0-1> Scanner Permission setting for SCN 1 SYS 1 <0-1> changing the scan parameter when recalling an extension General Acceptance of data cloning ALL 0 SYS Acceptance of the 2 using USB storage device <0-1> usage of the USB data cloning tool 0: Accepted 1: Not accepted User Warning message on the ALL 1 SYS 0: No warning notifica1 interface touch panel when PM <0-1> tion 1: Warning notification (Periodic Maintenance) time has come Network Domain participation conALL 1 SYS When LDAP is selected 1 firmation of printing when <0-1> as authentication LDAP authentication is method for user authentication, checking of used domain participation of client computer for print job authentication is set. This function is enabled only when department management is enabled. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled General E-mail transmission retry ALL 3 SYS The number of times of 1 number <0-14> E-mail communication retry for Scan to E-mail and Internet Fax is set. General E-mail transmission retry ALL 1 SYS When E-mail transmis1 interval <0-15> sion retry for Scan to Email and Internet Fax is performed, the interval is set. 0 min - 15 min
2 - 251 10/06
Code 9954
Classification General Maintenance
9960
9980
Network
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Control box counter / job ALL 0 SYS 0: Invalid 1 list printing operation (Indi<0-1> 1: Valid vidual customer) Displaying equipment ALL 0 SYS Equipment information 2 information <0-2> stored in NVRAM is displayed. 0: Unset 1: e-STUDIO202L/ 232/282 2: e-STUDIO203L/ 233/283 Receiver's address fixing ALL 0 SYS Fixes the receiver's 1 function at authentication <0-1> address (To: Destination field) when the user authentication and E-mail authentication are enabled. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled
2 - 252 07/11
<<Pixel counter related code>> (Chap. 2.2.9)

Classification Pixel counter Pixel counter Pixel counter Pixel counter Pixel counter Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion able dure value> Standard paper size setting ALL EUR: 0 SYS Selects the standard 1 UC: 1 paper size to convert it JPN: 0 into the pixel count (%). 0: A4 1: LT Pixel counter all clearing ALL SYS Clears all information 3 related to the pixel counter. Service technician referALL SYS Clears all information 3 ence counter clearing related to the service technician reference pixel counter. Toner cartridge reference ALL SYS Clears all information 3 counter clearing related to the toner cartridge reference pixel counter. Pixel counter display setALL 1 SYS Selects whether or not 1 ting <0-1> to display the pixel counter on the LCD screen. 0: Displayed 1: Not displayed Displayed reference setALL 0 SYS Selects the reference 1 ting <0-1> when displaying the pixel counter on the LCD screen. 0: Service technician reference 1: Toner cartridge reference Toner empty determination ALL 0 SYS Selects the counter to 1 counter setting <0-1> determine toner empty. 0: Output pages 1: Pixel counter Threshold setting for toner ALL 800 SYS Sets the number of out1 empty determination <0-999> put pages to determine (Output pages) toner empty. This setting is valid when 0 is set at 08-1506. Threshold setting for toner ALL 35100 SYS Sets the pixel count to 1 empty determination <0determine the toner (Pixel count) 60000> empty status. This setting is valid when "1" is set at 081506. Pixel counter clear flag/ ALL 0 SYS Becomes 1 when 082 <0-1> 1502 is performed. Service technician reference Service technician referALL SYS Displays the date on 2 ence cleared date which 08-1502 was performed. Toner cartridge reference ALL SYS Displays the date on 2 cleared date which 08-1503 was performed. Toner cartridge reference ALL SYS Displays the date on 2 count started date which 08-1503 was performed.
Code 1500
1501 1502
1503
1504
1505
Pixel counter
1506
1507
1508
Pixel counter
1509 1510 1514 1518
Pixel counter Pixel counter Pixel counter Pixel counter
2 - 253 07/11
Code 1548
1550
Pixel counter
1551
Pixel counter
1553
Pixel counter
1555
Pixel counter
1556
Pixel counter
1566 1592
1593
Pixel counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Number of output pages PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2 (Service technician referoutput pages conence) verted to the standard paper size in the copy function and service technician reference. [Unit. page] Number of output pages PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2 (Service technician referoutput pages conence) verted to the standard paper size in the printer function and service technician reference. [Unit. page] Number of output pages FAX <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2 (Service technician referoutput pages conence) verted to the standard paper size in the FAX function and service technician reference. [Unit. page] Number of output pages PPC <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2 (Toner cartridge reference) output pages converted to the standard paper size in the copy function and toner cartridge reference. [Unit. page] Number of output pages PRT <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2 (Toner cartridge reference) output pages converted to the standard paper size in the printer function and toner cartridge reference. [Unit. page] Number of output pages FAX <8 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2 (Toner cartridge reference) output pages converted to the standard paper size in the FAX function and toner cartridge reference. [Unit. page] Toner cartridge replaceALL <3 digits> SYS Counts the number of 2 ment counter time of the toner cartridge replacement. Average pixel count PPC 0 SYS Displays the average 2 <0(Service technician referpixel count in the copy 10000> ence) function and service technician reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Average pixel count PRT 0 SYS Displays the average 2 <0(Service technician referpixel count in the 10000> ence) printer function and service technician reference. [Unit: 0.01%]
2 - 254 07/11
Code 1594
1595
Pixel counter
1606
Pixel counter
1607
Pixel counter
1608
Pixel counter
1613
Pixel counter
1619
Pixel counter
1624
Pixel counter
1625
Pixel counter
1634
1639
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptProceItems RAM Contents tion dure able value> Average pixel count FAX 0 SYS Displays the average 2 <0(Service technician referpixel count in the FAX 10000> ence) function and service technician reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Average pixel count PPC/ 0 SYS Displays the average 2 <0pixel count in the copy/ (Service technician referPRT/ 10000> ence) FAX printer/FAX function and service technician reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Latest pixel count PPC 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2 <0(Service technician refercount in the copy func10000> ence) tion and service technician reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Latest pixel count PRT 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2 <0(Service technician refercount in the printer 10000> ence) function and service technician reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Latest pixel count FAX 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2 <0(Service technician refercount in the FAX func10000> ence) tion and service technician reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Average pixel count PPC 0 SYS Displays the average 2 (Toner cartridge reference) <0pixel count in the copy 10000> function and toner cartridge reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Average pixel count PRT 0 SYS Displays the average 2 (Toner cartridge reference) <0pixel count in the 10000> printer function, and toner cartridge reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Average pixel count PPC/ 0 SYS Displays the average 2 (Toner cartridge reference) PRT/ <0pixel count in the copy/ 10000> FAX printer/FAX function and toner cartridge reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Average pixel count FAX 0 SYS Displays the average 2 (Toner cartridge reference) <0pixel count in the FAX 10000> function and toner cartridge reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Latest pixel count FAX 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2 (Toner cartridge reference) <0count in the FAX func10000> tion and toner cartridge reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Latest pixel count PPC 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel 2 (Toner cartridge reference) <0count in the copy func10000> tion and toner cartridge reference. [Unit: 0.01%]
2 - 255 05/12
Code 1640
1649-0 1649-1 1649-2 1649-3 1649-4 1649-5 1649-6 1649-7 1649-8 1649-9 1650-0 1650-1 1650-2 1650-3 1650-4 1650-5 1650-6 1650-7 1650-8 1650-9 1651-0 1651-1 1651-2 1651-3 1651-4 1651-5 1651-6 1651-7 1651-8 1651-9
Pixel counter
Pixel counter
Setting mode (08) <e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283> Default Func- <AcceptItems RAM Contents tion able value> Latest pixel count PRT 0 SYS Displays the latest pixel (Toner cartridge reference) <0count in the printer 10000> function and toner cartridge reference. [Unit: 0.01%] Pixel count 0-5% PPC <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data distribution 5.1-10% PPC <8 digits> SYS are divided into 10 10.1-15% PPC <8 digits> SYS ranges. The number of output pages in each 15.1-20% PPC <8 digits> SYS range is displayed. In 20.1-25% PPC <8 digits> SYS this code, the distribu25.1-30% PPC <8 digits> SYS tions in the copy func30.1-40% PPC <8 digits> SYS tion are displayed. 40.1-60% PPC <8 digits> SYS [Unit: page] 60.1-80% PPC <8 digits> SYS 80.1PPC <8 digits> SYS 100% Pixel count 0-5% PRT <8 digits> SYS The pixel count data distribution 5.1-10% PRT <8 digits> SYS are divided into 10 10.1-15% PRT <8 digits> SYS ranges. The number of output pages in each 15.1-20% PRT <8 digits> SYS range is displayed. In 20.1-25% PRT <8 digits> SYS this code, the distribu25.1-30% PRT <8 digits> SYS tions in the printer func30.1-40% PRT <8 digits> SYS tion are displayed. 40.1-60% PRT <8 digits> SYS [Unit: page] 60.1-80% 80.1100% 0-5% 5.1-10% 10.1-15% 15.1-20% 20.1-25% 25.1-30% 30.1-40% 40.1-60% 60.1-80% 80.1100% PRT PRT FAX FAX FAX FAX FAX FAX FAX FAX FAX FAX <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> <8 digits> SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS SYS The pixel count data are divided into 10 ranges. The number of output pages in each range is displayed. In this code, the distributions in the FAX function are displayed. [Unit: page]
Procedure 2
14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14
Pixel counter
Pixel count distribution
2 - 256 07/11
<<PM support mode related code>> The management items at PM support mode can also be operated at setting mode (08). The following items are displayed or set by using sub-codes at PM management setting in the table below. <Sub-codes> 0: Present number of output pages - Means the present number of output pages. 1: Recommended number of output pages for replacement - Means the recommended number of output pages for replacement. 2: Number of output pages at the last replacement - Means the number of output pages at the last replacement. 3: Present driving counts - Means the present drive counts (1 count = 2 seconds). 4: Recommended driving counts to be replaced - Means the recommended drive counts for replacement (1 count = 2 seconds). 5: Driving counts at the last replacement - Means the drive counts at the last replacement. 6: Present output pages for control - Means the present number of output pages for controlling. 7: Present driving counts for control - Means the present drive counts for controlling (1 count = 2 seconds). 8: Number of times replaced - Counts up when clearing the counter of each unit in the PM Support Mode Screen. Notes: Sub-code 3 is equivalent to sub-code 7. When the value of sub-code 3 is changed, the value of sub-code 7 is also updated and vice versa. When 0 is set at one of sub-codes 0, 3, 6 and 7, the rest of them are automatically updated to 0.
2-1 05/12
Items Photoconductive drum
Remarks <Default values of code 1150 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1158 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1172 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1174 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1182 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1198 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 128,000/148,000/180,000 Sub-code 4: 240,000/240,000/240,000 <Default values of code 1200 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1214 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1224 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000
Drum cleaning blade
1158-0 to 8
1159
Drum separation finger
1172-0 to 8
1173
Main charger grid
1174-0 to 8
1175
Needle electrode
1182-0 to 8
1183
Ozone filter
1198-0 to 8
1199
Developer material
1200-0 to 8
1201
Transfer charger wire
1214-0 to 8
1215
Separation charger wire
1224-0 to 8
1225
2-2 07/11
Items Fuser roller
Remarks <Default values of code 1246 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 128,000/148,000/180,000 Sub-code 4: 240,000/240,000/240,000 <Default values of code 1250 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 128,000/148,000/180,000 Sub-code 4: 240,000/240,000/240,000 <Default values of code 1266 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 128,000/148,000/180,000 Sub-code 4: 240,000/240,000/240,000 <Default values of code 1268 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 128,000/148,000/180,000 Sub-code 4: 240,000/240,000/240,000 <Default values of code 1282 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1284 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1286 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 120,000/120,000/120,000 <Default values of code 1290 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1292 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1294 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 160,000/160,000/160,000 <Default values of code 1298 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000
Pressure roller
1250-0 to 8
1251
Cleaning roller
1266-0 to 8
1267
Fuser roller separation finger
1268-0 to 8
1269
Pickup roller (RADF)
1282-0,1,2,8
1283
Feed roller (RADF)
1284-0,1,2,8
1285
Separation roller (RADF)
1286-0,1,2,8
1287
Pickup roller (Upper drawer)
1290-0,1,2,8
1291
Pickup roller (Lower drawer)
1292-0,1,2,8
1293
Pickup roller (LCF)
1294-0,1,2,8
1295
Feed roller (Upper drawer)
1298-0,1,2,8
1299
2-3 07/11
Items Feed roller (Lower drawer)
Remarks <Default values of code 1300 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1302 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 160,000/160,000/160,000 <Default values of code 1306 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1308 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1310 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 160,000/160,000/160,000 <Default values of code 1312 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1314 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1316 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1320 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1322 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1324 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000
Feed roller (LCF)
1302-0,1,2,8
1303
Separation roller (Upper drawer)
1306-0,1,2,8
1307
Separation roller (Lower drawer)
1308-0,1,2,8
1309
Separation roller (LCF)
1310-0,1,2,8
1311
Separation roller (PFP upper drawer)
1312-0,1,2,8
1313
Separation roller (PFP lower drawer)
1314-0,1,2,8
1315
Separation roller (Bypass unit)
1316-0,1,2,8
1317
Feed roller (PFP upper drawer)
1320-0,1,2,8
1321
Feed roller (PFP lower drawer)
1322-0,1,2,8
1323
Feed roller (Bypass unit)
1324-0,1,2,8
1325
2-4 05/11
Items Pickup roller (PFP upper drawer)
Remarks <Default values of code 1328 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1330 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1332 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 80,000/80,000/80,000 <Default values of code 1336 (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/ 283)> Sub-codes 0, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8: 0/0/0 Sub-code 1: 64,000/74,000/90,000 Sub-code 4: 120,000/120,000/120,000
Pickup roller (PFP lower drawer)
1330-0,1,2,8
1331
Pickup roller (Bypass unit)
1332-0,1,2,8
1333
Recovery blade
1336-0 to 8
1337
2-5 06/09
<<Procedure to copy the total counter value (08-257)>> (1) (2) Turn ON the power while [0] and [8] are pressed simultaneously. Key in the code 257 with the digital keys and press the [START] button (the following is displayed). Note: Before performing the following operations, note the current counter values.
Fig. 2-7
(3)
Key in the value 1 or 2 with the digital key and press the [START] button. The value entered is displayed on the left of the %, and the [ENTER] button is displayed. Note: The value can be erased by pressing the [CLEAR] button to change as long as the [START] button is not pressed. (The value on the left of the % is reset to 0 by pressing the [CLEAR] button.) Key in 1 to copy the value of the total counter (LGC board) (A) onto the value of the backup counter (SYS board) (B).
(A)
(B)
Fig. 2-8
2-6 05/11
Key in 2 to copy the value of the backup counter (SYS board) (B) onto the value of the total counter (LGC board) (A).
(A)
(B)
Fig. 2-9
(4)
Press the [ENTER] button to complete overwriting of the counter value.
Note: The screen returns to the code entry screen without copying (overwriting) the value when the [CANCEL] button is pressed.
2-7 06/09
e-STUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283
2-8 06/09
2.2.9
Pixel counter
1) Outline Pixel counter is a function that counts the number of dots emitted by the laser and converts it into the print ratio (%) per standard paper size. This Print ratio (%) per standard paper size is called Pixel count (%). This function enables you to know how each user uses the equipment and to grasp the tendency of toner consumption (number of output pages per cartridge).
2-9 06/09
2) Factors affecting toner consumption Standard number of output pages per cartridge shows the average number of output pages under the condition that the data of print ratio 6% is printed on the standard paper size (A4/LT) at a normal temperature and humidity. However, users do not always print under the above condition. As for the type of original, copy/print mode and environment, each user has different tendency, and as a result, the number of output pages per cartridge becomes different depending on the user. The major factors affecting toner consumption are as follows: - Original/Data coverage - Original/Data density - Original/Print mode - Density setting Also there are other factors in addition to the above, such as environment, individual difference of equipment, difference in lot quality of materials, toner density and drum surface potential. The general relations between the 4 factors mentioned in the previous page and toner consumption per output page in the Copier Function are as follows:
Toner consumption
Original coverage
Toner consumption
Original density
Toner consumption
TEXT /PHOTO
Toner consumption
Manual density -5
TEXT
PHOTO
Original mode
Manual Automatic Manual density density density -1 Center
Manual Manual density density +1 +5
Density setting
Fig. 2-10 Factors affecting toner consumption and the tendency
2 - 10 06/09
3) Details of pixel counter - Toner cartridge reference and service technician reference The pixel counter function in this equipment has 2 references, toner cartridge reference and service technician reference. Toner cartridge reference This is a system that accumulates data between the installation of a new toner cartridge and next installation. The installation of new toner cartridge is judged when the total number of pixel count or output pages after the detection of toner empty has exceeded the threshold. The threshold to be used is selectable in the setting mode (08-1506) between the pixel count and output pages (0: Output pages 1: Pixel counter). The threshold of pixel count is set in the setting mode (08-1508) and that of output pages is set in the setting mode (08-1507). When the new toner cartridge is judged as installed, the data related with the previous cartridge is cleared and replaced with the data after the installation of new cartridge. Clearing of the counter of the toner cartridge reference is performed in the setting mode (08-1503). Service technician reference This is a system that accumulates data between clearing the counter of the service technician reference by service technician and subsequently clearing the same counter. Clearing of the counter of the service technician reference is performed in the setting mode (081502). Print count (number of output pages) The number of output pages shown at the pixel counter is counted after converting all paper sizes to the standard paper size (A4/LT). Printing on other than the standard size is converted by paper area ratio. The standard paper size is set in the setting mode (08-1500). The examples of conversion are as follows: Ex.) 1 is added to the print count when printing on A4/LT size. 2 is added to the print count when printing on A3/LD size. (area ratio to A4/LT: 200%) 1.49 is added to the print count when printing on B4 size. (area ratio to A4: 149%) 1.27 is added to the print count when printing on LG size. (area ratio to LT: 127%)
2 - 10
2 - 11
Pixel count (%) Pixel count (%) shows the ratio of laser emitting pixels to all pixels on standard paper. The examples of pixel count are as follows: Note: In the following examples, solid copy is considered to be 100%. But since the image has 4 margins, it never becomes 100% actually.
2
Ex.) Printing 5 pages on A4/LT size with solid copy (Laser emits to all pixels.) Pixel count: 100%, Print count: 5 Printing 5 pages on A4/LT size with blank copy (Laser never emits.) Pixel count: 0%, Print count: 5 Printing 2 pages on A4/LT size with solid copy (Laser emits to all pixels.) Printing 2 pages on A4/LT size with blank copy (Laser never emits.) Pixel count: 50%, Print count: 4 Printing 3 pages on A4/LT size with 6% of laser emission Printing 1 page on A4/LT size with 2% of laser emission Pixel count: 5%, Print count: 4 Printing 2 pages on A3/LD size with solid copy (Laser emits to all pixels.) Pixel count: 100%, Print count: 4 Printing 2 pages on A3/LD size with 6% of laser emission Pixel count: 6%, Print count: 4 Average pixel count (%) and latest pixel count (%) There are 2 types of the value calculated as the pixel count, average pixel count (%) and latest pixel count (%). Average pixel count (%) The average value of all pixel count data after each reference data is cleared is calculated and displayed. Latest pixel count (%) The value is displayed for printing just before the pixel counter is confirmed.
e-STUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283
2 - 12
2 - 13
Type of calculated data Since this is multifunctional, the data of pixel count is calculated for each function. The following list is the information that can be confirmed by LCD screen. But actually, more information can be confirmed by the setting mode (08). See after-mentioned 5)-Display in the setting mode (08) for details. : With data : Without data
Toner cartridge reference Service technician reference
Copier function Printer function FAX function Total
Table 2-201 Type of calculated data Setting related with the pixel counter function Standard paper size setting The standard paper size (A4 or LT) to convert it into the pixel count is selected (08-1500). Pixel counter display setting Whether or not to display the pixel counter on the LCD screen is selected (08-1504). Display reference setting The reference when displaying the pixel counter on the LCD screen (toner cartridge reference or service technician reference) is selected (08-1505). Determination counter of toner empty This is the counter to determine the replacement of new toner cartridge after the toner empty is detected. After the toner empty is detected by the auto-toner sensor, this counter checks if toner empty is not detected one more time while the specified number of pixel count or output pages is counted. Pixel counter clearing There are 3 types for the pixel count clear as follows: 08-1501: All information related to the pixel count is cleared. 08-1502: All information related to the service technician reference pixel count is cleared. 08-1503: All information related to the toner cartridge reference pixel count is cleared.
e-STUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283
2 - 14
2 - 15
4) Relation between pixel count and toner consumption The users printing out the image with large coverage or high density may cause the large value of pixel count. And the setting that toner consumption becomes high in the original mode or density setting may cause it as well. In this case, the replacement cycle of toner cartridge is faster than the standard number of output pages. Therefore, this trend needs to be grasped for the service. The relation between pixel count and number of output pages per cartridge is as follows:
2
Standard number of output pages Number of output pages per cartridge (page) X
X/2
X/10 6% 12% 60% Pixel count (%)

Fig. 2-11 Pixel count and number of output pages per cartridge
2 - 16
5) Pixel counter confirmation - Display on LCD screen Whether or not to display the pixel counter on the LCD screen is selected (0: Displayed, 1: Not displayed) in the setting mode (08-1504), and whether or not to display it at the service technician reference or toner cartridge reference is selected (0: Service technician reference, 1: Toner cartridge reference) in the setting mode (08-1505). The following screen is displayed when the buttons, [USER FUNCTIONS], [COUNTER] and [PIXEL COUNTER] are pressed in this order after Displayed is selected with the code above and the power is, as usual, turned ON. The following screen is displayed when the toner cartridge reference is selected in the setting mode (08-1505).
Fig. 2-12 Information screen of toner cartridge reference
The following screen is displayed when the service technician reference is selected in the setting mode (08-1505).
Fig. 2-13 Information screen of service technician reference
2 - 270 07/11
Data list printing The data for pixel counter can be printed in the list print mode (9S). 9S-104: The data of the toner cartridge reference is printed. 9S-105: The data of service technician reference is printed.
PIXEL COUNTER CODE LIST 2004.7.11 09:55 TONERCARTRIDGE No DATE 0 20040711 1 20040711 2 20040711 PPC 12345 12345 12345 PRN 23456 23456 23456 FAX 12345 12345 12345 TOTAL 45678 45678 45678
Print Count [LT/A4] Average Pixel Count [%] Latest Pixel Count [%]
Fig. 2-14 Data list of toner cartridge reference
PIXEL COUNTER CODE LIST 2004.7.11 09:55 SERVICEMAN No DATE 0 20040711 1 20040711 2 20040711 Print Count [LT/A4] Average Pixel Count [%] Latest Pixel Count [%] PPC 12345 12345 12345 PRN 23456 23456 23456 FAX 12345 12345 12345 TOTAL 45678 45678 45678
Fig. 2-15 Data list of service technician reference
2 - 15
Display in the setting mode (08) Information of pixel count can be also checked in the setting mode (08). For details, see P. 2-84 "2.2.7 Setting mode (08) (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)"/ P. 2153 "2.2.8 Setting mode (08) (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283)". Print count, pixel count
Copier function
Print count (page) Average pixel count (%) Latest pixel count (%) Print count (page) Average pixel count (%) Latest pixel count (%)
Toner cartridge reference 1553 1613 1639 1555 1619 1640 1556 1625 1634 1624
Service technician reference 1548 1592 1606 1550 1593 1607 1551 1594 1608 1595
Printer function
FAX function
Print count (page) Average pixel count (%) Latest pixel count (%)
Total
Average pixel count (%)
Table 2-202 Pixel count code table Pixel count distribution

Copier function Printer function FAX function Pixel count distribution (page) 1649 1650 1651
Table 2-203 Pixel count code table
Note: By entering the sub code at the above code, the pixel count distribution can be displayed dividing into 10 ranges. The sub codes are as follows. 0: 0 - 5% 1: 5.1 - 10% 2: 10.1 - 15% 3: 15.1 - 20% 4: 20.1 - 25% 5: 25.1 - 30% 6: 30.1 - 40% 7: 40.1 - 60% 8: 60.1- 80% 9: 80.1 - 100%
Other information Toner cartridge replacement counter The toner cartridge replacement count is displayed. (08-1566) Toner cartridge reference count started date The toner cartridge reference count started date is displayed. (08-1518) Service technician reference cleared date The service technician reference cleared date is displayed.(08-1510) The date (08-1502 was performed) is stored. Toner cartridge reference cleared date The toner cartridge reference cleared date is displayed. The date (08-1503 was performed) is stored.
2 - 17 07/04
2.2.10
Classification List of Adjustment Mode (05) / Setting Mode (08) (e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280)

e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280 Adjustment Mode (05) Setting Mode (08) [Date/Time] 200, 638, 640 [Timer] 204, 205, 206, 260 [Screen] 207, 602, 1132 [File] 209, 219, 264, 288 [Language] 220, 221 [Administrator] 263 [Scanning] 265, 266, 273, 274 [Filing] 267, 270, 950, 976, 980, 981, 985 [HDD] 271 [E-mail] 272, 1097, 1098 [default setting] 276, 281, 283, 284, 285, 286, 331, 480, 503, 550, 603, 604, 607, 618, 642, 682, 969, 986, 1135 [Raw printing] 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 973, 978, 979 [Copy volume] 300 [Original counter] 302 [Custom Mode] 508 [Energy saving] 601, 948, 970 [AMS] 605 [Sound] 610 [Book duplexing] 611 [Summer time] 612 [Paper size] 613 [Department management] 617 620, 621, 622, 623, 624, 629, 672 [Sorting] 627, 634, 641, 649 [Original direction] 628 [Image shift] 636 [Edit copying] 645, 646 [Box printing] 647, 953, 954 [X in 1] 650 [Annotation] 651, 657 [Automatic transfer] 660, 661 [Indicator] 671 [Priority drawer] 689 [Media type] 697 [Job Build] 1130, 1131 [Position] 305, 306 [Distortion] 308 [Reproduction ratio] 340 [Carriage position] 359 [Margin] 430, 431, 432, 433, 434-0 to 1, 435, 436, 437, 438 [Image density] 501, 503, 504, 505, 506, 507, 508, 509, 510, 512, 514, 515, 710, 714, 715, 719, 720, 724, 725, 729, 845, 846, 847, 850, 851, 852, 855, 856, 857, 860, 861, 862, 931, 932, 933, 934, 935, 936, 937, 938, 939, 940, 941, 942 [Range correction] 532, 533, 534, 570, 571, 572, 693, 694, 695, 820, 821, 822, 825, 826, 827, 830, 831, 832, 835, 836, 837, 913, 914, 915, 916, 917, 918, 919, 920, 921 [Gamma slope] 593, 594, 595, 943, 944, 945 [Sharpness] 620, 621, 622, 865-0 to 2, 866-0 to 2, 867-0 to 2, 922, 923, 924 [Smudged/Faint text] 653, 654, 655, 928 [Printer density] 667-0 to 4, 672-0 to 4, 676-0 to 4 [Binarizing] 700, 701, 702 [Main motor] 421, 422 [Exit motor] 424, 425 [Error diffusion / Dither] 502, 509
Scanner
Image
Drive
2 - 18 10/06
e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280 Adjustment Mode (05) [Aligning amount] 448-0 to 2, 449-0 to 2, 4500 to 2, 452-0 to 2, 455-0 to 2, 457, 458-0 to 2, 460-0 to 2, 461-0 to 2, 462-0 to 3, 463-0 to 2, 464-0 to 2, 469-0 to 5, 470-0 to 2, 471-0 to 2, 472-0 to 2, 473, 474-0 to 2 [Paper pushing amount] 466-0 to 7 Setting Mode (08) [paper dimension] 210, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239, 240, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 337, 338, 339, 340, 341, 471 [Paper feeding] 254, 255, 481, 619, 658, 659, 988, 1133 [Retry] 463-0 to 1, 464-0 to 1, 465-0 to 1, 4660 to 1, 467-0 to 1,468-0 to 1, 482, 1390, 1391, 1392, 1393, 1394, 1395, 1396, 1397, 1398, 1399, 1400, 1401 [Paper size] 224, 225, 226, 227, 228, 247, 248, 249, 256 [Blank copying prevention] 625 [Polygonal motor] 398, 399, 478, 479, 483, 484, 485, 486, 488, 489, 490 [Power correction] 872, 873, 875, 876, 877
Laser
[Laser power] 286 [Polygonal motor] 401, 405 [Write starting] 410, 411, 440, 441, 442, 443, 444, 445, 498-0 to 1 [Sideways deviation] 497-0 to 5 [Auto-toner] 200, 201 [Main charger bias] 210 [Developer bias] 205 [Transfer bias] 220, 221, 222 [Separation bias] 233, 234, 235
Development High-voltage transformer
[Auto-toner] 414, 455 [Transfer bias] 491, 492, 493, 830, 868, 869 [Main charger bias] 805, 806, 807, 808, 809, 826, 864, 865, 866, 867 [Developer bias] 833, 834, 835, 836, 837, 859, 860, 861, 862, 863 [Separation bias] 831, 870, 871 [Status counter] 400 [Temperature] 404-0 to 3, 405-0 to 3, 407, 409, 410, 411, 412, 413, 424-0 to 3, 425-0 to 3, 433-0 to 1, 437, 438, 448, 450, 451, 452, 453, 515, 516, 518, 520, 521, 525-0 to 3, 527-0 to 3, 535, 536-0 to 3, 537-0 to 3, 800-0 to 1, 8010 to 1, 802-0 to 1, 803-0 to 1, 804-0 to 1, 886, 896-0 to 1 [Pre-running] 417, 439, 440, 441, 523, 526
Fuser
RADF
[Aligning amount] 354, 355 [Sensors/EEPROM] 356, 367, 368 [Transporting] 357, 358, 365, 366 [Folding / Binding position] 468-0 to 2
[Switchback] 462
Finisher
[Tray reset] 648 [Cascade] 652, 653
2 - 19 007/11
e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280 Adjustment Mode (05) Setting Mode (08) [NIC] 1001, 1002, 1003, 1004, 1120 [IP address] 1005, 1006, 1007, 1008, 1009, 1010 [IPX] 1011, 1099 [Frame type] 1012 [NCP] 1013 [AppleTalk] 1014, 1015 [LDAP] 1016, 1138, 1139, 1486 [DNS] 1017, 1018, 1019 [DDNS] 1020 [SLP] 1021 [NetBios] 1023 [WINS] 1024, 1025 [Bindery] 1026 [NDS] 1027 [Directory] 1028, 1029 [HTTP] 1030, 1031, 1032, 1033, 1034, 1035 [SMTP] 1037, 1038, 1039, 1040, 1041, 1042, 1100, 1101, 1102 [Offramp] 1043, 1044, 1045 [POP3] 1046, 1047, 1048, 1049, 1050, 1051, 1052 [FTP] 1053, 1054, 1055, 1056, 1057, 1058, 1059, 1060, 1061, 1062, 1089, 1090, 1091, 1092 [MIB] 1063 [Community] 1065, 1066 [TRAP] 1067, 1068, 1069, 1070 [Raw/TCP] 945, 1073, 1074 [LPD] 1075, 1076, 1077 [IPP] 1078, 1079, 1080, 1081, 1082, 1083, 1084, 1085, 1086, 1087, 1088 [Novell] 1093, 1094 [SearchRoot] 1095 [Print queue] 1096 [Rendezvous] 1103 [SMB] 1117, 1136 [ASCII code] 977 [Link local host name] 1104 [Service name] 1105 [Host name] 1112 [Internet FAX] 1114, 1485 [Workgroup name] 1124 [Private print] 1432 [Function] 1433, 1434 [Scan to E-mail] 1484 [From Address] 1487, 1488, 1489 [E-mail domain] 1491 [External counter] 202, 381, 683, 975, 1126 [Counter copy] 257 [Paper size] 305-0 to 16, 306-0 to 16, 307-0 to 16, 308-0 to 16, 312-0 to 16, 313-0 to 16, 3140 to 16, 315-0 to 16, 316-0 to 16 [Large/Small size] 320-0 to 2, 321-0 to 2, 3220 to 2, 323-0 to 2, 327-0 to 2, 328-0 to 2, 3290 to 2, 330-0 to 2, 332-0 to 2, 335-0 to 2 [Double count] 345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 352, 353 [Paper source] 356, 357, 358, 359, 360, 370, 372, 374 [HDD] 390, 391, 392, 393 [Fuser unit] 1372, 1378, 1380, 1382 [Toner cartridge] 1376, 1410 [Media type] 1385, 1386, 1387, 1388, 1411 [System firmware] 900, 920, 921, 922, 923, 924, 925, 926, 927, 928, 929, 930, 931, 933, 934, 935, 936, 937, 938, 939, 944 [Engine firmware] 903, 905, 907, 908 [FAX] 915 [NIC] 916
Counter
Version
2 - 20 07/11
e-STUDIO200L/230/230L/280 Adjustment Mode (05) Setting Mode (08) [PM counter] 251, 252 [Telephone] 250 [Error history] 253 [FSMS] 258, 999 [Service notification] 702, 703, 707, 715, 716, 717, 718, 719, 720, 721, 723, 767, 768, 769, 770, 771, 772, 773, 774, 775, 776, 777, 778, 779, 780, 781, 782, 783, 784, 785, 786, 787, 788, 789, 790, 796 [HTTP] 726, 727, 728, 729, 730, 731 [Supply order] 732, 733, 734, 738, 739, 740, 741, 742, 743, 744, 745, 746, 747, 748, 758, 759, 760, 765, 794, 1145 [Firmware download] 797 [Emergency Mode] 710, 711 [Destination] 201, 701, 849 [Line] 203 [Private printing] 259 [Local I/F] 614 [Memory] 615 [Partition] 662, 666, 667 [Clear] 693 [Trial period] 673, 695, 798, 799 [Banner] 678, 679, 680, 681 [Database] 684, 685, 686 [HDD] 670, 690, 691, 694, 1422, 1424, 1426 [Control panel] 692 [Scrambler board] 696, 698, 699 [Data overwrite kit] 633 [Equipment number] 995 [Toner recycle] 838 [Machine identification information] 477 [Temperature/humidity] 839 [Initialization] 947 [Mode setting] 949 [Template] 1140 [NVRAM] 1427 [SRAM] 1428
Others
[Equipment number] 976 [Toner recycle] 280
2 - 21 09/02
2.2.11
Classification List of Adjustment Mode (05) / Setting Mode (08) (e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283)

e-STUDIO202L/203L/232/233/282/283 Adjustment Mode (05) Setting Mode (08) [Date/Time] 200, 638, 640 [Timer] 204, 205, 206, 260 [Screen] 207, 602, 1132 [File] 209, 219, 264, 288 [Language] 220, 221 [Administrator] 263 [Scanning] 265, 266, 273, 274 [Filing] 267, 270, 950, 976, 980, 981, 985 [HDD] 271 [E-mail] 272, 1097, 1098 [default setting] 276, 281, 283, 284, 285, 286, 331, 480, 503, 550, 603, 604, 607, 618, 642, 682, 969, 986, 1135 [Raw printing] 290, 291, 292, 293, 294, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299, 973, 978, 979, 1856, 1857, 9117 [Copy volume] 300 [Original counter] 302 [Custom Mode] 508 [Energy saving] 601, 970 [AMS] 605 [Sound] 610 [Book duplexing] 611 [Summer time] 3852, 3853, 3854, 3855, 3856, 3857, 3858, 3859, 3860, 3861, 3862, 3863 [Paper size] 613 [Department management] 617 620, 621, 622, 623, 624, 629, 672 [Sorting] 627, 634, 641, 649 [Original direction] 628 [Image shift] 636, 1429, 1430 [Edit copying] 645, 646 [Box printing] 953, 954 [X in 1] 650 [Panel calibration] 9051 [Annotation] 651, 657 [Automatic transfer] 660, 661 [Indicator] 671 [Priority drawer] 689 [Media type] 697 [Job Build] 1130, 1131 [Display of REVERSE ORDER] 213 [Displaying number of original pages] 342 [Toner is nearly empty] 972 [Paper size setting (drawers)] 1478 [Selectable security level] 1708 [Keyboard layout] 1929, 1930, 1931, 1932, 1933, 1934, 1935 [JOB STATUS] 983 [Jam releasing] 9359 [PM] 9891 [Position] 305, 306 [Distortion] 308 [Reproduction ratio] 340 [Carriage position] 359 [Shading position] 350, 351 [Enhanced template] 9886, 9888
Scanner
2 - 22 09/02

Es280 282 283 SH v21 - Full

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Es280 282 283 SH v21 - Full

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

2.

ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2004 - 2010 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved

e-STUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283 ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

Error code E160

Classification Paper misfeeding

Paper transport jam

eSTUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283 ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2004 - 2010 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved

Error code E3C0

Classification Paper transport jam

Cover open jam

Paper transport jam (ADU section)

Other paper jam

2004 - 2010 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved

eSTUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283 ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

Error code E711

Classification RADF jam

eSTUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283 ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2004 - 2010 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved

Error code E910

Classification Finisher jam (Bridge unit)

Job separator jam

Offset tray jam

Finisher jam (Puncher unit) Finisher jam (Finisher unit)

EA20 EA30 EA40 EA50 EA60 EA70

P. 5-38 P. 5-39 P. 5-40 P. 5-41 P. 5-42 P. 5-43

Finisher jam (Saddle Stitcher section)

Other paper jam

2004 - 2010 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved

eSTUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283 ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

Error code EAE0

Classification Finisher jam

Finisher jam (Finisher unit) Finisher jam

Paper transport jam

e-STUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283 ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2004 - 2010 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved

2004 - 2010 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved

e-STUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283 ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

e-STUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283 ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2004 - 2010 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved

Error code Classification CCA0 Finisher related service call CCB0

Communication related service call Other service call

2004 - 2010 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved

e-STUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283 ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

Error in Internet FAX / Scanning Function

e-STUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283 ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2004 - 2010 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved

Syntax error in parameters or arguments

2503 2504 2550 2551 2552 2553

P. 5-84 P. 5-84 P. 5-84 P. 5-84 P. 5-84 P. 5-84

2004 - 2010 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved

e-STUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283 ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

3) Electronic Filing related error

2B50 2B51 2B60

Failed to process image. Failed to process print image.

e-STUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283 ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2004 - 2010 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved

2004 - 2010 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved

e-STUDIO200L/202L/203L/230/230L/232/233/280/282/283 ERROR CODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

2D66 2D67 2D68 2DA0 2DA1 2DA2 2DA3

P. 5-91 P. 5-91 P. 5-91 -